morph.cpp

// Licensed to the .NET Foundation under one or more agreements.
// The .NET Foundation licenses this file to you under the MIT license.

/*XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XX                                                                           XX
XX                          Morph                                            XX
XX                                                                           XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
*/

#include "jitpch.h"
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma hdrstop
#endif

#include "allocacheck.h" // for alloca

//-------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphInit: prepare for running the morph phases
//
// Returns:
//   suitable phase status
//
PhaseStatus Compiler::fgMorphInit()
{
    bool madeChanges = false;

    // We could allow ESP frames. Just need to reserve space for
    // pushing EBP if the method becomes an EBP-frame after an edit.
    // Note that requiring a EBP Frame disallows double alignment.  Thus if we change this
    // we either have to disallow double alignment for E&C some other way or handle it in EETwain.

    if (opts.compDbgEnC)
    {
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequired(true);

        // We don't care about localloc right now. If we do support it,
        // EECodeManager::FixContextForEnC() needs to handle it smartly
        // in case the localloc was actually executed.
        //
        // compLocallocUsed            = true;
    }

    // Initialize the BlockSet epoch
    NewBasicBlockEpoch();

    fgAvailableOutgoingArgTemps = hashBv::Create(this);

    // Insert call to class constructor as the first basic block if
    // we were asked to do so.
    if (info.compCompHnd->initClass(nullptr /* field */, nullptr /* method */,
                                    impTokenLookupContextHandle /* context */) &
        CORINFO_INITCLASS_USE_HELPER)
    {
        fgEnsureFirstBBisScratch();
        fgNewStmtAtBeg(fgFirstBB, fgInitThisClass());
        madeChanges = true;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (opts.compGcChecks)
    {
        for (unsigned i = 0; i < info.compArgsCount; i++)
        {
            if (lvaGetDesc(i)->TypeGet() == TYP_REF)
            {
                // confirm that the argument is a GC pointer (for debugging (GC stress))
                GenTree* op = gtNewLclvNode(i, TYP_REF);
                op          = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_CHECK_OBJ, TYP_VOID, op);

                fgEnsureFirstBBisScratch();
                fgNewStmtAtEnd(fgFirstBB, op);
                madeChanges = true;
                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("\ncompGcChecks tree:\n");
                    gtDispTree(op);
                }
            }
        }
    }
#endif // DEBUG

#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(TARGET_XARCH)
    if (opts.compStackCheckOnRet)
    {
        lvaReturnSpCheck = lvaGrabTempWithImplicitUse(false DEBUGARG("ReturnSpCheck"));
        lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(lvaReturnSpCheck, DoNotEnregisterReason::ReturnSpCheck);
        lvaGetDesc(lvaReturnSpCheck)->lvType = TYP_I_IMPL;
        madeChanges                          = true;
    }
#endif // defined(DEBUG) && defined(TARGET_XARCH)

#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(TARGET_X86)
    if (opts.compStackCheckOnCall)
    {
        lvaCallSpCheck = lvaGrabTempWithImplicitUse(false DEBUGARG("CallSpCheck"));
        lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(lvaCallSpCheck, DoNotEnregisterReason::CallSpCheck);
        lvaGetDesc(lvaCallSpCheck)->lvType = TYP_I_IMPL;
        madeChanges                        = true;
    }
#endif // defined(DEBUG) && defined(TARGET_X86)

    return madeChanges ? PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_EVERYTHING : PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_NOTHING;
}

// Convert the given node into a call to the specified helper passing
// the given argument list.
//
// Tries to fold constants and also adds an edge for overflow exception
// returns the morphed tree
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphCastIntoHelper(GenTree* tree, int helper, GenTree* oper)
{
    GenTree* result;

    /* If the operand is a constant, we'll try to fold it */
    if (oper->OperIsConst())
    {
        GenTree* oldTree = tree;

        tree = gtFoldExprConst(tree); // This may not fold the constant (NaN ...)

        if (tree != oldTree)
        {
            return fgMorphTree(tree);
        }
        else if (tree->OperIsConst())
        {
            return fgMorphConst(tree);
        }

        // assert that oper is unchanged and that it is still a GT_CAST node
        noway_assert(tree->AsCast()->CastOp() == oper);
        noway_assert(tree->gtOper == GT_CAST);
    }
    result = fgMorphIntoHelperCall(tree, helper, true /* morphArgs */, oper);
    assert(result == tree);
    return result;
}

class SharedTempsScope
{
    Compiler*             m_comp;
    ArrayStack<unsigned>  m_usedSharedTemps;
    ArrayStack<unsigned>* m_prevUsedSharedTemps;

public:
    SharedTempsScope(Compiler* comp)
        : m_comp(comp)
        , m_usedSharedTemps(comp->getAllocator(CMK_CallArgs))
        , m_prevUsedSharedTemps(comp->fgUsedSharedTemps)
    {
        comp->fgUsedSharedTemps = &m_usedSharedTemps;
    }

    ~SharedTempsScope()
    {
        m_comp->fgUsedSharedTemps = m_prevUsedSharedTemps;

        for (int i = 0; i < m_usedSharedTemps.Height(); i++)
        {
            m_comp->fgAvailableOutgoingArgTemps->setBit((indexType)m_usedSharedTemps.Top(i));
        }
    }
};

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphIntoHelperCall:
//   Morph a node into a helper call, specifying up to two args and whether to
//   call fgMorphArgs after.
//
// Parameters:
//   tree       - The node that is changed. This must be a large node.
//   helper     - The helper.
//   morphArgs  - Whether to call fgMorphArgs after adding the args.
//   arg1, arg2 - Optional arguments to add to the call.
//
// Return value:
//   The call (which is the same as `tree`).
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphIntoHelperCall(GenTree* tree, int helper, bool morphArgs, GenTree* arg1, GenTree* arg2)
{
    // The helper call ought to be semantically equivalent to the original node, so preserve its VN.
    tree->ChangeOper(GT_CALL, GenTree::PRESERVE_VN);

    GenTreeCall* call = tree->AsCall();
    // Args are cleared by ChangeOper above
    call->gtCallType            = CT_HELPER;
    call->gtReturnType          = tree->TypeGet();
    call->gtCallMethHnd         = eeFindHelper(helper);
    call->gtRetClsHnd           = nullptr;
    call->gtCallMoreFlags       = GTF_CALL_M_EMPTY;
    call->gtInlineCandidateInfo = nullptr;
    call->gtControlExpr         = nullptr;
#ifdef UNIX_X86_ABI
    call->gtFlags |= GTF_CALL_POP_ARGS;
#endif // UNIX_X86_ABI

#if DEBUG
    // Helper calls are never candidates.
    call->gtInlineObservation = InlineObservation::CALLSITE_IS_CALL_TO_HELPER;

    call->callSig = nullptr;

#endif // DEBUG

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
    call->gtEntryPoint.addr       = nullptr;
    call->gtEntryPoint.accessType = IAT_VALUE;
#endif

#if FEATURE_MULTIREG_RET
    call->ResetReturnType();
    call->ClearOtherRegs();
    call->ClearOtherRegFlags();
#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
    if (varTypeIsLong(tree))
    {
        call->InitializeLongReturnType();
    }
#endif // !TARGET_64BIT
#endif // FEATURE_MULTIREG_RET

    if (call->OperMayThrow(this))
    {
        call->gtFlags |= GTF_EXCEPT;
    }
    else
    {
        call->gtFlags &= ~GTF_EXCEPT;
    }
    call->gtFlags |= GTF_CALL;

    if (arg2 != nullptr)
    {
        call->gtArgs.PushFront(this, NewCallArg::Primitive(arg2));
        call->gtFlags |= arg2->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
    }

    if (arg1 != nullptr)
    {
        call->gtArgs.PushFront(this, NewCallArg::Primitive(arg1));
        call->gtFlags |= arg1->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
    }

    // Perform the morphing

    if (morphArgs)
    {
        SharedTempsScope scope(this);
        tree = fgMorphArgs(call);
    }

    return tree;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphExpandCast: Performs the pre-order (required) morphing for a cast.
//
// Performs a rich variety of pre-order transformations (and some optimizations).
//
// Notably:
//  1. Splits long -> small type casts into long -> int -> small type
//     for 32 bit targets. Does the same for float/double -> small type
//     casts for all targets.
//  2. Morphs casts not supported by the target directly into helpers.
//     These mostly have to do with casts from and to floating point
//     types, especially checked ones. Refer to the implementation for
//     what specific casts need to be handled - it is a complex matrix.
//  3. "Casts away" the GC-ness of a tree (for CAST(nint <- byref)) via
//     assigning the GC tree to an inline - COMMA(ASG, LCL_VAR) - non-GC
//     temporary.
//  3. "Pushes down" truncating long -> int casts for some operations:
//     CAST(int <- MUL(long, long)) => MUL(CAST(int <- long), CAST(int <- long)).
//     The purpose of this is to allow "optNarrowTree" in the post-order
//     traversal to fold the tree into a TYP_INT one, which helps 32 bit
//     targets (and AMD64 too since 32 bit instructions are more compact).
//     TODO-Arm64-CQ: Re-evaluate the value of this optimization for ARM64.
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - the cast tree to morph
//
// Return Value:
//    The fully morphed tree, or "nullptr" if it needs further morphing,
//    in which case the cast may be transformed into an unchecked one
//    and its operand changed (the cast "expanded" into two).
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphExpandCast(GenTreeCast* tree)
{
    GenTree*  oper    = tree->CastOp();
    var_types srcType = genActualType(oper);
    var_types dstType = tree->CastToType();
    unsigned  dstSize = genTypeSize(dstType);

    // See if the cast has to be done in two steps.  R -> I
    if (varTypeIsFloating(srcType) && varTypeIsIntegral(dstType))
    {
        if (srcType == TYP_FLOAT
#if defined(TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
            // Arm64: src = float, dst is overflow conversion.
            // This goes through helper and hence src needs to be converted to double.
            && tree->gtOverflow()
#elif defined(TARGET_AMD64)
            // Amd64: src = float, dst = uint64 or overflow conversion.
            // This goes through helper and hence src needs to be converted to double.
            && (tree->gtOverflow() || (dstType == TYP_ULONG))
#elif defined(TARGET_ARM)
            // Arm: src = float, dst = int64/uint64 or overflow conversion.
            && (tree->gtOverflow() || varTypeIsLong(dstType))
#else
            // x86: src = float, dst = uint32/int64/uint64 or overflow conversion.
            && (tree->gtOverflow() || varTypeIsLong(dstType) || (dstType == TYP_UINT))
#endif
                )
        {
            oper = gtNewCastNode(TYP_DOUBLE, oper, false, TYP_DOUBLE);
        }

        // Do we need to do it in two steps R -> I -> smallType?
        if (dstSize < genTypeSize(TYP_INT))
        {
            oper = gtNewCastNodeL(TYP_INT, oper, /* fromUnsigned */ false, TYP_INT);
            oper->gtFlags |= (tree->gtFlags & (GTF_OVERFLOW | GTF_EXCEPT));
            tree->AsCast()->CastOp() = oper;
            // We must not mistreat the original cast, which was from a floating point type,
            // as from an unsigned type, since we now have a TYP_INT node for the source and
            // CAST_OVF(BYTE <- INT) != CAST_OVF(BYTE <- UINT).
            assert(!tree->IsUnsigned());
        }
        else
        {
            if (!tree->gtOverflow())
            {
// ARM64 and LoongArch64 optimize all non-overflow checking conversions
#if defined(TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
                return nullptr;
#else
                switch (dstType)
                {
                    case TYP_INT:
                        return nullptr;

                    case TYP_UINT:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) || defined(TARGET_AMD64)
                        return nullptr;
#else  // TARGET_X86
                        return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_DBL2UINT, oper);
#endif // TARGET_X86

                    case TYP_LONG:
#ifdef TARGET_AMD64
                        // SSE2 has instructions to convert a float/double directly to a long
                        return nullptr;
#else  // !TARGET_AMD64
                        return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_DBL2LNG, oper);
#endif // !TARGET_AMD64

                    case TYP_ULONG:
                        return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_DBL2ULNG, oper);
                    default:
                        unreached();
                }
#endif // TARGET_ARM64 || TARGET_LOONGARCH64
            }
            else
            {
                switch (dstType)
                {
                    case TYP_INT:
                        return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_DBL2INT_OVF, oper);
                    case TYP_UINT:
                        return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_DBL2UINT_OVF, oper);
                    case TYP_LONG:
                        return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_DBL2LNG_OVF, oper);
                    case TYP_ULONG:
                        return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_DBL2ULNG_OVF, oper);
                    default:
                        unreached();
                }
            }
        }
    }
#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
    // The code generation phase (for x86 & ARM32) does not handle casts
    // directly from [u]long to anything other than [u]int. Insert an
    // intermediate cast to native int.
    else if (varTypeIsLong(srcType) && varTypeIsSmall(dstType))
    {
        oper = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, oper, tree->IsUnsigned(), TYP_I_IMPL);
        oper->gtFlags |= (tree->gtFlags & (GTF_OVERFLOW | GTF_EXCEPT));
        tree->ClearUnsigned();
        tree->AsCast()->CastOp() = oper;
    }
#endif //! TARGET_64BIT

#ifdef TARGET_ARMARCH
    // AArch, unlike x86/amd64, has instructions that can cast directly from
    // all integers (except for longs on AArch32 of course) to floats.
    // Because there is no IL instruction conv.r4.un, uint/ulong -> float
    // casts are always imported as CAST(float <- CAST(double <- uint/ulong)).
    // We can eliminate the redundant intermediate cast as an optimization.
    else if ((dstType == TYP_FLOAT) && (srcType == TYP_DOUBLE) && oper->OperIs(GT_CAST)
#ifdef TARGET_ARM
             && !varTypeIsLong(oper->AsCast()->CastOp())
#endif
                 )
    {
        oper->gtType       = TYP_FLOAT;
        oper->CastToType() = TYP_FLOAT;

        return fgMorphTree(oper);
    }
#endif // TARGET_ARMARCH

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
    // converts long/ulong --> float/double casts into helper calls.
    else if (varTypeIsFloating(dstType) && varTypeIsLong(srcType))
    {
        if (dstType == TYP_FLOAT)
        {
            // there is only a double helper, so we
            // - change the dsttype to double
            // - insert a cast from double to float
            // - recurse into the resulting tree
            tree->CastToType() = TYP_DOUBLE;
            tree->gtType       = TYP_DOUBLE;

            tree = gtNewCastNode(TYP_FLOAT, tree, false, TYP_FLOAT);

            return fgMorphTree(tree);
        }
        if (tree->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED)
            return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_ULNG2DBL, oper);
        return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_LNG2DBL, oper);
    }
#endif // TARGET_ARM

#ifdef TARGET_AMD64
    // Do we have to do two step U4/8 -> R4/8 ?
    // Codegen supports the following conversion as one-step operation
    // a) Long -> R4/R8
    // b) U8 -> R8
    //
    // The following conversions are performed as two-step operations using above.
    // U4 -> R4/8 = U4-> Long -> R4/8
    // U8 -> R4   = U8 -> R8 -> R4
    else if (tree->IsUnsigned() && varTypeIsFloating(dstType))
    {
        srcType = varTypeToUnsigned(srcType);

        if (srcType == TYP_ULONG)
        {
            if (dstType == TYP_FLOAT)
            {
                // Codegen can handle U8 -> R8 conversion.
                // U8 -> R4 =  U8 -> R8 -> R4
                // - change the dsttype to double
                // - insert a cast from double to float
                // - recurse into the resulting tree
                tree->CastToType() = TYP_DOUBLE;
                tree->gtType       = TYP_DOUBLE;
                tree               = gtNewCastNode(TYP_FLOAT, tree, false, TYP_FLOAT);

                return fgMorphTree(tree);
            }
        }
        else if (srcType == TYP_UINT)
        {
            oper = gtNewCastNode(TYP_LONG, oper, true, TYP_LONG);
            oper->gtFlags |= (tree->gtFlags & (GTF_OVERFLOW | GTF_EXCEPT));
            tree->ClearUnsigned();
            tree->CastOp() = oper;
        }
    }
#endif // TARGET_AMD64

#ifdef TARGET_X86
    // Do we have to do two step U4/8 -> R4/8 ?
    else if (tree->IsUnsigned() && varTypeIsFloating(dstType))
    {
        srcType = varTypeToUnsigned(srcType);

        if (srcType == TYP_ULONG)
        {
            return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_ULNG2DBL, oper);
        }
        else if (srcType == TYP_UINT)
        {
            oper = gtNewCastNode(TYP_LONG, oper, true, TYP_LONG);
            oper->gtFlags |= (tree->gtFlags & (GTF_OVERFLOW | GTF_EXCEPT));
            tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_UNSIGNED;
            return fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_LNG2DBL, oper);
        }
    }
    else if (((tree->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED) == 0) && (srcType == TYP_LONG) && varTypeIsFloating(dstType))
    {
        oper = fgMorphCastIntoHelper(tree, CORINFO_HELP_LNG2DBL, oper);

        // Since we don't have a Jit Helper that converts to a TYP_FLOAT
        // we just use the one that converts to a TYP_DOUBLE
        // and then add a cast to TYP_FLOAT
        //
        if ((dstType == TYP_FLOAT) && (oper->OperGet() == GT_CALL))
        {
            // Fix the return type to be TYP_DOUBLE
            //
            oper->gtType = TYP_DOUBLE;

            // Add a Cast to TYP_FLOAT
            //
            tree = gtNewCastNode(TYP_FLOAT, oper, false, TYP_FLOAT);
            INDEBUG(tree->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);

            return tree;
        }
        else
        {
            return oper;
        }
    }
#endif // TARGET_X86
    else if (varTypeIsGC(srcType) != varTypeIsGC(dstType))
    {
        // We are casting away GC information.  we would like to just
        // change the type to int, however this gives the emitter fits because
        // it believes the variable is a GC variable at the beginning of the
        // instruction group, but is not turned non-gc by the code generator
        // we fix this by copying the GC pointer to a non-gc pointer temp.
        noway_assert(!varTypeIsGC(dstType) && "How can we have a cast to a GCRef here?");

        // We generate an assignment to an int and then do the cast from an int. With this we avoid
        // the gc problem and we allow casts to bytes, longs,  etc...
        unsigned lclNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("Cast away GC"));
        oper->gtType    = TYP_I_IMPL;
        GenTree* asg    = gtNewTempAssign(lclNum, oper);
        oper->gtType    = srcType;

        // do the real cast
        GenTree* cast = gtNewCastNode(tree->TypeGet(), gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, TYP_I_IMPL), false, dstType);

        // Generate the comma tree
        oper = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, tree->TypeGet(), asg, cast);

        return fgMorphTree(oper);
    }

    // Look for narrowing casts ([u]long -> [u]int) and try to push them
    // down into the operand before morphing it.
    //
    // It doesn't matter if this is cast is from ulong or long (i.e. if
    // GTF_UNSIGNED is set) because the transformation is only applied to
    // overflow-insensitive narrowing casts, which always silently truncate.
    //
    // Note that casts from [u]long to small integer types are handled above.
    if ((srcType == TYP_LONG) && ((dstType == TYP_INT) || (dstType == TYP_UINT)))
    {
        // As a special case, look for overflow-sensitive casts of an AND
        // expression, and see if the second operand is a small constant. Since
        // the result of an AND is bound by its smaller operand, it may be
        // possible to prove that the cast won't overflow, which will in turn
        // allow the cast's operand to be transformed.
        if (tree->gtOverflow() && (oper->OperGet() == GT_AND))
        {
            GenTree* andOp2 = oper->AsOp()->gtOp2;

            // Look for a constant less than 2^{32} for a cast to uint, or less
            // than 2^{31} for a cast to int.
            int maxWidth = (dstType == TYP_UINT) ? 32 : 31;

            if ((andOp2->OperGet() == GT_CNS_NATIVELONG) && ((andOp2->AsIntConCommon()->LngValue() >> maxWidth) == 0))
            {
                tree->ClearOverflow();
                tree->SetAllEffectsFlags(oper);
            }
        }

        // Only apply this transformation during global morph,
        // when neither the cast node nor the oper node may throw an exception
        // based on the upper 32 bits.
        //
        if (fgGlobalMorph && !tree->gtOverflow() && !oper->gtOverflowEx())
        {
            // For these operations the lower 32 bits of the result only depends
            // upon the lower 32 bits of the operands.
            //
            bool canPushCast = oper->OperIs(GT_ADD, GT_SUB, GT_MUL, GT_AND, GT_OR, GT_XOR, GT_NOT, GT_NEG);

            // For long LSH cast to int, there is a discontinuity in behavior
            // when the shift amount is 32 or larger.
            //
            // CAST(INT, LSH(1LL, 31)) == LSH(1, 31)
            // LSH(CAST(INT, 1LL), CAST(INT, 31)) == LSH(1, 31)
            //
            // CAST(INT, LSH(1LL, 32)) == 0
            // LSH(CAST(INT, 1LL), CAST(INT, 32)) == LSH(1, 32) == LSH(1, 0) == 1
            //
            // So some extra validation is needed.
            //
            if (oper->OperIs(GT_LSH))
            {
                GenTree* shiftAmount = oper->AsOp()->gtOp2;

                // Expose constant value for shift, if possible, to maximize the number
                // of cases we can handle.
                shiftAmount         = gtFoldExpr(shiftAmount);
                oper->AsOp()->gtOp2 = shiftAmount;

#if DEBUG
                // We may remorph the shift amount tree again later, so clear any morphed flag.
                shiftAmount->gtDebugFlags &= ~GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
#endif // DEBUG

                if (shiftAmount->IsIntegralConst())
                {
                    const ssize_t shiftAmountValue = shiftAmount->AsIntCon()->IconValue();

                    if ((shiftAmountValue >= 64) || (shiftAmountValue < 0))
                    {
                        // Shift amount is large enough or negative so result is undefined.
                        // Don't try to optimize.
                        assert(!canPushCast);
                    }
                    else if (shiftAmountValue >= 32)
                    {
                        // We know that we have a narrowing cast ([u]long -> [u]int)
                        // and that we are casting to a 32-bit value, which will result in zero.
                        //
                        // Check to see if we have any side-effects that we must keep
                        //
                        if ((tree->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT) == 0)
                        {
                            // Result of the shift is zero.
                            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);
                            GenTree* zero = gtNewZeroConNode(TYP_INT);
                            return fgMorphTree(zero);
                        }
                        else // We do have a side-effect
                        {
                            // We could create a GT_COMMA node here to keep the side-effect and return a zero
                            // Instead we just don't try to optimize this case.
                            canPushCast = false;
                        }
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        // Shift amount is positive and small enough that we can push the cast through.
                        canPushCast = true;
                    }
                }
                else
                {
                    // Shift amount is unknown. We can't optimize this case.
                    assert(!canPushCast);
                }
            }

            if (canPushCast)
            {
                GenTree* op1 = oper->gtGetOp1();
                GenTree* op2 = oper->gtGetOp2IfPresent();

                canPushCast = !varTypeIsGC(op1) && ((op2 == nullptr) || !varTypeIsGC(op2));
            }

            if (canPushCast)
            {
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);

                // Insert narrowing casts for op1 and op2.
                oper->AsOp()->gtOp1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, oper->AsOp()->gtOp1, false, dstType);
                if (oper->AsOp()->gtOp2 != nullptr)
                {
                    oper->AsOp()->gtOp2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, oper->AsOp()->gtOp2, false, dstType);
                }

                // Clear the GT_MUL_64RSLT if it is set.
                if (oper->gtOper == GT_MUL && (oper->gtFlags & GTF_MUL_64RSLT))
                {
                    oper->gtFlags &= ~GTF_MUL_64RSLT;
                }

                // The operation now produces a 32-bit result.
                oper->gtType = TYP_INT;

                // Remorph the new tree as the casts that we added may be folded away.
                return fgMorphTree(oper);
            }
        }
    }

    return nullptr;
}

#ifdef DEBUG

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// getWellKnownArgName: Get a string representation of a WellKnownArg.
//
const char* getWellKnownArgName(WellKnownArg arg)
{
    switch (arg)
    {
        case WellKnownArg::None:
            return "None";
        case WellKnownArg::ThisPointer:
            return "ThisPointer";
        case WellKnownArg::VarArgsCookie:
            return "VarArgsCookie";
        case WellKnownArg::InstParam:
            return "InstParam";
        case WellKnownArg::RetBuffer:
            return "RetBuffer";
        case WellKnownArg::PInvokeFrame:
            return "PInvokeFrame";
        case WellKnownArg::SecretStubParam:
            return "SecretStubParam";
        case WellKnownArg::WrapperDelegateCell:
            return "WrapperDelegateCell";
        case WellKnownArg::ShiftLow:
            return "ShiftLow";
        case WellKnownArg::ShiftHigh:
            return "ShiftHigh";
        case WellKnownArg::VirtualStubCell:
            return "VirtualStubCell";
        case WellKnownArg::PInvokeCookie:
            return "PInvokeCookie";
        case WellKnownArg::PInvokeTarget:
            return "PInvokeTarget";
        case WellKnownArg::R2RIndirectionCell:
            return "R2RIndirectionCell";
        case WellKnownArg::ValidateIndirectCallTarget:
            return "ValidateIndirectCallTarget";
        case WellKnownArg::DispatchIndirectCallTarget:
            return "DispatchIndirectCallTarget";
    }

    return "N/A";
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Dump: Dump information about a CallArg to jitstdout.
//
void CallArg::Dump(Compiler* comp)
{
    printf("CallArg[[%06u].%s", comp->dspTreeID(GetNode()), GenTree::OpName(GetNode()->OperGet()));
    printf(" %s", varTypeName(m_signatureType));
    printf(" (%s)", AbiInfo.PassedByRef ? "By ref" : "By value");
    if (AbiInfo.GetRegNum() != REG_STK)
    {
        printf(", %u reg%s:", AbiInfo.NumRegs, AbiInfo.NumRegs == 1 ? "" : "s");
        for (unsigned i = 0; i < AbiInfo.NumRegs; i++)
        {
            printf(" %s", getRegName(AbiInfo.GetRegNum(i)));
        }
    }
    if (AbiInfo.GetStackByteSize() > 0)
    {
        printf(", byteSize=%u, byteOffset=%u", AbiInfo.ByteSize, AbiInfo.ByteOffset);
    }
    printf(", byteAlignment=%u", AbiInfo.ByteAlignment);
    if (GetLateNode() != nullptr)
    {
        printf(", isLate");
    }
    if (AbiInfo.IsSplit())
    {
        printf(", isSplit");
    }
    if (m_needTmp)
    {
        printf(", tmpNum=V%02u", m_tmpNum);
    }
    if (m_needPlace)
    {
        printf(", needPlace");
    }
    if (m_isTmp)
    {
        printf(", isTmp");
    }
    if (m_processed)
    {
        printf(", processed");
    }
    if (AbiInfo.IsHfaRegArg())
    {
        printf(", isHfa(%s)", varTypeName(AbiInfo.GetHfaType()));
    }
    if (AbiInfo.IsBackFilled)
    {
        printf(", isBackFilled");
    }
    if (m_wellKnownArg != WellKnownArg::None)
    {
        printf(", wellKnown[%s]", getWellKnownArgName(m_wellKnownArg));
    }
    if (AbiInfo.IsStruct)
    {
        printf(", isStruct");
    }
    printf("]\n");
}
#endif

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// SplitArg:
//   Record that the arg will be split over registers and stack, increasing the
//   current stack usage.
//
// Parameters:
//   arg         - The argument.
//   numRegs     - The number of registers that will be used.
//   numSlots    - The number of stack slots that will be used.
//
void CallArgs::SplitArg(CallArg* arg, unsigned numRegs, unsigned numSlots)
{
    assert(numRegs > 0);
    assert(numSlots > 0);

    if (m_argsComplete)
    {
        assert(arg->AbiInfo.IsSplit() == true);
        assert(arg->AbiInfo.NumRegs == numRegs);
        assert(m_hasStackArgs);
    }
    else
    {
        arg->AbiInfo.SetSplit(true);
        arg->AbiInfo.NumRegs    = numRegs;
        arg->AbiInfo.ByteOffset = 0;
        m_hasStackArgs          = true;
    }
    m_nextStackByteOffset += numSlots * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// SetTemp: Set that the specified argument was evaluated into a temp.
//
void CallArgs::SetTemp(CallArg* arg, unsigned tmpNum)
{
    arg->m_tmpNum = tmpNum;
    arg->m_isTmp  = true;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ArgsComplete: Make final decisions on which arguments to evaluate into temporaries.
//
void CallArgs::ArgsComplete(Compiler* comp, GenTreeCall* call)
{
    bool hasStructRegArg = false;

    unsigned argCount = CountArgs();

    // Previous argument with GTF_EXCEPT
    GenTree* prevExceptionTree = nullptr;
    // Exceptions previous tree with GTF_EXCEPT may throw (computed lazily, may
    // be empty)
    ExceptionSetFlags prevExceptionFlags = ExceptionSetFlags::None;

    for (CallArg& arg : Args())
    {
        GenTree* argx = arg.GetEarlyNode();

        if (argx == nullptr)
        {
            // Should only happen if remorphing in which case we do not need to
            // make a decision about temps.
            continue;
        }

        bool canEvalToTemp = true;
        if (arg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK)
        {
            assert(m_hasStackArgs);
#if !FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
            // Non-register arguments are evaluated and pushed in order; they
            // should never go in the late arg list.
            canEvalToTemp = false;
#endif
        }
#if FEATURE_ARG_SPLIT
        else if (arg.AbiInfo.IsSplit())
        {
            hasStructRegArg = true;
            assert(m_hasStackArgs);
        }
#endif       // FEATURE_ARG_SPLIT
        else // we have a register argument, next we look for a struct type.
        {
            if (varTypeIsStruct(argx) UNIX_AMD64_ABI_ONLY(|| arg.AbiInfo.IsStruct))
            {
                hasStructRegArg = true;
            }
        }

        /* If the argument tree contains an assignment (GTF_ASG) then the argument and
           and every earlier argument (except constants) must be evaluated into temps
           since there may be other arguments that follow and they may use the value being assigned.

           EXAMPLE: ArgTab is "a, a=5, a"
                    -> when we see the second arg "a=5"
                       we know the first two arguments "a, a=5" have to be evaluated into temps

           For the case of an assignment, we only know that there exist some assignment someplace
           in the tree.  We don't know what is being assigned so we are very conservative here
           and assume that any local variable could have been assigned.
         */

        if (argx->gtFlags & GTF_ASG)
        {
            // If this is not the only argument, or it's a copyblk, or it
            // already evaluates the expression to a tmp then we need a temp in
            // the late arg list.
            // In the latter case this might not even be a value;
            // fgMakeOutgoingStructArgCopy will leave the copying nodes here
            // for FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS.
            if (canEvalToTemp && ((argCount > 1) || argx->OperIsCopyBlkOp() || (FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS && arg.m_isTmp)))
            {
                SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
            }
            else
            {
                assert(argx->IsValue());
            }

            // For all previous arguments, unless they are a simple constant
            //  we require that they be evaluated into temps
            for (CallArg& prevArg : Args())
            {
                if (&prevArg == &arg)
                {
                    break;
                }

#if !FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
                if (prevArg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK)
                {
                    // All stack args are already evaluated and placed in order
                    // in this case.
                    continue;
                }
#endif

                if ((prevArg.GetEarlyNode() != nullptr) && !prevArg.GetEarlyNode()->IsInvariant())
                {
                    SetNeedsTemp(&prevArg);
                }
            }
        }

        bool treatLikeCall = ((argx->gtFlags & GTF_CALL) != 0);

        ExceptionSetFlags exceptionFlags = ExceptionSetFlags::None;
#if FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
        // Like calls, if this argument has a tree that will do an inline throw,
        // a call to a jit helper, then we need to treat it like a call (but only
        // if there are/were any stack args).
        // This means unnesting, sorting, etc.  Technically this is overly
        // conservative, but I want to avoid as much special-case debug-only code
        // as possible, so leveraging the GTF_CALL flag is the easiest.
        //
        if (!treatLikeCall && (argx->gtFlags & GTF_EXCEPT) && (argCount > 1) && comp->opts.compDbgCode)
        {
            exceptionFlags = comp->gtCollectExceptions(argx);
            if ((exceptionFlags & (ExceptionSetFlags::IndexOutOfRangeException |
                                   ExceptionSetFlags::OverflowException)) != ExceptionSetFlags::None)
            {
                for (CallArg& otherArg : Args())
                {
                    if (&otherArg == &arg)
                    {
                        continue;
                    }

                    if (otherArg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK)
                    {
                        treatLikeCall = true;
                        break;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
#endif // FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS

        // If it contains a call (GTF_CALL) then itself and everything before the call
        // with a GLOB_EFFECT must eval to temp (this is because everything with SIDE_EFFECT
        // has to be kept in the right order since we will move the call to the first position)

        // For calls we don't have to be quite as conservative as we are with an assignment
        // since the call won't be modifying any non-address taken LclVars.

        if (treatLikeCall)
        {
            if (canEvalToTemp)
            {
                if (argCount > 1) // If this is not the only argument
                {
                    SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
                }
                else if (varTypeIsFloating(argx->TypeGet()) && (argx->OperGet() == GT_CALL))
                {
                    // Spill all arguments that are floating point calls
                    SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
                }
            }

            // All previous arguments may need to be evaluated into temps
            for (CallArg& prevArg : Args())
            {
                if (&prevArg == &arg)
                {
                    break;
                }

#if !FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
                if (prevArg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK)
                {
                    // All stack args are already evaluated and placed in order
                    // in this case.
                    continue;
                }
#endif

                // For all previous arguments, if they have any GTF_ALL_EFFECT
                //  we require that they be evaluated into a temp
                if ((prevArg.GetEarlyNode() != nullptr) && ((prevArg.GetEarlyNode()->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT) != 0))
                {
                    SetNeedsTemp(&prevArg);
                }
#if FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
                // Or, if they are stored into the FIXED_OUT_ARG area
                // we require that they be moved to the late list
                else if (prevArg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK)
                {
                    prevArg.m_needPlace = true;
                }
#if FEATURE_ARG_SPLIT
                else if (prevArg.AbiInfo.IsSplit())
                {
                    prevArg.m_needPlace = true;
                }
#endif // FEATURE_ARG_SPLIT
#endif
            }
        }
        else if ((argx->gtFlags & GTF_EXCEPT) != 0)
        {
            // If a previous arg may throw a different exception than this arg
            // then we evaluate all previous arguments with GTF_EXCEPT to temps
            // to avoid reordering them in our sort later.
            if (prevExceptionTree != nullptr)
            {
                if (prevExceptionFlags == ExceptionSetFlags::None)
                {
                    prevExceptionFlags = comp->gtCollectExceptions(prevExceptionTree);
                }

                if (exceptionFlags == ExceptionSetFlags::None)
                {
                    exceptionFlags = comp->gtCollectExceptions(argx);
                }

                bool exactlyOne       = isPow2(static_cast<unsigned>(exceptionFlags));
                bool throwsSameAsPrev = exactlyOne && (exceptionFlags == prevExceptionFlags);
                if (!throwsSameAsPrev)
                {
                    JITDUMP("Exception set for arg [%06u] interferes with previous tree [%06u]; must evaluate previous "
                            "trees with exceptions to temps\n",
                            Compiler::dspTreeID(argx), Compiler::dspTreeID(prevExceptionTree));

                    for (CallArg& prevArg : Args())
                    {
                        if (&prevArg == &arg)
                        {
                            break;
                        }

#if !FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
                        if (prevArg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK)
                        {
                            // All stack args are already evaluated and placed in order
                            // in this case.
                            continue;
                        }
#endif
                        // Invariant here is that all nodes that were not
                        // already evaluated into temps and that throw can only
                        // be throwing the same single exception as the
                        // previous tree, so all of them interfere in the same
                        // way with the current arg and must be evaluated
                        // early.
                        if ((prevArg.GetEarlyNode() != nullptr) &&
                            ((prevArg.GetEarlyNode()->gtFlags & GTF_EXCEPT) != 0))
                        {
                            SetNeedsTemp(&prevArg);
                        }
                    }
                }
            }

            prevExceptionTree  = argx;
            prevExceptionFlags = exceptionFlags;
        }

#if FEATURE_MULTIREG_ARGS
        // In "fgMorphMultiRegStructArg" we will expand the arg into a GT_FIELD_LIST with multiple indirections, so
        // here we consider spilling it into a local. We also need to spill it in case we have a node that we do not
        // currently handle in multi-reg morphing.
        //
        if (varTypeIsStruct(argx) && !arg.m_needTmp)
        {
            if ((arg.AbiInfo.NumRegs > 0) && ((arg.AbiInfo.NumRegs + arg.AbiInfo.GetStackSlotsNumber()) > 1))
            {
                if ((argx->gtFlags & GTF_PERSISTENT_SIDE_EFFECTS) != 0)
                {
                    // Spill multireg struct arguments that have Assignments or Calls embedded in them.
                    SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
                }
                else if (!argx->OperIsLocalRead() && !argx->OperIsIndir())
                {
                    // TODO-CQ: handle HWI/SIMD/COMMA nodes in multi-reg morphing.
                    SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
                }
                else
                {
                    // Finally, we call gtPrepareCost to measure the cost of evaluating this tree.
                    comp->gtPrepareCost(argx);

                    if (argx->GetCostEx() > (6 * IND_COST_EX))
                    {
                        // Spill multireg struct arguments that are expensive to evaluate twice.
                        SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
                    }
                }
            }

            // We are only able to expand certain "OBJ"s into field lists, so here we spill all the
            // "mis-sized" ones. We could in theory support them directly with some arithmetic and
            // shifts, but these cases are rare enough that it is probably not worth the complexity.
            // No need to do this for stack args as they are directly supported by codegen. Likewise
            // for "local" "OBJ"s - we can safely load "too much" for them.
            //
            if (argx->OperIs(GT_OBJ) && (arg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() != REG_STK))
            {
                GenTreeObj* argObj       = argx->AsObj();
                unsigned    structSize   = argObj->Size();
                unsigned    lastLoadSize = structSize % TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;

                if ((lastLoadSize != 0) && !isPow2(lastLoadSize))
                {
#ifdef TARGET_ARM
                    // On ARM we don't expand split args larger than 16 bytes into field lists.
                    if (!arg.AbiInfo.IsSplit() || (structSize <= 16))
#endif // TARGET_ARM
                    {
                        SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
#endif // FEATURE_MULTIREG_ARGS
    }

#if FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS

    // For Arm/x64 we only care because we can't reorder a register
    // argument that uses GT_LCLHEAP.  This is an optimization to
    // save a check inside the below loop.
    //
    const bool hasStackArgsWeCareAbout = m_hasStackArgs && comp->compLocallocUsed;

#else

    const bool hasStackArgsWeCareAbout = m_hasStackArgs;

#endif // FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS

    // If we have any stack args we have to force the evaluation
    // of any arguments passed in registers that might throw an exception
    //
    // Technically we only a required to handle the following two cases:
    //     a GT_IND with GTF_IND_RNGCHK (only on x86) or
    //     a GT_LCLHEAP node that allocates stuff on the stack
    //
    if (hasStackArgsWeCareAbout)
    {
        for (CallArg& arg : EarlyArgs())
        {
            GenTree* argx = arg.GetEarlyNode();
            assert(!comp->gtTreeContainsOper(argx, GT_QMARK));

            // Examine the register args that are currently not marked needTmp
            //
            if (!arg.m_needTmp && (arg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() != REG_STK))
            {
                if (hasStackArgsWeCareAbout)
                {
#if !FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
                    // On x86 we previously recorded a stack depth of zero when
                    // morphing the register arguments of any GT_IND with a GTF_IND_RNGCHK flag
                    // Thus we can not reorder the argument after any stack based argument
                    // (Note that GT_LCLHEAP sets the GTF_EXCEPT flag so we don't need to
                    // check for it explicitly.)
                    //
                    if (argx->gtFlags & GTF_EXCEPT)
                    {
                        SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
                        continue;
                    }
#else
                    // For Arm/X64 we can't reorder a register argument that uses a GT_LCLHEAP
                    //
                    if (argx->gtFlags & GTF_EXCEPT)
                    {
                        assert(comp->compLocallocUsed);

                        if (comp->gtTreeContainsOper(argx, GT_LCLHEAP))
                        {
                            SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
                            continue;
                        }
                    }
#endif
                }
            }
        }
    }

    // When CFG is enabled and this is a delegate call or vtable call we must
    // compute the call target before all late args. However this will
    // effectively null-check 'this', which should happen only after all
    // arguments are evaluated. Thus we must evaluate all args with side
    // effects to a temp.
    if (comp->opts.IsCFGEnabled() && (call->IsVirtualVtable() || call->IsDelegateInvoke()))
    {
        // Always evaluate 'this' to temp.
        assert(HasThisPointer());
        SetNeedsTemp(GetThisArg());

        for (CallArg& arg : EarlyArgs())
        {
            if ((arg.GetEarlyNode()->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT) != 0)
            {
                SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
            }
        }
    }

    m_argsComplete = true;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// SortArgs: Sort arguments into a better passing order.
//
// Parameters:
//   comp       - The compiler object.
//   call       - The call that contains this CallArgs instance.
//   sortedArgs - A table of at least `CountArgs()` entries where the sorted
//                arguments are written into.
//
void CallArgs::SortArgs(Compiler* comp, GenTreeCall* call, CallArg** sortedArgs)
{
    assert(m_argsComplete);

    JITDUMP("\nSorting the arguments:\n");

    // Shuffle the arguments around before we build the late args list. The
    // idea is to move all "simple" arguments like constants and local vars to
    // the end, and move the complex arguments towards the beginning. This will
    // help prevent registers from being spilled by allowing us to evaluate the
    // more complex arguments before the simpler arguments. We use the late
    // list to keep the sorted result at this point, and the ordering ends up
    // looking like:
    //     +------------------------------------+  <--- end of sortedArgs
    //     |          constants                 |
    //     +------------------------------------+
    //     |    local var / local field         |
    //     +------------------------------------+
    //     | remaining arguments sorted by cost |
    //     +------------------------------------+
    //     | temps (CallArg::m_needTmp == true) |
    //     +------------------------------------+
    //     |  args with calls (GTF_CALL)        |
    //     +------------------------------------+  <--- start of sortedArgs
    //

    unsigned argCount = 0;
    for (CallArg& arg : Args())
    {
        sortedArgs[argCount++] = &arg;
    }

    // Set the beginning and end for the new argument table
    unsigned curInx;
    int      regCount      = 0;
    unsigned begTab        = 0;
    unsigned endTab        = argCount - 1;
    unsigned argsRemaining = argCount;

    // First take care of arguments that are constants.
    // [We use a backward iterator pattern]
    //
    curInx = argCount;
    do
    {
        curInx--;

        CallArg* arg = sortedArgs[curInx];

        if (arg->AbiInfo.GetRegNum() != REG_STK)
        {
            regCount++;
        }

        assert(arg->GetLateNode() == nullptr);

        // Skip any already processed args
        //
        if (!arg->m_processed)
        {
            GenTree* argx = arg->GetEarlyNode();

            assert(argx != nullptr);
            // put constants at the end of the table
            //
            if (argx->gtOper == GT_CNS_INT)
            {
                noway_assert(curInx <= endTab);

                arg->m_processed = true;

                // place curArgTabEntry at the endTab position by performing a swap
                //
                if (curInx != endTab)
                {
                    sortedArgs[curInx] = sortedArgs[endTab];
                    sortedArgs[endTab] = arg;
                }

                endTab--;
                argsRemaining--;
            }
        }
    } while (curInx > 0);

    if (argsRemaining > 0)
    {
        // Next take care of arguments that are calls.
        // [We use a forward iterator pattern]
        //
        for (curInx = begTab; curInx <= endTab; curInx++)
        {
            CallArg* arg = sortedArgs[curInx];

            // Skip any already processed args
            //
            if (!arg->m_processed)
            {
                GenTree* argx = arg->GetEarlyNode();
                assert(argx != nullptr);

                // put calls at the beginning of the table
                //
                if (argx->gtFlags & GTF_CALL)
                {
                    arg->m_processed = true;

                    // place curArgTabEntry at the begTab position by performing a swap
                    //
                    if (curInx != begTab)
                    {
                        sortedArgs[curInx] = sortedArgs[begTab];
                        sortedArgs[begTab] = arg;
                    }

                    begTab++;
                    argsRemaining--;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    if (argsRemaining > 0)
    {
        // Next take care arguments that are temps.
        // These temps come before the arguments that are
        // ordinary local vars or local fields
        // since this will give them a better chance to become
        // enregistered into their actual argument register.
        // [We use a forward iterator pattern]
        //
        for (curInx = begTab; curInx <= endTab; curInx++)
        {
            CallArg* arg = sortedArgs[curInx];

            // Skip any already processed args
            //
            if (!arg->m_processed)
            {
                if (arg->m_needTmp)
                {
                    arg->m_processed = true;

                    // place curArgTabEntry at the begTab position by performing a swap
                    //
                    if (curInx != begTab)
                    {
                        sortedArgs[curInx] = sortedArgs[begTab];
                        sortedArgs[begTab] = arg;
                    }

                    begTab++;
                    argsRemaining--;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    if (argsRemaining > 0)
    {
        // Next take care of local var and local field arguments.
        // These are moved towards the end of the argument evaluation.
        // [We use a backward iterator pattern]
        //
        curInx = endTab + 1;
        do
        {
            curInx--;

            CallArg* arg = sortedArgs[curInx];

            // Skip any already processed args
            //
            if (!arg->m_processed)
            {
                GenTree* argx = arg->GetEarlyNode();
                assert(argx != nullptr);

                // As a CQ heuristic, sort TYP_STRUCT args using the cost estimation below.
                if (!argx->TypeIs(TYP_STRUCT) && argx->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD))
                {
                    noway_assert(curInx <= endTab);

                    arg->m_processed = true;

                    // place curArgTabEntry at the endTab position by performing a swap
                    //
                    if (curInx != endTab)
                    {
                        sortedArgs[curInx] = sortedArgs[endTab];
                        sortedArgs[endTab] = arg;
                    }

                    endTab--;
                    argsRemaining--;
                }
            }
        } while (curInx > begTab);
    }

    // Finally, take care of all the remaining arguments.
    // Note that we fill in one arg at a time using a while loop.
    bool costsPrepared = false; // Only prepare tree costs once, the first time through this loop
    while (argsRemaining > 0)
    {
        /* Find the most expensive arg remaining and evaluate it next */

        CallArg* expensiveArg      = nullptr;
        unsigned expensiveArgIndex = UINT_MAX;
        unsigned expensiveArgCost  = 0;

        // [We use a forward iterator pattern]
        //
        for (curInx = begTab; curInx <= endTab; curInx++)
        {
            CallArg* arg = sortedArgs[curInx];

            // Skip any already processed args
            //
            if (!arg->m_processed)
            {
                GenTree* argx = arg->GetEarlyNode();
                assert(argx != nullptr);

                // We should have already handled these kinds of args
                assert((!argx->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD) || argx->TypeIs(TYP_STRUCT)) &&
                       !argx->OperIs(GT_CNS_INT));

                // This arg should either have no persistent side effects or be the last one in our table
                // assert(((argx->gtFlags & GTF_PERSISTENT_SIDE_EFFECTS) == 0) || (curInx == (argCount-1)));

                if (argsRemaining == 1)
                {
                    // This is the last arg to place
                    expensiveArgIndex = curInx;
                    expensiveArg      = arg;
                    assert(begTab == endTab);
                    break;
                }
                else
                {
                    if (!costsPrepared)
                    {
                        /* We call gtPrepareCost to measure the cost of evaluating this tree */
                        comp->gtPrepareCost(argx);
                    }

                    if (argx->GetCostEx() > expensiveArgCost)
                    {
                        // Remember this arg as the most expensive one that we have yet seen
                        expensiveArgCost  = argx->GetCostEx();
                        expensiveArgIndex = curInx;
                        expensiveArg      = arg;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        noway_assert(expensiveArgIndex != UINT_MAX);

        // put the most expensive arg towards the beginning of the table

        expensiveArg->m_processed = true;

        // place expensiveArgTabEntry at the begTab position by performing a swap
        //
        if (expensiveArgIndex != begTab)
        {
            sortedArgs[expensiveArgIndex] = sortedArgs[begTab];
            sortedArgs[begTab]            = expensiveArg;
        }

        begTab++;
        argsRemaining--;

        costsPrepared = true; // If we have more expensive arguments, don't re-evaluate the tree cost on the next loop
    }

    // The table should now be completely filled and thus begTab should now be adjacent to endTab
    // and regArgsRemaining should be zero
    assert(begTab == (endTab + 1));
    assert(argsRemaining == 0);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// MakeTmpArgNode:
//   Create a temp for an argument if needed.  We usually need this to be done
//   in order to enforce ordering of the evaluation of arguments.
//
// Return Value:
//    the newly created temp var tree.
//
GenTree* CallArgs::MakeTmpArgNode(Compiler* comp, CallArg* arg)
{
    unsigned   lclNum  = arg->m_tmpNum;
    LclVarDsc* varDsc  = comp->lvaGetDesc(lclNum);
    var_types  argType = varDsc->TypeGet();
    assert(genActualType(argType) == genActualType(arg->GetSignatureType()));

    GenTree* argNode = nullptr;

    if (varTypeIsStruct(argType))
    {
        if (arg->AbiInfo.PassedByRef)
        {
            argNode = comp->gtNewLclVarAddrNode(lclNum);
            comp->lvaSetVarAddrExposed(lclNum DEBUGARG(AddressExposedReason::ESCAPE_ADDRESS));
        }
        // TODO-CQ: currently this mirrors the logic in "fgMorphArgs", but actually we only need
        // this retyping for args passed in a single register: "(NumRegs == 1) && !IsSplit()".
        else if (arg->AbiInfo.ArgType != TYP_STRUCT)
        {
            argNode = comp->gtNewLclFldNode(lclNum, arg->AbiInfo.ArgType, 0);
            comp->lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(lclNum DEBUGARG(DoNotEnregisterReason::SwizzleArg));
        }
        else
        {
            // We are passing this struct by value in multiple registers and/or on stack.
            argNode = comp->gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, argType);
        }
    }
    else
    {
        assert(!arg->AbiInfo.PassedByRef);
        argNode = comp->gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, argType);
    }

    return argNode;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// EvalArgsToTemps: Handle arguments that were marked as requiring temps.
//
// Remarks:
//   This is the main function responsible for assigning late nodes in arguments.
//   After this function we may have the following shapes of early and late
//   nodes in arguments:
//   1. Early: GT_ASG, Late: GT_LCL_VAR.
//        When the argument needs to be evaluated early (e.g. because it has
//        side effects, or because it is a struct copy that requires it) it
//        will be assigned to a temp in the early node and passed as the local
//        in the late node. This can happen for both register and stack args.
//
//   2. Early: nullptr, Late: <any node>
//        All arguments that are placed in registers need to appear as a late
//        node. Some stack arguments may also require this pattern, for example
//        if a later argument trashes the outgoing arg area by requiring a
//        call.
//        If the argument does not otherwise need to be evaluated into a temp
//        we just move it into the late list.
//
//   3. Early: <any node>, Late: nullptr
//        Arguments that are passed on stack and that do not need an explicit
//        assignment in the early node list do not require any late node.
//
void CallArgs::EvalArgsToTemps(Compiler* comp, GenTreeCall* call)
{
    CallArg*  inlineTable[32];
    size_t    numArgs = call->gtArgs.CountArgs();
    CallArg** sortedArgs =
        numArgs <= ARRAY_SIZE(inlineTable) ? inlineTable : new (comp, CMK_CallArgs) CallArg*[numArgs];
    SortArgs(comp, call, sortedArgs);

    unsigned regArgInx = 0;
    // Now go through the sorted argument table and perform the necessary evaluation into temps.
    CallArg** lateTail = &m_lateHead;
    for (size_t i = 0; i < numArgs; i++)
    {
        CallArg& arg = *(sortedArgs[i]);
        assert(arg.GetLateNode() == nullptr);

        GenTree* argx = arg.GetEarlyNode();
        assert(argx != nullptr);

        GenTree* setupArg = nullptr;
        GenTree* defArg;

#if !FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
        // Only ever set for FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
        assert(!arg.m_needPlace);

        // On x86 and other archs that use push instructions to pass arguments:
        //   Only the register arguments need to be replaced with placeholder nodes.
        //   Stacked arguments are evaluated and pushed (or stored into the stack) in order.
        //
        if (arg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK)
            continue;
#endif

        if (arg.m_needTmp)
        {
            if (arg.m_isTmp)
            {
                // Create a copy of the temp to go into the late argument list
                defArg = MakeTmpArgNode(comp, &arg);
            }
            else
            {
                // Create a temp assignment for the argument
                // Put the temp in the gtCallLateArgs list
                CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (comp->verbose)
                {
                    printf("Argument with 'side effect'...\n");
                    comp->gtDispTree(argx);
                }
#endif

#if defined(TARGET_AMD64) && !defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
                noway_assert(argx->gtType != TYP_STRUCT);
#endif

                unsigned tmpVarNum = comp->lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("argument with side effect"));
                if (argx->gtOper == GT_MKREFANY)
                {
                    // For GT_MKREFANY, typically the actual struct copying does
                    // not have any side-effects and can be delayed. So instead
                    // of using a temp for the whole struct, we can just use a temp
                    // for operand that has a side-effect.
                    GenTree* operand;
                    if ((argx->AsOp()->gtOp2->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT) == 0)
                    {
                        operand = argx->AsOp()->gtOp1;

                        // In the early argument evaluation, place an assignment to the temp
                        // from the source operand of the mkrefany
                        setupArg = comp->gtNewTempAssign(tmpVarNum, operand);

                        // Replace the operand for the mkrefany with the new temp.
                        argx->AsOp()->gtOp1 = comp->gtNewLclvNode(tmpVarNum, operand->TypeGet());
                    }
                    else if ((argx->AsOp()->gtOp1->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT) == 0)
                    {
                        operand = argx->AsOp()->gtOp2;

                        // In the early argument evaluation, place an assignment to the temp
                        // from the source operand of the mkrefany
                        setupArg = comp->gtNewTempAssign(tmpVarNum, operand);

                        // Replace the operand for the mkrefany with the new temp.
                        argx->AsOp()->gtOp2 = comp->gtNewLclvNode(tmpVarNum, operand->TypeGet());
                    }
                }

                if (setupArg != nullptr)
                {
                    // Now keep the mkrefany for the late argument list
                    defArg = argx;

                    // Clear the side-effect flags because now both op1 and op2 have no side-effects
                    defArg->gtFlags &= ~GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
                }
                else
                {
                    setupArg = comp->gtNewTempAssign(tmpVarNum, argx);

                    LclVarDsc* varDsc     = comp->lvaGetDesc(tmpVarNum);
                    var_types  lclVarType = genActualType(argx->gtType);
                    var_types  scalarType = TYP_UNKNOWN;

                    if (setupArg->OperIsCopyBlkOp())
                    {
                        setupArg = comp->fgMorphCopyBlock(setupArg);
#if defined(TARGET_ARMARCH) || defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
                        if ((lclVarType == TYP_STRUCT) && (arg.AbiInfo.ArgType != TYP_STRUCT))
                        {
                            scalarType = arg.AbiInfo.ArgType;
                        }
#endif // TARGET_ARMARCH || defined (UNIX_AMD64_ABI) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
                    }

                    // scalarType can be set to a wider type for ARM or unix amd64 architectures: (3 => 4)  or (5,6,7 =>
                    // 8)
                    if ((scalarType != TYP_UNKNOWN) && (scalarType != lclVarType))
                    {
                        // Create a GT_LCL_FLD using the wider type to go to the late argument list
                        defArg = comp->gtNewLclFldNode(tmpVarNum, scalarType, 0);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        // Create a copy of the temp to go to the late argument list
                        defArg = comp->gtNewLclvNode(tmpVarNum, lclVarType);
                    }

                    arg.m_isTmp  = true;
                    arg.m_tmpNum = tmpVarNum;
                }

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (comp->verbose)
                {
                    printf("\n  Evaluate to a temp:\n");
                    comp->gtDispTree(setupArg);
                }
#endif
            }
        }
        else // curArgTabEntry->needTmp == false
        {
            //   On x86 -
            //      Only register args are replaced with placeholder nodes
            //      and the stack based arguments are evaluated and pushed in order.
            //
            //   On Arm/x64 - When needTmp is false and needPlace is false,
            //      the non-register arguments are evaluated and stored in order.
            //      When needPlace is true we have a nested call that comes after
            //      this argument so we have to replace it in the gtCallArgs list
            //      (the initial argument evaluation list) with a placeholder.
            //
            if ((arg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK) && !arg.m_needPlace)
            {
                continue;
            }

            // No temp needed - move the whole node to the late list

            defArg = argx;

#if defined(TARGET_AMD64) && !defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)

            // All structs are either passed (and retyped) as integral types, OR they
            // are passed by reference.
            noway_assert(argx->gtType != TYP_STRUCT);

#endif // !(defined(TARGET_AMD64) && !defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI))

#ifdef DEBUG
            if (comp->verbose)
            {
                if (arg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK)
                {
                    printf("Deferred stack argument :\n");
                }
                else
                {
                    printf("Deferred argument ('%s'):\n", getRegName(arg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum()));
                }

                comp->gtDispTree(argx);
                printf("Moved to late list\n");
            }
#endif

            arg.SetEarlyNode(nullptr);
        }

        if (setupArg != nullptr)
        {
            arg.SetEarlyNode(setupArg);

            // Make sure we do not break recognition of retbuf-as-local
            // optimization here. If this is hit it indicates that we are
            // unnecessarily creating temps for some ret buf addresses, and
            // gtCallGetDefinedRetBufLclAddr relies on this not to happen.
            noway_assert((arg.GetWellKnownArg() != WellKnownArg::RetBuffer) || !call->IsOptimizingRetBufAsLocal());
        }

        arg.SetLateNode(defArg);
        *lateTail = &arg;
        lateTail  = &arg.LateNextRef();
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (comp->verbose)
    {
        printf("\nRegister placement order:    ");
        for (CallArg& arg : LateArgs())
        {
            if (arg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum() != REG_STK)
            {
                printf("%s ", getRegName(arg.AbiInfo.GetRegNum()));
            }
        }
        printf("\n");
    }
#endif
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// SetNeedsTemp: Set the specified argument as requiring evaluation into a temp.
//
void CallArgs::SetNeedsTemp(CallArg* arg)
{
    arg->m_needTmp = true;
    m_needsTemps   = true;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMakeTemp: Make a temp variable with a right-hand side expression as the assignment.
//
// Arguments:
//    rhs - The right-hand side expression.
//
// Return Value:
//    'TempInfo' data that contains the GT_ASG and GT_LCL_VAR nodes for assignment
//    and variable load respectively.
//
TempInfo Compiler::fgMakeTemp(GenTree* rhs, CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structType /*= nullptr*/)
{
    unsigned lclNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("fgMakeTemp is creating a new local variable"));

    if (varTypeIsStruct(rhs))
    {
        assert(structType != nullptr);
        lvaSetStruct(lclNum, structType, false);
    }

    // If rhs->TypeGet() == TYP_STRUCT, gtNewTempAssign() will create a GT_COPYBLK tree.
    // The type of GT_COPYBLK is TYP_VOID.  Therefore, we should use type of rhs for
    // setting type of lcl vars created.
    GenTree* asg  = gtNewTempAssign(lclNum, rhs);
    GenTree* load = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, genActualType(rhs));

    TempInfo tempInfo{};
    tempInfo.asg  = asg;
    tempInfo.load = load;

    return tempInfo;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMakeMultiUse : If the node is an unaliased local or constant clone it,
//    otherwise insert a comma form temp
//
// Arguments:
//    ppTree     - a pointer to the child node we will be replacing with the comma expression that
//                 evaluates ppTree to a temp and returns the result
//
//    structType - value type handle if the temp created is of TYP_STRUCT.
//
// Return Value:
//    A fresh GT_LCL_VAR node referencing the temp which has not been used
//
// Notes:
//    This function will clone invariant nodes and locals, so this function
//    should only be used in situations where no interference between the
//    original use and new use is possible. Otherwise, fgInsertCommaFormTemp
//    should be used directly.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMakeMultiUse(GenTree** pOp, CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structType /*= nullptr*/)
{
    GenTree* const tree = *pOp;

    if (tree->IsInvariant() || tree->OperIsLocal())
    {
        return gtCloneExpr(tree);
    }

    return fgInsertCommaFormTemp(pOp, structType);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgInsertCommaFormTemp: Create a new temporary variable to hold the result of *ppTree,
//                        and replace *ppTree with comma(asg(newLcl, *ppTree), newLcl)
//
// Arguments:
//    ppTree     - a pointer to the child node we will be replacing with the comma expression that
//                 evaluates ppTree to a temp and returns the result
//
//    structType - value type handle if the temp created is of TYP_STRUCT.
//
// Return Value:
//    A fresh GT_LCL_VAR node referencing the temp which has not been used
//

GenTree* Compiler::fgInsertCommaFormTemp(GenTree** ppTree, CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structType /*= nullptr*/)
{
    GenTree* subTree = *ppTree;

    TempInfo tempInfo = fgMakeTemp(subTree, structType);
    GenTree* asg      = tempInfo.asg;
    GenTree* load     = tempInfo.load;

    *ppTree = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, subTree->TypeGet(), asg, load);

    return gtClone(load);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// AddFinalArgsAndDetermineABIInfo:
//   Add final arguments and determine the argument ABI information.
//
// Parameters:
//   comp - The compiler object.
//   call - The call to which the CallArgs belongs.
//
// Remarks:
//   This adds the final "non-standard" arguments to the call and categorizes
//   all the ABI information required for downstream JIT phases. This function
//   modifies IR by adding certain non-standard arguments. For more information
//   see CallArg::IsArgAddedLate and CallArgs::ResetFinalArgsAndABIInfo.
//
void CallArgs::AddFinalArgsAndDetermineABIInfo(Compiler* comp, GenTreeCall* call)
{
    assert(&call->gtArgs == this);
    unsigned argIndex     = 0;
    unsigned intArgRegNum = 0;
    unsigned fltArgRegNum = 0;

    bool callHasRetBuffArg = HasRetBuffer();
    bool callIsVararg      = IsVarArgs();

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
    regMaskTP argSkippedRegMask    = RBM_NONE;
    regMaskTP fltArgSkippedRegMask = RBM_NONE;
#endif //  TARGET_ARM

#if defined(TARGET_X86)
    unsigned maxRegArgs = MAX_REG_ARG; // X86: non-const, must be calculated
#else
    const unsigned maxRegArgs = MAX_REG_ARG; // other arch: fixed constant number
#endif

    if (IsAbiInformationDetermined())
    {
        // We've already determined ABI information.
        return;
    }
    JITDUMP("Initializing arg info for %d.%s:\n", call->gtTreeID, GenTree::OpName(call->gtOper));

    m_nextStackByteOffset = INIT_ARG_STACK_SLOT * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
    m_hasRegArgs          = false;
    m_hasStackArgs        = false;
    // At this point, we should not have any late args, as this needs to be done before those are determined.
    assert(m_lateHead == nullptr);

    if (TargetOS::IsUnix && callIsVararg)
    {
        // Currently native varargs is not implemented on non windows targets.
        //
        // Note that some targets like Arm64 Unix should not need much work as
        // the ABI is the same. While other targets may only need small changes
        // such as amd64 Unix, which just expects RAX to pass numFPArguments.
        NYI("Morphing Vararg call not yet implemented on non Windows targets.");
    }

    // Insert or mark non-standard args. These are either outside the normal calling convention, or
    // arguments registers that don't follow the normal progression of argument registers in the calling
    // convention (such as for the ARM64 fixed return buffer argument x8).
    //
    // *********** NOTE *************
    // The logic here must remain in sync with GetNonStandardAddedArgCount(), which is used to map arguments
    // in the implementation of fast tail call.
    // *********** END NOTE *********
    CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    // A non-standard calling convention using wrapper delegate invoke is used on ARM, only, for wrapper
    // delegates. It is used for VSD delegate calls where the VSD custom calling convention ABI requires passing
    // R4, a callee-saved register, with a special value. Since R4 is a callee-saved register, its value needs
    // to be preserved. Thus, the VM uses a wrapper delegate IL stub, which preserves R4 and also sets up R4
    // correctly for the VSD call. The VM is simply reusing an existing mechanism (wrapper delegate IL stub)
    // to achieve its goal for delegate VSD call. See COMDelegate::NeedsWrapperDelegate() in the VM for details.
    if (call->gtCallMoreFlags & GTF_CALL_M_WRAPPER_DELEGATE_INV)
    {
        CallArg* thisArg = GetThisArg();
        assert((thisArg != nullptr) && (thisArg->GetEarlyNode() != nullptr));

        GenTree* cloned;
        if (thisArg->GetEarlyNode()->OperIsLocal())
        {
            cloned = comp->gtClone(thisArg->GetEarlyNode(), true);
        }
        else
        {
            cloned = comp->fgInsertCommaFormTemp(&thisArg->EarlyNodeRef());
            call->gtFlags |= GTF_ASG;
        }
        noway_assert(cloned != nullptr);

        GenTree* offsetNode = comp->gtNewIconNode(comp->eeGetEEInfo()->offsetOfWrapperDelegateIndirectCell, TYP_I_IMPL);
        GenTree* newArg     = comp->gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, cloned, offsetNode);

        // Append newArg as the last arg
        PushBack(comp, NewCallArg::Primitive(newArg).WellKnown(WellKnownArg::WrapperDelegateCell));
    }
#endif // defined(TARGET_ARM)
#ifndef TARGET_X86
    // TODO-X86-CQ: Currently RyuJIT/x86 passes args on the stack, so this is not needed.
    // If/when we change that, the following code needs to be changed to correctly support the (TBD) managed calling
    // convention for x86/SSE.

    // We are allowed to have a ret buffer argument combined
    // with any of the remaining non-standard arguments
    //
    CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

    if (call->IsVirtualStub())
    {
        if (!call->IsTailCallViaJitHelper())
        {
            GenTree* stubAddrArg = comp->fgGetStubAddrArg(call);
            // And push the stub address onto the list of arguments
            NewCallArg stubAddrNewArg = NewCallArg::Primitive(stubAddrArg).WellKnown(WellKnownArg::VirtualStubCell);
            InsertAfterThisOrFirst(comp, stubAddrNewArg);
        }
        else
        {
            // If it is a VSD call getting dispatched via tail call helper,
            // fgMorphTailCallViaJitHelper() would materialize stub addr as an additional
            // parameter added to the original arg list and hence no need to
            // add as a non-standard arg.
        }
    }
    else
#endif // !TARGET_X86
        if (call->gtCallType == CT_INDIRECT && (call->gtCallCookie != nullptr))
    {
        assert(!call->IsUnmanaged());

        GenTree* arg = call->gtCallCookie;
        noway_assert(arg != nullptr);
        call->gtCallCookie = nullptr;

        // All architectures pass the cookie in a register.
        InsertAfterThisOrFirst(comp, NewCallArg::Primitive(arg).WellKnown(WellKnownArg::PInvokeCookie));
        // put destination into R10/EAX
        arg = comp->gtClone(call->gtCallAddr, true);
        InsertAfterThisOrFirst(comp, NewCallArg::Primitive(arg).WellKnown(WellKnownArg::PInvokeTarget));

        // finally change this call to a helper call
        call->gtCallType    = CT_HELPER;
        call->gtCallMethHnd = comp->eeFindHelper(CORINFO_HELP_PINVOKE_CALLI);
    }
#if defined(FEATURE_READYTORUN)
    // For arm/arm64, we dispatch code same as VSD using virtualStubParamInfo->GetReg()
    // for indirection cell address, which ZapIndirectHelperThunk expects.
    // For x64/x86 we use return address to get the indirection cell by disassembling the call site.
    // That is not possible for fast tailcalls, so we only need this logic for fast tailcalls on xarch.
    // Note that we call this before we know if something will be a fast tailcall or not.
    // That's ok; after making something a tailcall, we will invalidate this information
    // and reconstruct it if necessary. The tailcalling decision does not change since
    // this is a non-standard arg in a register.
    bool needsIndirectionCell = call->IsR2RRelativeIndir() && !call->IsDelegateInvoke();
#if defined(TARGET_XARCH)
    needsIndirectionCell &= call->IsFastTailCall();
#endif

    if (needsIndirectionCell)
    {
        assert(call->gtEntryPoint.addr != nullptr);

        size_t   addrValue           = (size_t)call->gtEntryPoint.addr;
        GenTree* indirectCellAddress = comp->gtNewIconHandleNode(addrValue, GTF_ICON_FTN_ADDR);
        INDEBUG(indirectCellAddress->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = (size_t)call->gtCallMethHnd);

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
        // TODO-ARM: We currently do not properly kill this register in LSRA
        // (see getKillSetForCall which does so only for VSD calls).
        // We should be able to remove these two workarounds once we do so,
        // however when this was tried there were significant regressions.
        indirectCellAddress->SetRegNum(REG_R2R_INDIRECT_PARAM);
        indirectCellAddress->SetDoNotCSE();
#endif

        // Push the stub address onto the list of arguments.
        NewCallArg indirCellAddrArg =
            NewCallArg::Primitive(indirectCellAddress).WellKnown(WellKnownArg::R2RIndirectionCell);
        InsertAfterThisOrFirst(comp, indirCellAddrArg);
    }
#endif

    unsigned numArgs = CountArgs();

#ifdef TARGET_X86
// Compute the maximum number of arguments that can be passed in registers.
// For X86 we handle the varargs and unmanaged calling conventions

#ifndef UNIX_X86_ABI
    if (call->gtFlags & GTF_CALL_POP_ARGS)
    {
        noway_assert(intArgRegNum < MAX_REG_ARG);
        // No more register arguments for varargs (CALL_POP_ARGS)
        maxRegArgs = intArgRegNum;

        // Add in this arg
        if (HasThisPointer())
        {
            maxRegArgs++;
        }
        // Add in the ret buff arg
        if (callHasRetBuffArg)
        {
            maxRegArgs++;
        }
    }
#endif // UNIX_X86_ABI

    if (call->IsUnmanaged())
    {
        noway_assert(intArgRegNum == 0);

        if (call->unmgdCallConv == CorInfoCallConvExtension::Thiscall)
        {
            noway_assert((call->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(0)->GetEarlyNode() == nullptr) ||
                         (call->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(0)->GetEarlyNode()->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL) ||
                         (call->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(0)->GetEarlyNode()->TypeGet() == TYP_BYREF));
            maxRegArgs = 1;
        }
        else
        {
            maxRegArgs = 0;
        }
#ifdef UNIX_X86_ABI
        // Add in the ret buff arg
        if (callHasRetBuffArg &&
            call->unmgdCallConv != CorInfoCallConvExtension::C &&     // C and Stdcall calling conventions do not
            call->unmgdCallConv != CorInfoCallConvExtension::Stdcall) // use registers to pass arguments.
            maxRegArgs++;
#endif
    }
#endif // TARGET_X86

    /* Morph the user arguments */
    CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#if defined(TARGET_ARM)

    // The ARM ABI has a concept of back-filling of floating-point argument registers, according
    // to the "Procedure Call Standard for the ARM Architecture" document, especially
    // section 6.1.2.3 "Parameter passing". Back-filling is where floating-point argument N+1 can
    // appear in a lower-numbered register than floating point argument N. That is, argument
    // register allocation is not strictly increasing. To support this, we need to keep track of unused
    // floating-point argument registers that we can back-fill. We only support 4-byte float and
    // 8-byte double types, and one to four element HFAs composed of these types. With this, we will
    // only back-fill single registers, since there is no way with these types to create
    // an alignment hole greater than one register. However, there can be up to 3 back-fill slots
    // available (with 16 FP argument registers). Consider this code:
    //
    // struct HFA { float x, y, z; }; // a three element HFA
    // void bar(float a1,   // passed in f0
    //          double a2,  // passed in f2/f3; skip f1 for alignment
    //          HFA a3,     // passed in f4/f5/f6
    //          double a4,  // passed in f8/f9; skip f7 for alignment. NOTE: it doesn't fit in the f1 back-fill slot
    //          HFA a5,     // passed in f10/f11/f12
    //          double a6,  // passed in f14/f15; skip f13 for alignment. NOTE: it doesn't fit in the f1 or f7 back-fill
    //                      // slots
    //          float a7,   // passed in f1 (back-filled)
    //          float a8,   // passed in f7 (back-filled)
    //          float a9,   // passed in f13 (back-filled)
    //          float a10)  // passed on the stack in [OutArg+0]
    //
    // Note that if we ever support FP types with larger alignment requirements, then there could
    // be more than single register back-fills.
    //
    // Once we assign a floating-pointer register to the stack, they all must be on the stack.
    // See "Procedure Call Standard for the ARM Architecture", section 6.1.2.3, "The back-filling
    // continues only so long as no VFP CPRC has been allocated to a slot on the stack."
    // We set anyFloatStackArgs to true when a floating-point argument has been assigned to the stack
    // and prevent any additional floating-point arguments from going in registers.

    bool anyFloatStackArgs = false;

#endif // TARGET_ARM

#ifdef UNIX_AMD64_ABI
    SYSTEMV_AMD64_CORINFO_STRUCT_REG_PASSING_DESCRIPTOR structDesc;
#endif // UNIX_AMD64_ABI

    for (CallArg& arg : Args())
    {
        assert(arg.GetEarlyNode() != nullptr);
        GenTree* argx = arg.GetEarlyNode();

        // Change the node to TYP_I_IMPL so we don't report GC info
        // NOTE: We deferred this from the importer because of the inliner.

        if (argx->IsLocalAddrExpr() != nullptr)
        {
            argx->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
        }

        // Note we must use the signature types for making ABI decisions. This is especially important for structs,
        // where the "argx" node can legally have a type that is not ABI-compatible with the one in the signature.
        const var_types            argSigType  = arg.GetSignatureType();
        const CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE argSigClass = arg.GetSignatureClassHandle();

        // Setup any HFA information about the argument.
        bool      isHfaArg = false;
        var_types hfaType  = TYP_UNDEF;
        unsigned  hfaSlots = 0;

        bool     passUsingFloatRegs;
        unsigned argAlignBytes = TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
        unsigned size          = 0;
        unsigned byteSize      = 0;

        if (GlobalJitOptions::compFeatureHfa)
        {
            hfaType  = comp->GetHfaType(argSigClass);
            isHfaArg = varTypeIsValidHfaType(hfaType);

#if defined(TARGET_ARM64)
            if (TargetOS::IsWindows)
            {
                // Make sure for vararg methods isHfaArg is not true.
                isHfaArg = callIsVararg ? false : isHfaArg;
            }
#endif // defined(TARGET_ARM64)

            if (isHfaArg)
            {
                hfaSlots = comp->GetHfaCount(argSigClass);

                // If we have a HFA struct it's possible we transition from a method that originally
                // only had integer types to now start having FP types.  We have to communicate this
                // through this flag since LSRA later on will use this flag to determine whether
                // or not to track the FP register set.
                //
                comp->compFloatingPointUsed = true;
            }
        }

        const bool isFloatHfa = (hfaType == TYP_FLOAT);

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
        passUsingFloatRegs =
            !callIsVararg && (isHfaArg || varTypeUsesFloatReg(argSigType)) && !comp->opts.compUseSoftFP;
        bool passUsingIntRegs = passUsingFloatRegs ? false : (intArgRegNum < MAX_REG_ARG);

        // TODO-Cleanup: use "eeGetArgSizeAlignment" here. See also: https://github.com/dotnet/runtime/issues/46026.
        if (varTypeIsStruct(argSigType))
        {
            argAlignBytes = comp->info.compCompHnd->getClassAlignmentRequirement(argSigClass);
        }
        else
        {
            argAlignBytes = genTypeSize(argSigType);
        }

        argAlignBytes = roundUp(argAlignBytes, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);

        if (argAlignBytes == 2 * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE)
        {
            if (passUsingFloatRegs)
            {
                if (fltArgRegNum % 2 == 1)
                {
                    fltArgSkippedRegMask |= genMapArgNumToRegMask(fltArgRegNum, TYP_FLOAT);
                    fltArgRegNum++;
                }
            }
            else if (passUsingIntRegs)
            {
                if (intArgRegNum % 2 == 1)
                {
                    argSkippedRegMask |= genMapArgNumToRegMask(intArgRegNum, TYP_I_IMPL);
                    intArgRegNum++;
                }
            }
        }

#elif defined(TARGET_ARM64)

        assert(!callIsVararg || !isHfaArg);
        passUsingFloatRegs = !callIsVararg && (isHfaArg || varTypeUsesFloatReg(argSigType));

#elif defined(TARGET_AMD64)

        passUsingFloatRegs = varTypeIsFloating(argSigType);

#elif defined(TARGET_X86)

        passUsingFloatRegs = false;

#elif defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)

        assert(!callIsVararg && !isHfaArg);
        passUsingFloatRegs    = varTypeUsesFloatReg(argSigType);
        DWORD floatFieldFlags = STRUCT_NO_FLOAT_FIELD;

#else
#error Unsupported or unset target architecture
#endif // TARGET*

        bool      isBackFilled     = false;
        unsigned  nextFltArgRegNum = fltArgRegNum; // This is the next floating-point argument register number to use
        bool      isStructArg      = varTypeIsStruct(argSigType);
        var_types structBaseType   = TYP_STRUCT;
        unsigned  structSize       = 0;
        bool      passStructByRef  = false;

        //
        // Figure out the size of the argument. This is either in number of registers, or number of
        // TARGET_POINTER_SIZE stack slots, or the sum of these if the argument is split between the registers and
        // the stack.
        //

        if (isStructArg)
        {
            GenTree* actualArg = argx->gtEffectiveVal(true /* Commas only */);

            // Here we look at "actualArg" to avoid calling "getClassSize".
            structSize = actualArg->TypeIs(TYP_STRUCT) ? actualArg->GetLayout(comp)->GetSize() : genTypeSize(actualArg);

            assert(structSize == comp->info.compCompHnd->getClassSize(argSigClass));
        }
#if defined(TARGET_AMD64)
#ifdef UNIX_AMD64_ABI
        if (!isStructArg)
        {
            size     = 1; // On AMD64, all primitives fit in a single (64-bit) 'slot'
            byteSize = genTypeSize(argSigType);
        }
        else
        {
            size     = (unsigned)(roundUp(structSize, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE)) / TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
            byteSize = structSize;
            comp->eeGetSystemVAmd64PassStructInRegisterDescriptor(argSigClass, &structDesc);
        }
#else // !UNIX_AMD64_ABI
        size = 1; // On AMD64 Windows, all args fit in a single (64-bit) 'slot'
        if (!isStructArg)
        {
            byteSize = genTypeSize(argSigType);
        }

#endif // UNIX_AMD64_ABI
#elif defined(TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
        if (isStructArg)
        {
            if (isHfaArg)
            {
                // HFA structs are passed by value in multiple registers.
                // The "size" in registers may differ the size in pointer-sized units.
                size     = hfaSlots;
                byteSize = structSize;
            }
            else
            {
                // Structs are either passed in 1 or 2 (64-bit) slots.
                // Structs that are the size of 2 pointers are passed by value in multiple registers,
                // if sufficient registers are available.
                // Structs that are larger than 2 pointers (except for HFAs) are passed by
                // reference (to a copy)
                size     = (unsigned)(roundUp(structSize, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE)) / TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
                byteSize = structSize;
                if (size > 2)
                {
                    size = 1;
                }
            }
            // Note that there are some additional rules for multireg structs on ARM64.
            // (i.e they cannot be split between registers and the stack)
        }
        else
        {
            size     = 1; // Otherwise, all primitive types fit in a single (64-bit) 'slot'
            byteSize = genTypeSize(argSigType);
        }
#elif defined(TARGET_ARM) || defined(TARGET_X86)
        if (isStructArg)
        {
            size     = (unsigned)(roundUp(structSize, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE)) / TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
            byteSize = structSize;
        }
        else
        {
            // The typical case.
            // Long/double type argument(s) will be modified as needed in Lowering.
            size     = genTypeStSz(argSigType);
            byteSize = genTypeSize(argSigType);
        }
#else
#error Unsupported or unset target architecture
#endif // TARGET_XXX

        if (isStructArg)
        {
            assert(argx == arg.GetEarlyNode());
            assert(structSize != 0);

            Compiler::structPassingKind howToPassStruct;
            structBaseType  = comp->getArgTypeForStruct(argSigClass, &howToPassStruct, callIsVararg, structSize);
            passStructByRef = (howToPassStruct == Compiler::SPK_ByReference);
#if defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
            if (!passStructByRef)
            {
                assert((howToPassStruct == Compiler::SPK_ByValue) || (howToPassStruct == Compiler::SPK_PrimitiveType));

                floatFieldFlags = comp->info.compCompHnd->getLoongArch64PassStructInRegisterFlags(argSigClass);

                passUsingFloatRegs = (floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_HAS_FLOAT_FIELDS_MASK) ? true : false;
                comp->compFloatingPointUsed |= passUsingFloatRegs;

                if ((floatFieldFlags & (STRUCT_HAS_FLOAT_FIELDS_MASK ^ STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_ONLY_ONE)) != 0)
                {
                    // On LoongArch64, "getPrimitiveTypeForStruct" will incorrectly return "TYP_LONG"
                    // for "struct { float, float }", and retyping to a primitive here will cause the
                    // multi-reg morphing to not kick in (the struct in question needs to be passed in
                    // two FP registers). Here is just keep "structBaseType" as "TYP_STRUCT".
                    // TODO-LoongArch64: fix "getPrimitiveTypeForStruct".
                    structBaseType = TYP_STRUCT;
                }

                if ((floatFieldFlags & (STRUCT_HAS_FLOAT_FIELDS_MASK ^ STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_ONLY_TWO)) != 0)
                {
                    size = 1;
                }
                else if ((floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_ONLY_TWO) != 0)
                {
                    size = 2;
                }
            }
            else // if (passStructByRef)
            {
                size     = 1;
                byteSize = TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
            }
#else
            if (howToPassStruct == Compiler::SPK_ByReference)
            {
                byteSize = TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
            }
            else
            {
                byteSize = structSize;
            }

            if (howToPassStruct == Compiler::SPK_PrimitiveType)
            {
#ifdef TARGET_ARM
                // TODO-CQ: getArgTypeForStruct should *not* return TYP_DOUBLE for a double struct,
                // or for a struct of two floats. This causes the struct to be address-taken.
                if (structBaseType == TYP_DOUBLE)
                {
                    size = 2;
                }
                else
#endif // TARGET_ARM
                {
                    size = 1;
                }
            }
            else if (passStructByRef)
            {
                size = 1;
            }
#endif
        }

        // The 'size' value has now must have been set. (the original value of zero is an invalid value)
        assert(size != 0);
        assert(byteSize != 0);

        if (compMacOsArm64Abi())
        {
            // Arm64 Apple has a special ABI for passing small size arguments on stack,
            // bytes are aligned to 1-byte, shorts to 2-byte, int/float to 4-byte, etc.
            // It means passing 8 1-byte arguments on stack can take as small as 8 bytes.
            argAlignBytes = comp->eeGetArgSizeAlignment(argSigType, isFloatHfa);
        }

#ifdef TARGET_LOONGARCH64
        regNumber nextOtherRegNum = REG_STK;
#endif
        //
        // Figure out if the argument will be passed in a register.
        //
        bool      isRegArg     = false;
        regNumber nonStdRegNum = REG_NA;

        if (isRegParamType(genActualType(argSigType))
#ifdef UNIX_AMD64_ABI
            && (!isStructArg || structDesc.passedInRegisters)
#elif defined(TARGET_X86)
            || (isStructArg && comp->isTrivialPointerSizedStruct(argSigClass))
#endif
                )
        {
#ifdef TARGET_ARM
            if (passUsingFloatRegs)
            {
                // First, see if it can be back-filled
                if (!anyFloatStackArgs && // Is it legal to back-fill? (We haven't put any FP args on the stack yet)
                    (fltArgSkippedRegMask != RBM_NONE) && // Is there an available back-fill slot?
                    (size == 1))                          // The size to back-fill is one float register
                {
                    // Back-fill the register.
                    isBackFilled              = true;
                    regMaskTP backFillBitMask = genFindLowestBit(fltArgSkippedRegMask);
                    fltArgSkippedRegMask &=
                        ~backFillBitMask; // Remove the back-filled register(s) from the skipped mask
                    nextFltArgRegNum = genMapFloatRegNumToRegArgNum(genRegNumFromMask(backFillBitMask));
                    assert(nextFltArgRegNum < MAX_FLOAT_REG_ARG);
                }

                // Does the entire float, double, or HFA fit in the FP arg registers?
                // Check if the last register needed is still in the argument register range.
                isRegArg = (nextFltArgRegNum + size - 1) < MAX_FLOAT_REG_ARG;

                if (!isRegArg)
                {
                    anyFloatStackArgs = true;
                }
            }
            else
            {
                isRegArg = intArgRegNum < MAX_REG_ARG;
            }
#elif defined(TARGET_ARM64)
            if (passUsingFloatRegs)
            {
                // Check if the last register needed is still in the fp argument register range.
                isRegArg = (nextFltArgRegNum + (size - 1)) < MAX_FLOAT_REG_ARG;

                // Do we have a HFA arg that we wanted to pass in registers, but we ran out of FP registers?
                if (isHfaArg && !isRegArg)
                {
                    // recompute the 'size' so that it represent the number of stack slots rather than the number of
                    // registers
                    //
                    unsigned roundupSize = (unsigned)roundUp(structSize, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
                    size                 = roundupSize / TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;

                    // We also must update fltArgRegNum so that we no longer try to
                    // allocate any new floating point registers for args
                    // This prevents us from backfilling a subsequent arg into d7
                    //
                    fltArgRegNum = MAX_FLOAT_REG_ARG;
                }
            }
            else
            {
                // Check if the last register needed is still in the int argument register range.
                isRegArg = (intArgRegNum + (size - 1)) < maxRegArgs;

                // Did we run out of registers when we had a 16-byte struct (size===2) ?
                // (i.e we only have one register remaining but we needed two registers to pass this arg)
                // This prevents us from backfilling a subsequent arg into x7
                //
                if (!isRegArg && (size > 1))
                {
                    // Arm64 windows native varargs allows splitting a 16 byte struct between stack
                    // and the last general purpose register.
                    if (TargetOS::IsWindows && callIsVararg)
                    {
                        // Override the decision and force a split.
                        isRegArg = (intArgRegNum + (size - 1)) <= maxRegArgs;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        // We also must update intArgRegNum so that we no longer try to
                        // allocate any new general purpose registers for args
                        //
                        intArgRegNum = maxRegArgs;
                    }
                }
            }

#elif defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
            if (passUsingFloatRegs)
            {
                // Check if the last register needed is still in the fp argument register range.
                passUsingFloatRegs = isRegArg = (nextFltArgRegNum + (size - 1)) < MAX_FLOAT_REG_ARG;

                if (isStructArg)
                {
                    if ((floatFieldFlags & (STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_FIRST | STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_SECOND)) &&
                        passUsingFloatRegs)
                    {
                        passUsingFloatRegs = isRegArg = intArgRegNum < maxRegArgs;
                    }

                    if (!passUsingFloatRegs)
                    {
                        size            = structSize > 8 ? 2 : 1;
                        structBaseType  = structSize <= 8 ? TYP_I_IMPL : TYP_STRUCT;
                        floatFieldFlags = 0;
                    }
                    else if (passUsingFloatRegs)
                    {
                        if ((floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_ONLY_TWO) != 0)
                        {
                            nextOtherRegNum = genMapFloatRegArgNumToRegNum(nextFltArgRegNum + 1);
                        }
                        else if ((floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_SECOND) != 0)
                        {
                            assert(size == 1);
                            size               = 2;
                            passUsingFloatRegs = false;
                            nextOtherRegNum    = genMapFloatRegArgNumToRegNum(nextFltArgRegNum);
                        }
                        else if ((floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_FIRST) != 0)
                        {
                            assert(size == 1);
                            size            = 2;
                            nextOtherRegNum = genMapIntRegArgNumToRegNum(intArgRegNum);
                        }
                    }
                }

                assert(!isHfaArg); // LoongArch64 does not support HFA.
            }

            // if we run out of floating-point argument registers, try the int argument registers.
            if (!isRegArg)
            {
                // Check if the last register needed is still in the int argument register range.
                isRegArg = (intArgRegNum + (size - 1)) < maxRegArgs;
                if (!passUsingFloatRegs && isRegArg && (size > 1))
                {
                    nextOtherRegNum = genMapIntRegArgNumToRegNum(intArgRegNum + 1);
                }

                // Did we run out of registers when we had a 16-byte struct (size===2) ?
                // (i.e we only have one register remaining but we needed two registers to pass this arg)
                //
                if (!isRegArg && (size > 1))
                {
                    // We also must update intArgRegNum so that we no longer try to
                    // allocate any new general purpose registers for args
                    //
                    isRegArg        = intArgRegNum < maxRegArgs; // the split-struct case.
                    nextOtherRegNum = REG_STK;
                }
            }
#else // not TARGET_ARM or TARGET_ARM64 or TARGET_LOONGARCH64

#if defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)

            // Here a struct can be passed in register following the classifications of its members and size.
            // Now make sure there are actually enough registers to do so.
            if (isStructArg)
            {
                unsigned int structFloatRegs = 0;
                unsigned int structIntRegs   = 0;
                for (unsigned int i = 0; i < structDesc.eightByteCount; i++)
                {
                    if (structDesc.IsIntegralSlot(i))
                    {
                        structIntRegs++;
                    }
                    else if (structDesc.IsSseSlot(i))
                    {
                        structFloatRegs++;
                    }
                }

                isRegArg = ((nextFltArgRegNum + structFloatRegs) <= MAX_FLOAT_REG_ARG) &&
                           ((intArgRegNum + structIntRegs) <= MAX_REG_ARG);
            }
            else
            {
                if (passUsingFloatRegs)
                {
                    isRegArg = nextFltArgRegNum < MAX_FLOAT_REG_ARG;
                }
                else
                {
                    isRegArg = intArgRegNum < MAX_REG_ARG;
                }
            }
#else  // !defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
            isRegArg = (intArgRegNum + (size - 1)) < maxRegArgs;
#endif // !defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
#endif // TARGET_ARM
        }
        else
        {
            isRegArg = false;
        }

        // Some well known args have custom register assignment.
        // These should not affect the placement of any other args or stack space required.
        // Example: on AMD64 R10 and R11 are used for indirect VSD (generic interface) and cookie calls.
        nonStdRegNum = GetCustomRegister(comp, call->GetUnmanagedCallConv(), arg.GetWellKnownArg());
        if (nonStdRegNum != REG_NA)
        {
            isRegArg = true;
        }
        else if (call->IsTailCallViaJitHelper())
        {
            // We have already (before calling fgMorphArgs()) appended the 4 special args
            // required by the x86 tailcall helper. These args are required to go on the
            // stack. Force them to the stack here.
            assert(numArgs >= 4);
            if (argIndex >= numArgs - 4)
            {
                isRegArg = false;
            }
        }

        // Now we know if the argument goes in registers or not and how big it is.
        CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
        // If we ever allocate a floating point argument to the stack, then all
        // subsequent HFA/float/double arguments go on the stack.
        if (!isRegArg && passUsingFloatRegs)
        {
            for (; fltArgRegNum < MAX_FLOAT_REG_ARG; ++fltArgRegNum)
            {
                fltArgSkippedRegMask |= genMapArgNumToRegMask(fltArgRegNum, TYP_FLOAT);
            }
        }

        // If we think we're going to split a struct between integer registers and the stack, check to
        // see if we've already assigned a floating-point arg to the stack.
        if (isRegArg &&                            // We decided above to use a register for the argument
            !passUsingFloatRegs &&                 // We're using integer registers
            (intArgRegNum + size > MAX_REG_ARG) && // We're going to split a struct type onto registers and stack
            anyFloatStackArgs)                     // We've already used the stack for a floating-point argument
        {
            isRegArg = false; // Change our mind; don't pass this struct partially in registers

            // Skip the rest of the integer argument registers
            for (; intArgRegNum < MAX_REG_ARG; ++intArgRegNum)
            {
                argSkippedRegMask |= genMapArgNumToRegMask(intArgRegNum, TYP_I_IMPL);
            }
        }
#endif // TARGET_ARM

        arg.AbiInfo          = CallArgABIInformation();
        arg.AbiInfo.ArgType  = argx->TypeGet();
        arg.AbiInfo.IsStruct = isStructArg;

        if (isRegArg)
        {
            regNumber nextRegNum = REG_STK;

#if defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
            regNumber    nextOtherRegNum = REG_STK;
            unsigned int structFloatRegs = 0;
            unsigned int structIntRegs   = 0;
#endif // defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)

            if (nonStdRegNum != REG_NA)
            {
                nextRegNum = nonStdRegNum;
            }
#if defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
            else if (isStructArg && structDesc.passedInRegisters)
            {
                // It is a struct passed in registers. Assign the next available register.
                assert((structDesc.eightByteCount <= 2) && "Too many eightbytes.");
                regNumber* nextRegNumPtrs[2] = {&nextRegNum, &nextOtherRegNum};
                for (unsigned int i = 0; i < structDesc.eightByteCount; i++)
                {
                    if (structDesc.IsIntegralSlot(i))
                    {
                        *nextRegNumPtrs[i] = genMapIntRegArgNumToRegNum(intArgRegNum + structIntRegs);
                        ++structIntRegs;
                    }
                    else if (structDesc.IsSseSlot(i))
                    {
                        *nextRegNumPtrs[i] = genMapFloatRegArgNumToRegNum(nextFltArgRegNum + structFloatRegs);
                        ++structFloatRegs;
                    }
                }
            }
#endif // defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
            else
            {
                // fill in or update the argInfo table
                nextRegNum = passUsingFloatRegs ? genMapFloatRegArgNumToRegNum(nextFltArgRegNum)
                                                : genMapIntRegArgNumToRegNum(intArgRegNum);
            }

#ifdef WINDOWS_AMD64_ABI
            assert(size == 1);
#endif

            // This is a register argument
            m_hasRegArgs = true;
            arg.AbiInfo.SetRegNum(0, nextRegNum);
            arg.AbiInfo.NumRegs = size;
            arg.AbiInfo.SetByteSize(byteSize, argAlignBytes, isStructArg, isFloatHfa);
#ifdef UNIX_AMD64_ABI
            arg.AbiInfo.StructIntRegs   = structIntRegs;
            arg.AbiInfo.StructFloatRegs = structFloatRegs;

            if (isStructArg)
            {
                arg.AbiInfo.StructDesc.CopyFrom(structDesc);
            }
#endif

#if defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
            assert(size <= 2);

            if (size == 2)
            {
                arg.AbiInfo.SetRegNum(1, nextOtherRegNum);
            }

            INDEBUG(arg.CheckIsStruct());
#endif

            arg.AbiInfo.IsBackFilled = isBackFilled;

            // Set up the next intArgRegNum and fltArgRegNum values.
            if (!isBackFilled)
            {
#if defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
                // Increment intArgRegNum by 'size' registers
                if (nonStdRegNum == REG_NA)
                {
                    if ((size > 1) && ((intArgRegNum + 1) == maxRegArgs) && (nextOtherRegNum == REG_STK))
                    {
                        // This indicates a partial enregistration of a struct type
                        assert((isStructArg) || argx->OperIs(GT_FIELD_LIST) || argx->OperIsCopyBlkOp() ||
                               (argx->gtOper == GT_COMMA && (argx->gtFlags & GTF_ASG)));
                        unsigned numRegsPartial = MAX_REG_ARG - intArgRegNum;
                        assert((unsigned char)numRegsPartial == numRegsPartial);
                        SplitArg(&arg, numRegsPartial, size - numRegsPartial);
                        assert(!passUsingFloatRegs);
                        assert(size == 2);
                        intArgRegNum = maxRegArgs;
                    }
                    else if ((floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_HAS_FLOAT_FIELDS_MASK) == 0x0)
                    {
                        if (passUsingFloatRegs)
                        {
                            fltArgRegNum += 1;
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            intArgRegNum += size;
                        }
                    }
                    else if ((floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_ONLY_ONE) != 0)
                    {
                        structBaseType = structSize == 8 ? TYP_DOUBLE : TYP_FLOAT;
                        fltArgRegNum += 1;
                        arg.AbiInfo.StructFloatFieldType[0] = structBaseType;
                    }
                    else if ((floatFieldFlags & (STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_FIRST | STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_SECOND)) != 0)
                    {
                        fltArgRegNum += 1;
                        intArgRegNum += 1;
                        if ((floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_FIRST) != 0)
                        {
                            arg.AbiInfo.StructFloatFieldType[0] =
                                (floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_FIRST_FIELD_SIZE_IS8) ? TYP_DOUBLE : TYP_FLOAT;
                            arg.AbiInfo.StructFloatFieldType[1] =
                                (floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_SECOND_FIELD_SIZE_IS8) ? TYP_LONG : TYP_INT;
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            arg.AbiInfo.StructFloatFieldType[0] =
                                (floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_FIRST_FIELD_SIZE_IS8) ? TYP_LONG : TYP_INT;
                            arg.AbiInfo.StructFloatFieldType[1] =
                                (floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_SECOND_FIELD_SIZE_IS8) ? TYP_DOUBLE : TYP_FLOAT;
                        }
                    }
                    else if ((floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_FLOAT_FIELD_ONLY_TWO) != 0)
                    {
                        fltArgRegNum += 2;
                        arg.AbiInfo.StructFloatFieldType[0] =
                            (floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_FIRST_FIELD_SIZE_IS8) ? TYP_DOUBLE : TYP_FLOAT;
                        arg.AbiInfo.StructFloatFieldType[1] =
                            (floatFieldFlags & STRUCT_SECOND_FIELD_SIZE_IS8) ? TYP_DOUBLE : TYP_FLOAT;
                    }
                }
#else

#if defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
                if (isStructArg)
                {
                    // For this case, we've already set the regNums in the argTabEntry
                    intArgRegNum += structIntRegs;
                    fltArgRegNum += structFloatRegs;
                }
                else
#endif // defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
                {
                    if (nonStdRegNum == REG_NA)
                    {
#if FEATURE_ARG_SPLIT
                        // Check for a split (partially enregistered) struct
                        if (compFeatureArgSplit() && !passUsingFloatRegs && ((intArgRegNum + size) > MAX_REG_ARG))
                        {
                            // This indicates a partial enregistration of a struct type
                            assert((isStructArg) || argx->OperIs(GT_FIELD_LIST) || argx->OperIsCopyBlkOp() ||
                                   (argx->gtOper == GT_COMMA && (argx->gtFlags & GTF_ASG)));
                            unsigned numRegsPartial = MAX_REG_ARG - intArgRegNum;
                            assert((unsigned char)numRegsPartial == numRegsPartial);
                            SplitArg(&arg, numRegsPartial, size - numRegsPartial);
                        }
#endif // FEATURE_ARG_SPLIT

                        if (passUsingFloatRegs)
                        {
                            fltArgRegNum += size;

#ifdef WINDOWS_AMD64_ABI
                            // Whenever we pass an integer register argument
                            // we skip the corresponding floating point register argument
                            intArgRegNum = min(intArgRegNum + size, MAX_REG_ARG);
#endif // WINDOWS_AMD64_ABI
                            // No supported architecture supports partial structs using float registers.
                            assert(fltArgRegNum <= MAX_FLOAT_REG_ARG);
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            // Increment intArgRegNum by 'size' registers
                            intArgRegNum += size;

#ifdef WINDOWS_AMD64_ABI
                            fltArgRegNum = min(fltArgRegNum + size, MAX_FLOAT_REG_ARG);
#endif // WINDOWS_AMD64_ABI
                        }
                    }
                }
#endif // defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
            }
        }
        else // We have an argument that is not passed in a register
        {
            // This is a stack argument
            m_hasStackArgs = true;
            arg.AbiInfo.SetRegNum(0, REG_STK);
            m_nextStackByteOffset  = roundUp(m_nextStackByteOffset, argAlignBytes);
            arg.AbiInfo.ByteOffset = m_nextStackByteOffset;
            arg.AbiInfo.SetByteSize(byteSize, argAlignBytes, isStructArg, isFloatHfa);

            m_nextStackByteOffset += arg.AbiInfo.ByteSize;
#ifdef UNIX_AMD64_ABI
            // TODO-Amd64-Unix-CQ: This is temporary (see also in fgMorphArgs).
            if (structDesc.passedInRegisters)
            {
                arg.AbiInfo.StructDesc.CopyFrom(structDesc);
            }
#endif
        }

        if (isHfaArg)
        {
            arg.AbiInfo.SetHfaType(hfaType, hfaSlots);
        }

        arg.AbiInfo.SetMultiRegNums();

        if (arg.AbiInfo.IsStruct)
        {
            arg.AbiInfo.PassedByRef = passStructByRef;
            arg.AbiInfo.ArgType     = (structBaseType == TYP_UNKNOWN) ? argx->TypeGet() : structBaseType;
        }
        else
        {
            arg.AbiInfo.ArgType = argx->TypeGet();
        }

        argIndex++;
    } // end foreach argument loop

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (VERBOSE)
    {
        JITDUMP("Args for call [%06u] %s after AddFinalArgsAndDetermineABIInfo:\n", comp->dspTreeID(call),
                GenTree::OpName(call->gtOper));
        for (CallArg& arg : Args())
        {
            arg.Dump(comp);
        }
        JITDUMP("\n");
    }
#endif

    m_abiInformationDetermined = true;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// OutgoingArgsStackSize:
//   Compute the number of bytes allocated on the stack for arguments to this call.
//
// Remarks:
//   Note that even with no arguments, some ABIs may still allocate stack
//   space, which will be returned by this function.
//
unsigned CallArgs::OutgoingArgsStackSize() const
{
    unsigned aligned = Compiler::GetOutgoingArgByteSize(m_nextStackByteOffset);
    return max(aligned, MIN_ARG_AREA_FOR_CALL);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CountArgs: Count the number of arguments.
//
unsigned CallArgs::CountArgs()
{
    unsigned numArgs = 0;
    for (CallArg& arg : Args())
    {
        numArgs++;
    }

    return numArgs;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphArgs: Walk and transform (morph) the arguments of a call
//
// Arguments:
//    call - the call for which we are doing the argument morphing
//
// Return Value:
//    Like most morph methods, this method returns the morphed node,
//    though in this case there are currently no scenarios where the
//    node itself is re-created.
//
// Notes:
//    This calls CallArgs::AddFinalArgsAndDetermineABIInfo to determine ABI
//    information for the call. If it has already been determined, that method
//    will simply return.
//
//    This method changes the state of the call node. It may be called even
//    after it has already done the first round of morphing.
//
//    The first time it is called (i.e. during global morphing), this method
//    computes the "late arguments". This is when it determines which arguments
//    need to be evaluated to temps prior to the main argument setup, and which
//    can be directly evaluated into the argument location. It also creates a
//    second argument list (the late args) that does the final placement of the
//    arguments, e.g. into registers or onto the stack.
//
//    The "non-late arguments", are doing the in-order evaluation of the
//    arguments that might have side-effects, such as embedded assignments,
//    calls or possible throws. In these cases, it and earlier arguments must
//    be evaluated to temps.
//
//    On targets with a fixed outgoing argument area (FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS),
//    if we have any nested calls, we need to defer the copying of the argument
//    into the fixed argument area until after the call. If the argument did
//    not otherwise need to be computed into a temp, it is moved to late
//    argument and replaced in the "early" arg list with a placeholder node.
//    Also see `CallArgs::EvalArgsToTemps`.
//
#ifdef _PREFAST_
#pragma warning(push)
#pragma warning(disable : 21000) // Suppress PREFast warning about overly large function
#endif
GenTreeCall* Compiler::fgMorphArgs(GenTreeCall* call)
{
    GenTreeFlags flagsSummary = GTF_EMPTY;

    bool reMorphing = call->gtArgs.AreArgsComplete();

    call->gtArgs.AddFinalArgsAndDetermineABIInfo(this, call);
    JITDUMP("%sMorphing args for %d.%s:\n", (reMorphing) ? "Re" : "", call->gtTreeID, GenTree::OpName(call->gtOper));

    // If we are remorphing, process the late arguments (which were determined by a previous caller).
    if (reMorphing)
    {
        for (CallArg& arg : call->gtArgs.LateArgs())
        {
            arg.SetLateNode(fgMorphTree(arg.GetLateNode()));
            flagsSummary |= arg.GetLateNode()->gtFlags;
        }
    }

    // First we morph the argument subtrees ('this' pointer, arguments, etc.).
    // During the first call to fgMorphArgs we also record the
    // information about late arguments in CallArgs.
    // This information is used later to construct the late args

    // Note that this name a misnomer - it indicates that there are struct args
    // that are passed by value in more than one register or on stack.
    bool hasMultiregStructArgs = false;
    for (CallArg& arg : call->gtArgs.Args())
    {
        GenTree** parentArgx = &arg.EarlyNodeRef();

        // Morph the arg node and update the node pointer.
        GenTree* argx = *parentArgx;
        if (argx == nullptr)
        {
            // Skip node that was moved to late args during remorphing, no work to be done.
            assert(reMorphing);
            continue;
        }

        argx        = fgMorphTree(argx);
        *parentArgx = argx;

        if (arg.GetWellKnownArg() == WellKnownArg::ThisPointer)
        {
            // We may want to force 'this' into a temp because we want to use
            // it to expand the call target in morph so that CSE can pick it
            // up.
            if (!reMorphing && call->IsExpandedEarly() && call->IsVirtualVtable() && !argx->OperIsLocal())
            {
                call->gtArgs.SetNeedsTemp(&arg);
            }
        }

        // TODO-ARGS: Review this, is it really necessary to treat them specially here?
        if (call->gtArgs.IsNonStandard(this, call, &arg) && arg.AbiInfo.IsPassedInRegisters())
        {
            flagsSummary |= argx->gtFlags;
            continue;
        }
        assert(arg.AbiInfo.ByteSize > 0);

        // For pointers to locals we can skip reporting GC info and also skip
        // zero initialization.
        if (argx->IsLocalAddrExpr() != nullptr)
        {
            argx->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
        }

        // Struct arguments may be morphed into a node that is not a struct type.
        // In such case the CallArgABIInformation keeps track of whether the original node (before morphing)
        // was a struct and the struct classification.
        bool     isStructArg    = arg.AbiInfo.IsStruct;
        GenTree* argObj         = argx->gtEffectiveVal(true /*commaOnly*/);
        bool     makeOutArgCopy = false;

        if (isStructArg && varTypeIsStruct(argObj) && !argObj->OperIs(GT_ASG, GT_MKREFANY, GT_FIELD_LIST))
        {
            unsigned originalSize;
            if (argObj->TypeGet() == TYP_STRUCT)
            {
                assert(argObj->OperIs(GT_OBJ, GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD));
                originalSize = argObj->GetLayout(this)->GetSize();
            }
            else
            {
                originalSize = genTypeSize(argx);
            }

            assert(originalSize == info.compCompHnd->getClassSize(arg.GetSignatureClassHandle()));

            // First, handle the case where the argument is passed by reference.
            if (arg.AbiInfo.PassedByRef)
            {
                assert(arg.AbiInfo.ByteSize == TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
                makeOutArgCopy = true;
#ifdef UNIX_AMD64_ABI
                assert(!"Structs are not passed by reference on x64/ux");
#endif // UNIX_AMD64_ABI
            }
            else // This is passed by value.
            {
                unsigned structSize  = originalSize;
                unsigned passingSize = originalSize;

                // Check to see if we can transform this struct load (GT_OBJ) into a GT_IND of the appropriate size.
                // When it can do this is platform-dependent:
                // - In general, it can be done for power of 2 structs that fit in a single register.
                // - For ARM and ARM64 it must also be a non-HFA struct, or have a single field.
                // - This is irrelevant for X86, since structs are always passed by value on the stack.
                //
                var_types structBaseType = arg.AbiInfo.ArgType;
                bool      argIsLocal     = argObj->OperIsLocalRead();
                bool      canTransform   = false;

                if (structBaseType != TYP_STRUCT)
                {
                    if (isPow2(passingSize))
                    {
                        canTransform =
                            (!arg.AbiInfo.IsHfaArg() || (passingSize == genTypeSize(arg.AbiInfo.GetHfaType())));
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        // We can pass non-power-of-2 structs in a register, but we can only transform in that
                        // case if the arg is a local.
                        canTransform = argIsLocal;
                        passingSize  = genTypeSize(structBaseType);
                    }
                }
#if !defined(TARGET_X86)
                else
                {
                    hasMultiregStructArgs = true;
                }
#endif // !TARGET_X86

                if (!canTransform)
                {
#if defined(TARGET_AMD64)
#ifndef UNIX_AMD64_ABI
                    // On Windows structs are always copied and passed by reference (handled above) unless they are
                    // passed by value in a single register.
                    assert(arg.AbiInfo.GetStackSlotsNumber() == 1);
                    makeOutArgCopy = true;
#else  // UNIX_AMD64_ABI
                    // On Unix, structs are always passed by value.
                    // We only need a copy if we have one of the following:
                    // - The sizes don't match for a non-lclVar argument.
                    // - We have a known struct type (e.g. SIMD) that requires multiple registers.
                    // TODO-Amd64-Unix-Throughput: We don't need to keep the structDesc in the argEntry if it's not
                    // actually passed in registers.
                    if (arg.AbiInfo.IsPassedInRegisters())
                    {
                        if (argObj->OperIs(GT_OBJ))
                        {
                            if (passingSize != structSize)
                            {
                                makeOutArgCopy = true;
                            }
                        }
                        else if (!argIsLocal)
                        {
                            // This should only be the case of a value directly producing a known struct type.
                            assert(argObj->TypeGet() != TYP_STRUCT);
                            if (arg.AbiInfo.NumRegs > 1)
                            {
                                makeOutArgCopy = true;
                            }
                        }
                    }
#endif // UNIX_AMD64_ABI
#elif defined(TARGET_ARMARCH) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
                    if ((passingSize != structSize) && !argIsLocal)
                    {
                        makeOutArgCopy = true;
                    }
#endif // defined(TARGET_ARMARCH) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
                }
                else if (argObj->TypeGet() != structBaseType)
                {
                    // We have a struct argument that fits into a register, and it is either a power of 2,
                    // or a local.
                    // Change our argument, as needed, into a value of the appropriate type.
                    assert((structBaseType != TYP_STRUCT) && (genTypeSize(structBaseType) >= originalSize));

                    if (argObj->OperIsIndir())
                    {
                        assert(argObj->AsIndir()->Size() == genTypeSize(structBaseType));
                        argObj->SetOper(GT_IND);
                        // Use ChangeType over argx to update types in COMMAs as well
                        argx->ChangeType(structBaseType);
                    }
                    else if (argObj->OperIsLocalRead())
                    {
                        unsigned   lclNum    = argObj->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum();
                        LclVarDsc* varDsc    = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);
                        unsigned   lclOffset = argObj->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclOffs();
                        unsigned   argLclNum = BAD_VAR_NUM;
                        LclVarDsc* argVarDsc = nullptr;

                        if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
                        {
                            argLclNum = lvaGetFieldLocal(varDsc, lclOffset);
                        }
                        else if (lclOffset == 0)
                        {
                            argLclNum = lclNum;
                        }

                        // See if this local goes into the right register file.
                        // TODO-CQ: we could use a bitcast here, if it does not.
                        if (argLclNum != BAD_VAR_NUM)
                        {
                            argVarDsc = lvaGetDesc(argLclNum);
                            if ((genTypeSize(argVarDsc) != originalSize) ||
                                (varTypeUsesFloatReg(argVarDsc) != varTypeUsesFloatReg(structBaseType)))
                            {
                                argLclNum = BAD_VAR_NUM;
                            }
                        }

                        if (argLclNum != BAD_VAR_NUM)
                        {
                            argObj->ChangeType(argVarDsc->TypeGet());
                            argObj->SetOper(GT_LCL_VAR);
                            argObj->AsLclVar()->SetLclNum(argLclNum);
                        }
                        else if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
                        {
                            // Preserve independent promotion of "argObj" by decomposing the copy.
                            // TODO-CQ: condition this on the promotion actually being independent.
                            makeOutArgCopy = true;
                        }
#ifdef TARGET_AMD64
                        else if (!argObj->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) || !argObj->TypeIs(TYP_SIMD8)) // Handled by lowering.
#else  // !TARGET_ARM64
                        else
#endif // !TARGET_ARM64
                        {
                            // TODO-CQ: perform this transformation in lowering instead of here and
                            // avoid marking enregisterable structs DNER.
                            argObj->ChangeType(structBaseType);
                            if (argObj->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
                            {
                                argObj->SetOper(GT_LCL_FLD);
                            }
                            lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(lclNum DEBUGARG(DoNotEnregisterReason::SwizzleArg));
                        }
                    }

                    assert(varTypeIsEnregisterable(argObj) ||
                           (makeOutArgCopy && varTypeIsEnregisterable(structBaseType)));
                }
                else if (argObj->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && lvaGetDesc(argObj->AsLclVar())->lvPromoted)
                {
                    // Set DNER to block independent promotion.
                    lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(argObj->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum()
                                                 DEBUGARG(DoNotEnregisterReason::IsStructArg));
                }
            }
        }

        if (makeOutArgCopy)
        {
            fgMakeOutgoingStructArgCopy(call, &arg);
        }

        if (argx->gtOper == GT_MKREFANY)
        {
            // 'Lower' the MKREFANY tree and insert it.
            noway_assert(!reMorphing);

#ifdef TARGET_X86
            // Build the mkrefany as a GT_FIELD_LIST
            GenTreeFieldList* fieldList = new (this, GT_FIELD_LIST) GenTreeFieldList();
            fieldList->AddField(this, argx->AsOp()->gtGetOp1(), OFFSETOF__CORINFO_TypedReference__dataPtr, TYP_BYREF);
            fieldList->AddField(this, argx->AsOp()->gtGetOp2(), OFFSETOF__CORINFO_TypedReference__type, TYP_I_IMPL);
            arg.SetEarlyNode(fieldList);
#else  // !TARGET_X86

            // Get a new temp
            // Here we don't need unsafe value cls check since the addr of temp is used only in mkrefany
            unsigned tmp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("by-value mkrefany struct argument"));
            lvaSetStruct(tmp, impGetRefAnyClass(), false);
            lvaSetVarAddrExposed(tmp DEBUGARG(AddressExposedReason::TOO_CONSERVATIVE));

            // Build the mkrefany as a comma node:
            // (tmp.ptr=argx),(tmp.type=handle)
            GenTreeLclFld* destPtrSlot  = gtNewLclFldNode(tmp, TYP_I_IMPL, OFFSETOF__CORINFO_TypedReference__dataPtr);
            GenTreeLclFld* destTypeSlot = gtNewLclFldNode(tmp, TYP_I_IMPL, OFFSETOF__CORINFO_TypedReference__type);

            GenTree* asgPtrSlot  = gtNewAssignNode(destPtrSlot, argx->AsOp()->gtOp1);
            GenTree* asgTypeSlot = gtNewAssignNode(destTypeSlot, argx->AsOp()->gtOp2);
            GenTree* asg         = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_VOID, asgPtrSlot, asgTypeSlot);

            // Change the expression to "(tmp=val)"
            arg.SetEarlyNode(asg);
            call->gtArgs.SetTemp(&arg, tmp);
            hasMultiregStructArgs |= ((arg.AbiInfo.ArgType == TYP_STRUCT) && !arg.AbiInfo.PassedByRef);
#endif // !TARGET_X86
        }

#if FEATURE_MULTIREG_ARGS
        if (!isStructArg)
        {
#ifdef TARGET_ARM
            if ((arg.AbiInfo.ArgType == TYP_LONG) || (arg.AbiInfo.ArgType == TYP_DOUBLE))
            {
                assert((arg.AbiInfo.NumRegs == 2) || (arg.AbiInfo.GetStackSlotsNumber() == 2));
            }
            else
#endif
            {
                // We must have exactly one register or slot.
                assert(((arg.AbiInfo.NumRegs == 1) && (arg.AbiInfo.GetStackSlotsNumber() == 0)) ||
                       ((arg.AbiInfo.NumRegs == 0) && (arg.AbiInfo.GetStackSlotsNumber() == 1)));
            }
        }
#endif

#if defined(TARGET_X86)
        if (isStructArg)
        {
            if (argx->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) &&
                (lvaGetPromotionType(argx->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum()) == PROMOTION_TYPE_INDEPENDENT))
            {
                argx = fgMorphLclArgToFieldlist(argx->AsLclVar());
                arg.SetEarlyNode(argx);
            }
            else if (argx->OperIs(GT_LCL_FLD))
            {
                lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(argx->AsLclFld()->GetLclNum() DEBUGARG(DoNotEnregisterReason::LocalField));
            }
        }
#endif // TARGET_X86

        flagsSummary |= arg.GetEarlyNode()->gtFlags;

    } // end foreach argument loop

    if (!reMorphing)
    {
        call->gtArgs.ArgsComplete(this, call);
    }

    // Process the function address, if indirect call

    if (call->gtCallType == CT_INDIRECT)
    {
        call->gtCallAddr = fgMorphTree(call->gtCallAddr);
        // Const CSE may create an assignment node here
        flagsSummary |= call->gtCallAddr->gtFlags;
    }

#if FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS && defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
    if (!call->IsFastTailCall())
    {
        // This is currently required for the UNIX ABI to work correctly.
        opts.compNeedToAlignFrame = true;
    }
#endif // FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS && UNIX_AMD64_ABI

    // Clear the ASG and EXCEPT (if possible) flags on the call node
    call->gtFlags &= ~GTF_ASG;
    if (!call->OperMayThrow(this))
    {
        call->gtFlags &= ~GTF_EXCEPT;
    }

    // Union in the side effect flags from the call's operands
    call->gtFlags |= flagsSummary & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;

    // If we are remorphing or don't have any register arguments or other arguments that need
    // temps, then we don't need to call SortArgs() and EvalArgsToTemps().
    //
    if (!reMorphing && (call->gtArgs.HasRegArgs() || call->gtArgs.NeedsTemps()))
    {
        // Do the 'defer or eval to temp' analysis.
        call->gtArgs.EvalArgsToTemps(this, call);
    }

    if (hasMultiregStructArgs)
    {
        fgMorphMultiregStructArgs(call);
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        JITDUMP("Args for [%06u].%s after fgMorphArgs:\n", dspTreeID(call), GenTree::OpName(call->gtOper));
        for (CallArg& arg : call->gtArgs.Args())
        {
            arg.Dump(this);
        }
        printf("OutgoingArgsStackSize is %u\n\n", call->gtArgs.OutgoingArgsStackSize());
    }
#endif
    return call;
}
#ifdef _PREFAST_
#pragma warning(pop)
#endif

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphMultiregStructArgs:  Locate the TYP_STRUCT arguments and
//                             call fgMorphMultiregStructArg on each of them.
//
// Arguments:
//    call    :    a GenTreeCall node that has one or more TYP_STRUCT arguments\.
//
// Notes:
//    We only call fgMorphMultiregStructArg for struct arguments that are not passed as simple types.
//    It will ensure that the struct arguments are in the correct form.
//    If this method fails to find any TYP_STRUCT arguments it will assert.
//
void Compiler::fgMorphMultiregStructArgs(GenTreeCall* call)
{
    bool         foundStructArg = false;
    GenTreeFlags flagsSummary   = GTF_EMPTY;

#ifdef TARGET_X86
    assert(!"Logic error: no MultiregStructArgs for X86");
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_AMD64) && !defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
    assert(!"Logic error: no MultiregStructArgs for Windows X64 ABI");
#endif

    for (CallArg& arg : call->gtArgs.Args())
    {
        if ((arg.AbiInfo.ArgType == TYP_STRUCT) && !arg.AbiInfo.PassedByRef)
        {
            GenTree*& argx = (arg.GetLateNode() != nullptr) ? arg.LateNodeRef() : arg.EarlyNodeRef();

            if (!argx->OperIs(GT_FIELD_LIST))
            {
                argx           = fgMorphMultiregStructArg(&arg);
                foundStructArg = true;
            }
        }
    }

    // We should only call this method when we actually have one or more multireg struct args
    assert(foundStructArg);

    // Update the flags
    call->gtFlags |= (flagsSummary & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);
}

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphMultiregStructArg:  Given a TYP_STRUCT arg from a call argument list,
//     morph the argument as needed to be passed correctly.
//
// Arguments:
//     arg        - The argument containing a struct node.
//
// Notes:
//    The arg node must be a GT_OBJ or GT_LCL_VAR or GT_LCL_FLD of TYP_STRUCT.
//    If arg node is a lclVar passed on the stack, we will ensure that any lclVars that must be on the
//    stack are marked as doNotEnregister, and then we return.
//
//    If it is passed by register, we mutate the argument into the GT_FIELD_LIST form
//    which is only used for struct arguments.
//
//    If arg is a LclVar we check if it is struct promoted and has the right number of fields
//    and if they are at the appropriate offsets we will use the struct promted fields
//    in the GT_FIELD_LIST nodes that we create.
//    If we have a GT_LCL_VAR that isn't struct promoted or doesn't meet the requirements
//    we will use a set of GT_LCL_FLDs nodes to access the various portions of the struct
//    this also forces the struct to be stack allocated into the local frame.
//    For the GT_OBJ case will clone the address expression and generate two (or more)
//    indirections.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphMultiregStructArg(CallArg* arg)
{
    GenTree* argNode = arg->GetNode();
    assert(varTypeIsStruct(argNode));

#if !defined(TARGET_ARMARCH) && !defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI) && !defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
    NYI("fgMorphMultiregStructArg requires implementation for this target");
#endif

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
    if ((arg->AbiInfo.IsSplit() && arg->AbiInfo.GetStackSlotsNumber() + arg->AbiInfo.NumRegs > 4) ||
        (!arg->AbiInfo.IsSplit() && arg->AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK))
#else
    if (arg->AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK)
#endif
    {
        if (argNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) &&
            (lvaGetPromotionType(argNode->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum()) == PROMOTION_TYPE_INDEPENDENT))
        {
            // TODO-Arm-CQ: support decomposing "large" promoted structs into field lists.
            if (!arg->AbiInfo.IsSplit())
            {
                argNode = fgMorphLclArgToFieldlist(argNode->AsLclVar());
            }
            else
            {
                // Set DNER to block independent promotion.
                lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(argNode->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum() DEBUGARG(DoNotEnregisterReason::IsStructArg));
            }
        }
        else if (argNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_FLD))
        {
            lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(argNode->AsLclFld()->GetLclNum() DEBUGARG(DoNotEnregisterReason::LocalField));
        }

        return argNode;
    }

#if FEATURE_MULTIREG_ARGS
    ClassLayout* layout     = argNode->TypeIs(TYP_STRUCT) ? argNode->GetLayout(this) : nullptr;
    unsigned     structSize = argNode->TypeIs(TYP_STRUCT) ? layout->GetSize() : genTypeSize(argNode);

    struct ArgElem
    {
        var_types Type;   // The type to load into the register (can be small).
        unsigned  Offset; // Offset of the element.
    };

    ArgElem        elems[MAX_ARG_REG_COUNT] = {};
    const unsigned elemCount                = arg->AbiInfo.NumRegs + arg->AbiInfo.GetStackSlotsNumber();
    ArgElem&       lastElem                 = elems[elemCount - 1];
    assert((elemCount == arg->AbiInfo.NumRegs) || arg->AbiInfo.IsSplit());

    if (layout != nullptr)
    {
        assert(ClassLayout::AreCompatible(typGetObjLayout(arg->GetSignatureClassHandle()), layout));
    }
    else
    {
        assert(varTypeIsSIMD(argNode) && varTypeIsSIMD(arg->GetSignatureType()));
    }

    if (arg->AbiInfo.IsHfaArg() && arg->AbiInfo.IsPassedInFloatRegisters())
    {
        var_types hfaType = arg->AbiInfo.GetHfaType();

        for (unsigned inx = 0; inx < elemCount; inx++)
        {
            elems[inx].Type   = hfaType;
            elems[inx].Offset = genTypeSize(hfaType) * inx; // HFAs are always tightly packed.
        }
    }
    else
    {
        assert(structSize <= MAX_ARG_REG_COUNT * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);

        auto getSlotType = [layout](unsigned inx) {
            return (layout != nullptr) ? layout->GetGCPtrType(inx) : TYP_I_IMPL;
        };

        // Here, we will set the sizes "rounded up" and then adjust the type of the last element below.
        for (unsigned inx = 0, offset = 0; inx < elemCount; inx++)
        {
            elems[inx].Offset = offset;

#if defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
            if (!varTypeIsGC(getSlotType(inx)))
            {
                elems[inx].Type =
                    GetTypeFromClassificationAndSizes(arg->AbiInfo.StructDesc.eightByteClassifications[inx],
                                                      arg->AbiInfo.StructDesc.eightByteSizes[inx]);
                offset += 8;
            }
            else
#elif defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
            if ((arg->AbiInfo.StructFloatFieldType[inx] != TYP_UNDEF) &&
                !varTypeIsGC(getSlotType(offset / TARGET_POINTER_SIZE)))
            {
                elems[inx].Type = arg->AbiInfo.StructFloatFieldType[inx];
                offset += (structSize > TARGET_POINTER_SIZE) ? 8 : 4;
            }
            else
#endif // TARGET_LOONGARCH64
            {
                elems[inx].Type = getSlotType(inx);
                offset += TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
            }
        }

        // If our argument is local, we can safely load "too much" for the last element.
        // However, if it comes from an unknown (arbitrary) address, we must fix up the
        // last element's type.
        //
        if (!argNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD))
        {
            assert(argNode->OperIs(GT_OBJ));

            unsigned lastElemExactSize = structSize - lastElem.Offset;

            if (genTypeSize(lastElem.Type) > lastElemExactSize)
            {
                switch (lastElemExactSize)
                {
                    case 1:
                        lastElem.Type = TYP_BYTE;
                        break;
                    case 2:
                        lastElem.Type = TYP_SHORT;
                        break;
#if defined(TARGET_ARM64) || defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
                    case 4:
                        lastElem.Type = TYP_INT;
                        break;
#endif // (TARGET_ARM64) || (UNIX_AMD64_ABI) || (TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
                    default:
                        noway_assert(!"Cannot load odd sized last element from arbitrary source");
                        break;
                }
            }
        }
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    // We have finished setting up the elements. Now verify what we have looks correct.
    //
    unsigned loadExtent = 0;
    for (unsigned idx = 0; idx < elemCount; idx++)
    {
        assert(elems[idx].Type != TYP_UNDEF);
        assert(varTypeUsesFloatReg(elems[idx].Type) == genIsValidFloatReg(arg->AbiInfo.GetRegNum(idx)));
        assert(loadExtent <= elems[idx].Offset);

        loadExtent = elems[idx].Offset + genTypeSize(elems[idx].Type);
    }

#ifdef TARGET_LOONGARCH64
    // For LoongArch64's ABI, the struct {long a; float b;} may be passed
    // by integer and float registers and it needs to include the padding here.
    assert(roundUp(structSize, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE) == roundUp(loadExtent, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE));
#else
    if (argNode->IsLocal())
    {
        assert((structSize <= loadExtent) && (loadExtent <= roundUp(structSize, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE)));
    }
    else
    {
        assert(loadExtent == structSize);
    }
#endif // TARGET_LOONGARCH64
#endif // DEBUG

    // We should still have a TYP_STRUCT
    assert(varTypeIsStruct(argNode));

    GenTreeFieldList* newArg = nullptr;

    // Are we passing a struct LclVar?
    //
    if (argNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
    {
        GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclNode = argNode->AsLclVarCommon();
        unsigned             lclNum  = lclNode->GetLclNum();
        LclVarDsc*           varDsc  = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);

        varDsc->lvIsMultiRegArg = true;

        JITDUMP("Multireg struct argument V%02u : ", lclNum);
        JITDUMPEXEC(arg->Dump(this));

        // Try to see if we can use the promoted fields to pass this argument.
        //
        if (varDsc->lvPromoted && (varDsc->lvFieldCnt == elemCount))
        {
            bool fieldsMatch = true;

            for (unsigned inx = 0; inx < elemCount; inx++)
            {
                unsigned fieldLclNum = lvaGetFieldLocal(varDsc, elems[inx].Offset);
                if (fieldLclNum == BAD_VAR_NUM)
                {
                    fieldsMatch = false;
                    break;
                }

                var_types fieldType = lvaGetDesc(fieldLclNum)->TypeGet();
                var_types regType   = genActualType(elems[inx].Type);
                if (varTypeUsesFloatReg(fieldType) != varTypeUsesFloatReg(regType))
                {
                    // TODO-LSRA - It currently doesn't support the passing of floating point LCL_VARS in the
                    // integer registers. So for now we will use GT_LCLFLD's to pass this struct.
                    //
                    JITDUMP("Multireg struct V%02u will be passed using GT_LCLFLD because of type mismatch: "
                            "register type is %s, field local V%02u's type is %s\n",
                            lclNum, varTypeName(regType), fieldLclNum, varTypeName(fieldType));
                    fieldsMatch = false;
                    break;
                }
            }

            if (fieldsMatch)
            {
                newArg = fgMorphLclArgToFieldlist(lclNode);
            }
        }
    }

    // If we were not able to use the promoted fields...
    //
    if (newArg == nullptr)
    {
        if (arg->AbiInfo.GetRegNum() == REG_STK)
        {
            // We leave this stack passed argument alone.
            return argNode;
        }

        if (argNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD))
        {
            GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclNode   = argNode->AsLclVarCommon();
            unsigned             lclNum    = lclNode->GetLclNum();
            LclVarDsc*           varDsc    = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);
            unsigned             lclOffset = lclNode->GetLclOffs();

            newArg = new (this, GT_FIELD_LIST) GenTreeFieldList();
            for (unsigned inx = 0; inx < elemCount; inx++)
            {
                unsigned offset = lclOffset + elems[inx].Offset;
                GenTree* lclFld = gtNewLclFldNode(lclNum, elems[inx].Type, offset);
                newArg->AddField(this, lclFld, offset, lclFld->TypeGet());
            }

            lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(lclNum DEBUGARG(DoNotEnregisterReason::LocalField));
        }
        else
        {
            assert(argNode->OperIsIndir());

            GenTree*  baseAddr = argNode->AsIndir()->Addr();
            var_types addrType = baseAddr->TypeGet();
            newArg             = new (this, GT_FIELD_LIST) GenTreeFieldList();

            for (unsigned inx = 0; inx < elemCount; inx++)
            {
                unsigned offset  = elems[inx].Offset;
                GenTree* curAddr = nullptr;

                if (offset == 0)
                {
                    curAddr = baseAddr;
                }
                else
                {
                    assert((baseAddr->gtFlags & GTF_PERSISTENT_SIDE_EFFECTS) == 0);

                    GenTree* baseAddrDup = gtCloneExpr(baseAddr);
                    GenTree* offsetNode  = gtNewIconNode(offset, TYP_I_IMPL);
                    curAddr              = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, addrType, baseAddrDup, offsetNode);
                }

                GenTree* argIndir = gtNewIndir(elems[inx].Type, curAddr);

                // For safety all GT_IND should have at least GT_GLOB_REF set.
                argIndir->gtFlags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;

                newArg->AddField(this, argIndir, offset, argIndir->TypeGet());
            }

#ifndef TARGET_LOONGARCH64
            // Make sure we loaded exactly the required amount of bytes.
            // But for LoongArch64's ABI, the struct {long a; float b;} may be passed
            // by integer and float registers and it needs to include the padding here.
            assert(structSize == (lastElem.Offset + genTypeSize(lastElem.Type)));
#endif
        }
    }

    // If we reach here we should have set newArg to something
    noway_assert(newArg != nullptr);

    JITDUMP("fgMorphMultiregStructArg created tree:\n");
    DISPTREE(newArg);

    argNode = newArg; // consider calling fgMorphTree(newArg);

#endif // FEATURE_MULTIREG_ARGS

    return argNode;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphLclArgToFieldlist: Morph a GT_LCL_VAR node to a GT_FIELD_LIST of its promoted fields
//
// Arguments:
//    lcl  - The GT_LCL_VAR node we will transform
//
// Return value:
//    The new GT_FIELD_LIST that we have created.
//
GenTreeFieldList* Compiler::fgMorphLclArgToFieldlist(GenTreeLclVarCommon* lcl)
{
    LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lcl);
    assert(varDsc->lvPromoted);
    unsigned fieldCount  = varDsc->lvFieldCnt;
    unsigned fieldLclNum = varDsc->lvFieldLclStart;

    GenTreeFieldList* fieldList = new (this, GT_FIELD_LIST) GenTreeFieldList();
    for (unsigned i = 0; i < fieldCount; i++)
    {
        LclVarDsc* fieldVarDsc = lvaGetDesc(fieldLclNum);
        GenTree*   lclVar      = gtNewLclvNode(fieldLclNum, fieldVarDsc->TypeGet());
        fieldList->AddField(this, lclVar, fieldVarDsc->lvFldOffset, fieldVarDsc->TypeGet());
        fieldLclNum++;
    }
    return fieldList;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMakeOutgoingStructArgCopy: make a copy of a struct variable if necessary,
//   to pass to a callee.
//
// Arguments:
//    call - call being processed
//    arg - arg for the call
//
// The arg is updated if necessary with the copy.
//
void Compiler::fgMakeOutgoingStructArgCopy(GenTreeCall* call, CallArg* arg)
{
    GenTree* argx = arg->GetEarlyNode();
    noway_assert(!argx->OperIs(GT_MKREFANY));

    // If we're optimizing, see if we can avoid making a copy.
    //
    // We don't need a copy if this is the last use of the local.
    //
    if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && arg->AbiInfo.PassedByRef)
    {
        GenTree*             implicitByRefLclAddr;
        GenTreeLclVarCommon* implicitByRefLcl =
            argx->IsImplicitByrefParameterValuePostMorph(this, &implicitByRefLclAddr);

        GenTreeLclVarCommon* lcl = implicitByRefLcl;
        if ((lcl == nullptr) && argx->OperIsLocal())
        {
            lcl = argx->AsLclVarCommon();
        }

        if (lcl != nullptr)
        {
            const unsigned       varNum           = lcl->GetLclNum();
            LclVarDsc* const     varDsc           = lvaGetDesc(varNum);
            const unsigned short totalAppearances = varDsc->lvRefCnt(RCS_EARLY);

            // We generally use liveness to figure out if we can omit creating
            // this copy. However, even without liveness (e.g. due to too many
            // tracked locals), we also handle some other cases:
            //
            // * (must not copy) If the call is a tail call, the use is a last use.
            //   We must skip the copy if we have a fast tail call.
            //
            // * (may not copy) if the call is noreturn, the use is a last use.
            //   We also check for just one reference here as we are not doing
            //   alias analysis of the call's parameters, or checking if the call
            //   site is not within some try region.
            //
            // * (may not copy) if there is exactly one use of the local in the method,
            //   and the call is not in loop, this is a last use.
            //
            bool omitCopy = call->IsTailCall();

            if (!omitCopy && fgGlobalMorph)
            {
                omitCopy = !varDsc->lvPromoted && !varDsc->lvIsStructField && ((lcl->gtFlags & GTF_VAR_DEATH) != 0);
            }

            if (omitCopy)
            {
                if (implicitByRefLcl != nullptr)
                {
                    arg->SetEarlyNode(implicitByRefLclAddr);
                }
                else
                {
                    uint16_t offs = lcl->GetLclOffs();
                    if (offs == 0)
                    {
                        lcl->ChangeOper(GT_LCL_VAR_ADDR);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        lcl->ChangeOper(GT_LCL_FLD_ADDR);
                        lcl->AsLclFld()->SetLclOffs(offs);
                    }

                    lcl->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
                    lvaSetVarAddrExposed(varNum DEBUGARG(AddressExposedReason::ESCAPE_ADDRESS));

                    // Copy prop could allow creating another later use of lcl if there are live assertions about it.
                    fgKillDependentAssertions(varNum DEBUGARG(lcl));

                    // We may have seen previous uses of this local already,
                    // and those uses should now be marked as GTF_GLOB_REF
                    // since otherwise they could be reordered with the call.
                    // The only known issues are under stress mode and happen
                    // in the same statement, so we only handle this case currently.
                    // TODO: A more complete fix will likely entail identifying
                    // these candidates before morph and address exposing them
                    // at that point, which first requires ABI determination to
                    // be moved earlier.
                    fgRemarkGlobalUses = true;
                }

                JITDUMP("did not need to make outgoing copy for last use of V%02d\n", varNum);
                return;
            }
        }
    }

    JITDUMP("making an outgoing copy for struct arg\n");

    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE copyBlkClass = arg->GetSignatureClassHandle();
    unsigned             tmp          = 0;
    bool                 found        = false;

    // Attempt to find a local we have already used for an outgoing struct and reuse it.
    // We do not reuse within a statement.
    if (!opts.MinOpts())
    {
        found = ForEachHbvBitSet(*fgAvailableOutgoingArgTemps, [&](indexType lclNum) {
                    LclVarDsc*   varDsc = lvaGetDesc((unsigned)lclNum);
                    ClassLayout* layout = varDsc->GetLayout();
                    if (!layout->IsBlockLayout() && (layout->GetClassHandle() == copyBlkClass))
                    {
                        tmp = (unsigned)lclNum;
                        JITDUMP("reusing outgoing struct arg V%02u\n", tmp);
                        fgAvailableOutgoingArgTemps->clearBit(lclNum);
                        return HbvWalk::Abort;
                    }

                    return HbvWalk::Continue;
                }) == HbvWalk::Abort;
    }

    // Create the CopyBlk tree and insert it.
    if (!found)
    {
        // Get a new temp
        // Here We don't need unsafe value cls check, since the addr of this temp is used only in copyblk.
        tmp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("by-value struct argument"));
        lvaSetStruct(tmp, copyBlkClass, false);
        if (call->IsVarargs())
        {
            lvaSetStructUsedAsVarArg(tmp);
        }
    }

    if (fgUsedSharedTemps != nullptr)
    {
        fgUsedSharedTemps->Push(tmp);
    }
    else
    {
        assert(!fgGlobalMorph);
    }

    // Copy the valuetype to the temp
    GenTree* dest    = gtNewLclvNode(tmp, lvaGetDesc(tmp)->TypeGet());
    GenTree* copyBlk = gtNewBlkOpNode(dest, argx);
    copyBlk          = fgMorphCopyBlock(copyBlk);

    call->gtArgs.SetTemp(arg, tmp);
#if FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS

    // Do the copy early, and evaluate the temp later (see EvalArgsToTemps)
    // When on Unix create LCL_FLD for structs passed in more than one registers. See fgMakeTmpArgNode
    GenTree* argNode = copyBlk;

#else // !FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS

    // Structs are always on the stack, and thus never need temps
    // so we have to put the copy and temp all into one expression.
    GenTree* argNode = call->gtArgs.MakeTmpArgNode(this, arg);

    // Change the expression to "(tmp=val),tmp"
    argNode      = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, argNode->TypeGet(), copyBlk, argNode);

#endif // !FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS

    arg->SetEarlyNode(argNode);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMarkNewlyGlobalUses: Given a local that is newly address exposed, add
// GTF_GLOB_REF whever necessary in the specified statement.
//
// Arguments:
//    stmt   - The statement
//    lclNum - The local that is newly address exposed
//
// Notes:
//    See comment in fgMakeOutgoingStructArgCopy.
//
void Compiler::fgMarkGlobalUses(Statement* stmt)
{
    struct Visitor : GenTreeVisitor<Visitor>
    {
        enum
        {
            DoPostOrder = true,
        };

        Visitor(Compiler* comp) : GenTreeVisitor(comp)
        {
        }

        fgWalkResult PostOrderVisit(GenTree** use, GenTree* user)
        {
            GenTree* node = *use;
            if (node->OperIsLocal() && m_compiler->lvaGetDesc(node->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum())->IsAddressExposed())
            {
                node->gtFlags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;
            }

            if (user != nullptr)
            {
                user->gtFlags |= node->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_REF;
            }

            return WALK_CONTINUE;
        }
    };

    Visitor visitor(this);
    visitor.WalkTree(stmt->GetRootNodePointer(), nullptr);
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  A little helper used to rearrange nested commutative operations. The
 *  effect is that nested associative, commutative operations are transformed
 *  into a 'left-deep' tree, i.e. into something like this:
 *
 *      (((a op b) op c) op d) op...
 */

#if REARRANGE_ADDS

void Compiler::fgMoveOpsLeft(GenTree* tree)
{
    GenTree*   op1;
    GenTree*   op2;
    genTreeOps oper;

    do
    {
        op1  = tree->AsOp()->gtOp1;
        op2  = tree->AsOp()->gtOp2;
        oper = tree->OperGet();

        noway_assert(GenTree::OperIsCommutative(oper));
        noway_assert(oper == GT_ADD || oper == GT_XOR || oper == GT_OR || oper == GT_AND || oper == GT_MUL);
        noway_assert(!varTypeIsFloating(tree->TypeGet()) || !opts.genFPorder);
        noway_assert(oper == op2->gtOper);

        // Commutativity doesn't hold if overflow checks are needed

        if (tree->gtOverflowEx() || op2->gtOverflowEx())
        {
            return;
        }

        if (gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(op2))
        {
            // If we have marked op2 as a CSE candidate,
            // we can't perform a commutative reordering
            // because any value numbers that we computed for op2
            // will be incorrect after performing a commutative reordering
            //
            return;
        }

        if (oper == GT_MUL && (op2->gtFlags & GTF_MUL_64RSLT))
        {
            return;
        }

        // Check for GTF_ADDRMODE_NO_CSE flag on add/mul Binary Operators
        if (((oper == GT_ADD) || (oper == GT_MUL)) && ((tree->gtFlags & GTF_ADDRMODE_NO_CSE) != 0))
        {
            return;
        }

        if ((tree->gtFlags | op2->gtFlags) & GTF_BOOLEAN)
        {
            // We could deal with this, but we were always broken and just hit the assert
            // below regarding flags, which means it's not frequent, so will just bail out.
            // See #195514
            return;
        }

        noway_assert(!tree->gtOverflowEx() && !op2->gtOverflowEx());

        GenTree* ad1 = op2->AsOp()->gtOp1;
        GenTree* ad2 = op2->AsOp()->gtOp2;

        // Compiler::optOptimizeBools() can create GT_OR of two GC pointers yielding a GT_INT
        // We can not reorder such GT_OR trees
        //
        if (varTypeIsGC(ad1->TypeGet()) != varTypeIsGC(op2->TypeGet()))
        {
            break;
        }

        // Don't split up a byref calculation and create a new byref. E.g.,
        // [byref]+ (ref, [int]+ (int, int)) => [byref]+ ([byref]+ (ref, int), int).
        // Doing this transformation could create a situation where the first
        // addition (that is, [byref]+ (ref, int) ) creates a byref pointer that
        // no longer points within the ref object. If a GC happens, the byref won't
        // get updated. This can happen, for instance, if one of the int components
        // is negative. It also requires the address generation be in a fully-interruptible
        // code region.
        //
        if (varTypeIsGC(op1->TypeGet()) && op2->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL)
        {
            assert(varTypeIsGC(tree->TypeGet()) && (oper == GT_ADD));
            break;
        }

        /* Change "(x op (y op z))" to "(x op y) op z" */
        /* ie.    "(op1 op (ad1 op ad2))" to "(op1 op ad1) op ad2" */

        GenTree* new_op1 = op2;

        new_op1->AsOp()->gtOp1 = op1;
        new_op1->AsOp()->gtOp2 = ad1;

        /* Change the flags. */

        // Make sure we arent throwing away any flags
        noway_assert((new_op1->gtFlags &
                      ~(GTF_MAKE_CSE | GTF_DONT_CSE | // It is ok that new_op1->gtFlags contains GTF_DONT_CSE flag.
                        GTF_REVERSE_OPS |             // The reverse ops flag also can be set, it will be re-calculated
                        GTF_NODE_MASK | GTF_ALL_EFFECT | GTF_UNSIGNED)) == 0);

        new_op1->gtFlags =
            (new_op1->gtFlags & (GTF_NODE_MASK | GTF_DONT_CSE)) | // Make sure we propagate GTF_DONT_CSE flag.
            (op1->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT) | (ad1->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);

        /* Retype new_op1 if it has not/become a GC ptr. */

        if (varTypeIsGC(op1->TypeGet()))
        {
            noway_assert((varTypeIsGC(tree->TypeGet()) && op2->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL &&
                          oper == GT_ADD) || // byref(ref + (int+int))
                         (varTypeIsI(tree->TypeGet()) && op2->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL &&
                          oper == GT_OR)); // int(gcref | int(gcref|intval))

            new_op1->gtType = tree->gtType;
        }
        else if (varTypeIsGC(ad2->TypeGet()))
        {
            // Neither ad1 nor op1 are GC. So new_op1 isnt either
            noway_assert(op1->gtType == TYP_I_IMPL && ad1->gtType == TYP_I_IMPL);
            new_op1->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
        }

        // If new_op1 is a new expression. Assign it a new unique value number.
        // vnStore is null before the ValueNumber phase has run
        if (vnStore != nullptr)
        {
            // We can only keep the old value number on new_op1 if both op1 and ad2
            // have the same non-NoVN value numbers. Since op is commutative, comparing
            // only ad2 and op1 is enough.
            if ((op1->gtVNPair.GetLiberal() == ValueNumStore::NoVN) ||
                (ad2->gtVNPair.GetLiberal() == ValueNumStore::NoVN) ||
                (ad2->gtVNPair.GetLiberal() != op1->gtVNPair.GetLiberal()))
            {
                new_op1->gtVNPair.SetBoth(vnStore->VNForExpr(nullptr, new_op1->TypeGet()));
            }
        }

        tree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = new_op1;
        tree->AsOp()->gtOp2 = ad2;

        /* If 'new_op1' is now the same nested op, process it recursively */

        if ((ad1->gtOper == oper) && !ad1->gtOverflowEx())
        {
            fgMoveOpsLeft(new_op1);
        }

        /* If   'ad2'   is now the same nested op, process it
         * Instead of recursion, we set up op1 and op2 for the next loop.
         */

        op1 = new_op1;
        op2 = ad2;
    } while ((op2->gtOper == oper) && !op2->gtOverflowEx());

    return;
}

#endif

/*****************************************************************************/

void Compiler::fgSetRngChkTarget(GenTree* tree, bool delay)
{
    if (tree->OperIs(GT_BOUNDS_CHECK))
    {
        GenTreeBoundsChk* const boundsChk = tree->AsBoundsChk();
        BasicBlock* const       failBlock = fgSetRngChkTargetInner(boundsChk->gtThrowKind, delay);
        if (failBlock != nullptr)
        {
            boundsChk->gtIndRngFailBB = failBlock;
        }
    }
    else if (tree->OperIs(GT_INDEX_ADDR))
    {
        GenTreeIndexAddr* const indexAddr = tree->AsIndexAddr();
        BasicBlock* const       failBlock = fgSetRngChkTargetInner(SCK_RNGCHK_FAIL, delay);
        if (failBlock != nullptr)
        {
            indexAddr->gtIndRngFailBB = failBlock;
        }
    }
    else
    {
        noway_assert(tree->OperIs(GT_ARR_ELEM, GT_ARR_INDEX));
        fgSetRngChkTargetInner(SCK_RNGCHK_FAIL, delay);
    }
}

BasicBlock* Compiler::fgSetRngChkTargetInner(SpecialCodeKind kind, bool delay)
{
    if (opts.MinOpts())
    {
        delay = false;
    }

    if (!opts.compDbgCode)
    {
        if (!delay && !compIsForInlining())
        {
            // Create/find the appropriate "range-fail" label
            return fgRngChkTarget(compCurBB, kind);
        }
    }
    else
    {
        // Tell downstream code that we will end up with a call so that it
        // knows this is not a leaf function. For optimized code this is
        // handled by fgRngChkTarget that is called above either in morph or
        // simple lowering.
        compUsesThrowHelper = true;
    }

    return nullptr;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphIndexAddr: Expand a GT_INDEX_ADDR node and fully morph the child operands.
//
// We expand the GT_INDEX_ADDR node into a larger tree that evaluates the array
// base and index. The simplest expansion is a GT_COMMA with a GT_BOUNDS_CHECK.
// For complex array or index expressions one or more GT_COMMA assignments
// are inserted so that we only evaluate the array or index expressions once.
//
// The fully expanded tree is then morphed.  This causes gtFoldExpr to
// perform local constant prop and reorder the constants in the tree and
// fold them.
//
// Arguments:
//    indexAddr - The INDEX_ADRR tree to morph
//
// Return Value:
//    The resulting tree.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphIndexAddr(GenTreeIndexAddr* indexAddr)
{
    const int MAX_ARR_COMPLEXITY   = 4;
    const int MAX_INDEX_COMPLEXITY = 4;

    var_types            elemTyp        = indexAddr->gtElemType;
    unsigned             elemSize       = indexAddr->gtElemSize;
    uint8_t              elemOffs       = static_cast<uint8_t>(indexAddr->gtElemOffset);
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE elemStructType = indexAddr->gtStructElemClass;

    noway_assert(!varTypeIsStruct(elemTyp) || (elemStructType != NO_CLASS_HANDLE));

    // In minopts, we will not be expanding GT_INDEX_ADDR in order to minimize the size of the IR. As minopts
    // compilation time is roughly proportional to the size of the IR, this helps keep compilation times down.
    // Furthermore, this representation typically saves on code size in minopts w.r.t. the complete expansion
    // performed when optimizing, as it does not require LclVar nodes (which are always stack loads/stores in
    // minopts).
    //
    // When we *are* optimizing, we fully expand GT_INDEX_ADDR to:
    // 1. Evaluate the array address expression and store the result in a temp if the expression is complex or
    //    side-effecting.
    // 2. Evaluate the array index expression and store the result in a temp if the expression is complex or
    //    side-effecting.
    // 3. Perform an explicit bounds check: GT_BOUNDS_CHECK(index, GT_ARR_LENGTH(array))
    // 4. Compute the address of the element that will be accessed:
    //    GT_ADD(GT_ADD(array, firstElementOffset), GT_MUL(index, elementSize)) OR
    //    GT_ADD(GT_ADD(array, GT_ADD(GT_MUL(index, elementSize), firstElementOffset)))
    // 5. Wrap the address in a GT_ADD_ADDR (the information saved there will later be used by VN).
    //
    // This expansion explicitly exposes the bounds check and the address calculation to the optimizer, which allows
    // for more straightforward bounds-check removal, CSE, etc.
    if (opts.MinOpts())
    {
        indexAddr->Arr()   = fgMorphTree(indexAddr->Arr());
        indexAddr->Index() = fgMorphTree(indexAddr->Index());
        indexAddr->AddAllEffectsFlags(indexAddr->Arr(), indexAddr->Index());

        // Mark the indirection node as needing a range check if necessary.
        // Note this will always be true unless JitSkipArrayBoundCheck() is used
        if (indexAddr->IsBoundsChecked())
        {
            fgSetRngChkTarget(indexAddr);
        }

        return indexAddr;
    }

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
    if (varTypeIsStruct(elemTyp) && structSizeMightRepresentSIMDType(elemSize))
    {
        elemTyp = impNormStructType(elemStructType);
    }
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD

    // TODO-CQ: support precise equivalence classes for SIMD-typed arrays in VN.
    if (elemTyp != TYP_STRUCT)
    {
        elemStructType = NO_CLASS_HANDLE;
    }

    GenTree*          arrRef      = indexAddr->Arr();
    GenTree*          index       = indexAddr->Index();
    GenTree*          arrRefDefn  = nullptr; // non-NULL if we need to allocate a temp for the arrRef expression
    GenTree*          indexDefn   = nullptr; // non-NULL if we need to allocate a temp for the index expression
    GenTreeBoundsChk* boundsCheck = nullptr;

    // If we're doing range checking, introduce a GT_BOUNDS_CHECK node for the address.
    if (indexAddr->IsBoundsChecked())
    {
        GenTree* arrRef2 = nullptr; // The second copy will be used in array address expression
        GenTree* index2  = nullptr;

        // If the arrRef or index expressions involves an assignment, a call, or reads from global memory,
        // then we *must* allocate a temporary in which to "localize" those values, to ensure that the
        // same values are used in the bounds check and the actual dereference.
        // Also we allocate the temporary when the expression is sufficiently complex/expensive.
        //
        // Note that if the expression is a GT_FIELD, it has not yet been morphed so its true complexity is
        // not exposed. Without that condition there are cases of local struct fields that were previously,
        // needlessly, marked as GTF_GLOB_REF, and when that was fixed, there were some regressions that
        // were mostly ameliorated by adding this condition.
        //
        // Likewise, allocate a temporary if the expression is a GT_LCL_FLD node. These used to be created
        // after fgMorphIndexAddr from GT_FIELD trees so this preserves the existing behavior. This is
        // perhaps a decision that should be left to CSE but FX diffs show that it is slightly better to
        // do this here. Likewise for implicit byrefs.

        if (((arrRef->gtFlags & (GTF_ASG | GTF_CALL | GTF_GLOB_REF)) != 0) ||
            gtComplexityExceeds(arrRef, MAX_ARR_COMPLEXITY) || arrRef->OperIs(GT_FIELD, GT_LCL_FLD) ||
            (arrRef->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && lvaIsLocalImplicitlyAccessedByRef(arrRef->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum())))
        {
            unsigned arrRefTmpNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("arr expr"));
            arrRefDefn            = gtNewTempAssign(arrRefTmpNum, arrRef);
            arrRef                = gtNewLclvNode(arrRefTmpNum, lvaGetDesc(arrRefTmpNum)->TypeGet());
            arrRef2               = gtNewLclvNode(arrRefTmpNum, lvaGetDesc(arrRefTmpNum)->TypeGet());
        }
        else
        {
            arrRef2 = gtCloneExpr(arrRef);
            noway_assert(arrRef2 != nullptr);
        }

        if (((index->gtFlags & (GTF_ASG | GTF_CALL | GTF_GLOB_REF)) != 0) ||
            gtComplexityExceeds(index, MAX_ARR_COMPLEXITY) || index->OperIs(GT_FIELD, GT_LCL_FLD) ||
            (index->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && lvaIsLocalImplicitlyAccessedByRef(index->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum())))
        {
            unsigned indexTmpNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("index expr"));
            indexDefn            = gtNewTempAssign(indexTmpNum, index);
            index                = gtNewLclvNode(indexTmpNum, lvaGetDesc(indexTmpNum)->TypeGet());
            index2               = gtNewLclvNode(indexTmpNum, lvaGetDesc(indexTmpNum)->TypeGet());
        }
        else
        {
            index2 = gtCloneExpr(index);
            noway_assert(index2 != nullptr);
        }

        // Next introduce a GT_BOUNDS_CHECK node
        var_types bndsChkType = TYP_INT; // By default, try to use 32-bit comparison for array bounds check.

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
        // The CLI Spec allows an array to be indexed by either an int32 or a native int.  In the case
        // of a 64 bit architecture this means the array index can potentially be a TYP_LONG, so for this case,
        // the comparison will have to be widened to 64 bits.
        if (index->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL)
        {
            bndsChkType = TYP_I_IMPL;
        }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

        GenTree* arrLen = gtNewArrLen(TYP_INT, arrRef, (int)indexAddr->gtLenOffset, compCurBB);

        if (bndsChkType != TYP_INT)
        {
            arrLen = gtNewCastNode(bndsChkType, arrLen, true, bndsChkType);
        }

        boundsCheck            = new (this, GT_BOUNDS_CHECK) GenTreeBoundsChk(index, arrLen, SCK_RNGCHK_FAIL);
        boundsCheck->gtInxType = elemTyp;

        // Now we'll switch to using the second copies for arrRef and index
        // to compute the address expression
        arrRef = arrRef2;
        index  = index2;
    }

    // Create the "addr" which is "*(arrRef + ((index * elemSize) + elemOffs))"
    GenTree* addr;

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
    // Widen 'index' on 64-bit targets
    if (index->TypeGet() != TYP_I_IMPL)
    {
        if (index->OperGet() == GT_CNS_INT)
        {
            index->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
        }
        else
        {
            index = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, index, true, TYP_I_IMPL);
        }
    }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

    /* Scale the index value if necessary */
    if (elemSize > 1)
    {
        GenTree* size = gtNewIconNode(elemSize, TYP_I_IMPL);

        // Fix 392756 WP7 Crossgen
        //
        // During codegen optGetArrayRefScaleAndIndex() makes the assumption that op2 of a GT_MUL node
        // is a constant and is not capable of handling CSE'ing the elemSize constant into a lclvar.
        // Hence to prevent the constant from becoming a CSE we mark it as NO_CSE.
        //
        size->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;

        /* Multiply by the array element size */
        addr = gtNewOperNode(GT_MUL, TYP_I_IMPL, index, size);
    }
    else
    {
        addr = index;
    }

    // Be careful to only create the byref pointer when the full index expression is added to the array reference.
    // We don't want to create a partial byref address expression that doesn't include the full index offset:
    // a byref must point within the containing object. It is dangerous (especially when optimizations come into
    // play) to create a "partial" byref that doesn't point exactly to the correct object; there is risk that
    // the partial byref will not point within the object, and thus not get updated correctly during a GC.
    // This is mostly a risk in fully-interruptible code regions.

    // We can generate two types of trees for "addr":
    //
    //  1) "arrRef + (index + elemOffset)"
    //  2) "(arrRef + elemOffset) + index"
    //
    // XArch has powerful addressing modes such as [base + index*scale + offset] so it's fine with 1),
    // while for Arm we better try to make an invariant sub-tree as large as possible, which is usually
    // "(arrRef + elemOffset)" and is CSE/LoopHoisting friendly => produces better codegen.
    // 2) should still be safe from GC's point of view since both ADD operations are byref and point to
    // within the object so GC will be able to correctly track and update them.

    bool groupArrayRefWithElemOffset = false;
#ifdef TARGET_ARMARCH
    groupArrayRefWithElemOffset = true;
    // TODO: in some cases even on ARM we better use 1) shape because if "index" is invariant and "arrRef" is not
    // we at least will be able to hoist/CSE "index + elemOffset" in some cases.
    // See https://github.com/dotnet/runtime/pull/61293#issuecomment-964146497

    // Don't use 2) for structs to reduce number of size regressions
    if (varTypeIsStruct(elemTyp))
    {
        groupArrayRefWithElemOffset = false;
    }
#endif

    // First element's offset
    GenTree* elemOffset = gtNewIconNode(elemOffs, TYP_I_IMPL);
    if (groupArrayRefWithElemOffset)
    {
        GenTree* basePlusOffset = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, arrRef, elemOffset);
        addr                    = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, basePlusOffset, addr);
    }
    else
    {
        addr = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, addr, elemOffset);
        addr = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, arrRef, addr);
    }

    // TODO-Throughput: bash the INDEX_ADDR to ARR_ADDR here instead of creating a new node.
    addr = new (this, GT_ARR_ADDR) GenTreeArrAddr(addr, elemTyp, elemStructType, elemOffs);

    if (indexAddr->IsNotNull())
    {
        addr->gtFlags |= GTF_ARR_ADDR_NONNULL;
    }

    GenTree* tree = addr;

    // Prepend the bounds check and the assignment trees that were created (if any).
    if (boundsCheck != nullptr)
    {
        // This is changing a value dependency (INDEX_ADDR node) into a flow
        // dependency, so make sure this dependency remains visible. Also, the
        // JIT is not allowed to create arbitrary byrefs, so we must make sure
        // the address is not reordered with the bounds check.
        boundsCheck->gtFlags |= GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF;
        addr->gtFlags |= GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF;

        tree = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, tree->TypeGet(), boundsCheck, tree);
        fgSetRngChkTarget(boundsCheck);
    }

    if (indexDefn != nullptr)
    {
        tree = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, tree->TypeGet(), indexDefn, tree);
    }

    if (arrRefDefn != nullptr)
    {
        tree = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, tree->TypeGet(), arrRefDefn, tree);
    }

    JITDUMP("fgMorphIndexAddr (before remorph):\n")
    DISPTREE(tree)

    tree = fgMorphTree(tree);
    DBEXEC(tree == indexAddr, tree->gtDebugFlags &= ~GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);

    JITDUMP("fgMorphIndexAddr (after remorph):\n")
    DISPTREE(tree)

    return tree;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphLocal: Fully morph a local node.
//
// Arguments:
//    lclNode - The node to morph
//
// Return Value:
//    The fully morphed tree.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphLocal(GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclNode)
{
    assert(lclNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD) || lclNode->OperIsLocalAddr());

    GenTree* expandedTree = nullptr;
#ifdef TARGET_X86
    expandedTree = fgMorphExpandStackArgForVarArgs(lclNode);
#else
    expandedTree = fgMorphExpandImplicitByRefArg(lclNode);
#endif

    if (expandedTree != nullptr)
    {
        expandedTree = fgMorphTree(expandedTree);
        DBEXEC(expandedTree == lclNode, expandedTree->gtDebugFlags &= ~GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);
        return expandedTree;
    }

    if (lclNode->OperIsLocalAddr())
    {
        // No further morphing necessary.
        return lclNode;
    }

    assert(lclNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD));

    if (lclNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
    {
        return fgMorphLocalVar(lclNode);
    }

    if (lvaGetDesc(lclNode)->IsAddressExposed())
    {
        lclNode->gtFlags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;
    }

    return lclNode;
}

#ifdef TARGET_X86
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphExpandStackArgForVarArgs: Expand a stack arg node for varargs.
//
// Expands the node to use the varargs cookie as the base address, indirecting
// off of it if necessary, similar to how implicit by-ref parameters are morphed
// on non-x86 targets.
//
// Arguments:
//    lclNode - The local node to (possibly) morph
//
// Return Value:
//    The new tree for "lclNode", in which case the caller is expected to morph
//    it further, otherwise "nullptr".
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphExpandStackArgForVarArgs(GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclNode)
{
    if (!lvaIsArgAccessedViaVarArgsCookie(lclNode->GetLclNum()))
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    LclVarDsc* varDsc       = lvaGetDesc(lclNode);
    GenTree*   argsBaseAddr = gtNewLclvNode(lvaVarargsBaseOfStkArgs, TYP_I_IMPL);
    ssize_t    offset =
        varDsc->GetStackOffset() - codeGen->intRegState.rsCalleeRegArgCount * REGSIZE_BYTES - lclNode->GetLclOffs();
    GenTree* offsetNode = gtNewIconNode(offset, TYP_I_IMPL);
    GenTree* argAddr    = gtNewOperNode(GT_SUB, TYP_I_IMPL, argsBaseAddr, offsetNode);

    if (lclNode->OperIsLocalAddr())
    {
        return argAddr;
    }

    GenTree* argNode;
    if (lclNode->TypeIs(TYP_STRUCT))
    {
        argNode = gtNewStructVal(lclNode->GetLayout(this), argAddr);
    }
    else
    {
        argNode = gtNewIndir(lclNode->TypeGet(), argAddr);
    }

    if (varDsc->IsAddressExposed())
    {
        argNode->gtFlags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;
    }

    return argNode;
}
#endif

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphExpandImplicitByRefArg: Morph an implicit by-ref parameter.
//
// Arguments:
//    lclNode - The local node to morph
//
// Return Value:
//    The expanded tree for "lclNode", which the caller is expected to
//    morph further.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphExpandImplicitByRefArg(GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclNode)
{
    if (!fgGlobalMorph)
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    unsigned   lclNum         = lclNode->GetLclNum();
    LclVarDsc* varDsc         = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);
    unsigned   fieldOffset    = 0;
    unsigned   newLclNum      = BAD_VAR_NUM;
    bool       isStillLastUse = false;

    if (lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(lclNum))
    {
        // The SIMD transformation to coalesce contiguous references to SIMD vector fields will re-invoke
        // the traversal to mark address-taken locals. So, we may encounter a tree that has already been
        // transformed to TYP_BYREF. If we do, leave it as-is.
        if (lclNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && lclNode->TypeIs(TYP_BYREF))
        {
            return nullptr;
        }

        if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
        {
            // fgRetypeImplicitByRefArgs created a new promoted struct local to represent this arg.
            // Rewrite the node to refer to it.
            assert(varDsc->lvFieldLclStart != 0);

            lclNode->SetLclNum(varDsc->lvFieldLclStart);
            return lclNode;
        }

        newLclNum = lclNum;

        // As a special case, for implicit byref args where we undid promotion we
        // can still know whether the use of the implicit byref local is a last
        // use, and whether we can omit a copy when passed as an argument (the
        // common reason why promotion is undone).
        //
        // We skip this propagation for the fields of the promoted local. Those are
        // going to be transformed into accesses off of the parent and we cannot
        // know here if this is going to be the last use of the parent local (this
        // would require tracking a full life set on the side, which we do not do
        // in morph).
        //
        if (!varDsc->lvPromoted)
        {
            if (varDsc->lvFieldLclStart != 0)
            {
                // Reference to whole implicit byref parameter that was promoted
                // but isn't anymore. Check if all fields are dying.
                GenTreeFlags allFieldsDying = lvaGetDesc(varDsc->lvFieldLclStart)->AllFieldDeathFlags();
                isStillLastUse              = (lclNode->gtFlags & allFieldsDying) == allFieldsDying;
            }
            else
            {
                // Was never promoted, treated as single value.
                isStillLastUse = (lclNode->gtFlags & GTF_VAR_DEATH) != 0;
            }
        }
    }
    else if (varDsc->lvIsStructField && lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(varDsc->lvParentLcl))
    {
        // This was a field reference to an implicit-by-reference struct parameter that was
        // dependently promoted.
        newLclNum   = varDsc->lvParentLcl;
        fieldOffset = varDsc->lvFldOffset;
    }
    else
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    // Add a level of indirection to this node. The "base" will be a local node referring to "newLclNum".
    // We will also add an offset, and, if the original "lclNode" represents a location, a dereference.
    bool         isAddress     = lclNode->OperIsLocalAddr();
    unsigned     offset        = lclNode->GetLclOffs() + fieldOffset;
    var_types    argNodeType   = lclNode->TypeGet();
    ClassLayout* argNodeLayout = nullptr;
    if (argNodeType == TYP_STRUCT)
    {
        argNodeLayout = lclNode->GetLayout(this);
    }

    JITDUMP("\nRewriting an implicit by-ref parameter %s:\n", isAddress ? "address" : "reference");
    DISPTREE(lclNode);

    lclNode->ChangeType(TYP_BYREF);
    lclNode->ChangeOper(GT_LCL_VAR);
    lclNode->SetLclNum(newLclNum);
    lclNode->SetAllEffectsFlags(GTF_EMPTY); // Implicit by-ref parameters cannot be address-exposed.

    if (isStillLastUse)
    {
        lclNode->gtFlags |= GTF_VAR_DEATH;
    }

    GenTree* addrNode = lclNode;
    if (offset != 0)
    {
        addrNode = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, addrNode, gtNewIconNode(offset, TYP_I_IMPL));
    }

    GenTree* newArgNode;
    if (!isAddress)
    {
        if (argNodeType == TYP_STRUCT)
        {
            newArgNode = gtNewStructVal(argNodeLayout, addrNode);
        }
        else
        {
            newArgNode = gtNewIndir(argNodeType, addrNode);
        }

        // Currently, we have to conservatively treat all indirections off of implicit byrefs as
        // global. This is because we lose the information on whether the original local's address
        // was exposed when we retype it in "fgRetypeImplicitByRefArgs".
        newArgNode->gtFlags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;
    }
    else
    {
        newArgNode = addrNode;
    }

    JITDUMP("Transformed into:\n");
    DISPTREE(newArgNode);
    JITDUMP("\n");

    return newArgNode;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Transform the given GT_LCL_VAR tree for code generation.
 */

GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphLocalVar(GenTree* tree)
{
    assert(tree->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR));

    LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(tree->AsLclVarCommon());

    if (varDsc->IsAddressExposed())
    {
        tree->gtFlags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;
    }

    // If not during the global morphing phase bail.
    if (!fgGlobalMorph)
    {
        return tree;
    }

    bool isLocation = (tree->gtFlags & GTF_DONT_CSE) != 0;

    noway_assert(!(tree->gtFlags & GTF_VAR_DEF) || isLocation); // GTF_VAR_DEF should always imply isLocation.

    if (!isLocation && varDsc->lvNormalizeOnLoad())
    {
        // TYP_BOOL quirk: previously, the code in optAssertionIsSubrange did not handle TYP_BOOL.
        // Now it does, but this leads to some regressions because we lose the uniform VNs for trees
        // that represent the "reduced" normalize-on-load locals, i. e. LCL_VAR(small type V00), created
        // here with local assertions, and "expanded", i. e. CAST(small type <- LCL_VAR(int V00)).
        // This is a pretty fundamental problem with how normalize-on-load locals appear to the optimizer.
        // This quirk preserves the previous behavior.
        // TODO-CQ: fix the VNs for normalize-on-load locals and remove this quirk.
        var_types lclVarType  = varDsc->TypeGet();
        bool      isBoolQuirk = lclVarType == TYP_BOOL;

        // Assertion prop can tell us to omit adding a cast here. This is
        // useful when the local is a small-typed parameter that is passed in a
        // register: in that case, the ABI specifies that the upper bits might
        // be invalid, but the assertion guarantees us that we have normalized
        // when we wrote it.
        if (optLocalAssertionProp && !isBoolQuirk &&
            optAssertionIsSubrange(tree, IntegralRange::ForType(lclVarType), apFull) != NO_ASSERTION_INDEX)
        {
            // The previous assertion can guarantee us that if this node gets
            // assigned a register, it will be normalized already. It is still
            // possible that this node ends up being in memory, in which case
            // normalization will still be needed, so we better have the right
            // type.
            assert(tree->TypeGet() == varDsc->TypeGet());
            return tree;
        }

        // Small-typed arguments and aliased locals are normalized on load.
        // Other small-typed locals are normalized on store.
        // Also, under the debugger as the debugger could write to the variable.
        // If this is one of the former, insert a narrowing cast on the load.
        //         ie. Convert: var-short --> cast-short(var-int)

        tree->gtType = TYP_INT;
        fgMorphTreeDone(tree);
        tree = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, tree, false, lclVarType);
        fgMorphTreeDone(tree);
        return tree;
    }

    return tree;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgGetFieldMorphingTemp: Get a local to use for field morphing.
//
// We will reuse locals created when morphing field addresses, as well as
// fields with large offsets.
//
// Arguments:
//    fieldNode - The field node
//
// Return Value:
//    The local number.
//
unsigned Compiler::fgGetFieldMorphingTemp(GenTreeField* fieldNode)
{
    assert(fieldNode->IsInstance());

    unsigned lclNum = BAD_VAR_NUM;

    if (fieldNode->IsOffsetKnown() && (fieldNode->gtFldOffset == 0))
    {
        // Quirk: always use a fresh temp for zero-offset fields. This is
        // because temp reuse can create IR where some uses will be in
        // positions we do not support (i. e. [use...store...user]).
        lclNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("Zero offset field obj"));
    }
    else
    {
        var_types type = genActualType(fieldNode->GetFldObj());
        lclNum         = fgBigOffsetMorphingTemps[type];

        if (lclNum == BAD_VAR_NUM)
        {
            // We haven't created a temp for this kind of type. Create one now.
            lclNum                         = lvaGrabTemp(false DEBUGARG("Field obj"));
            fgBigOffsetMorphingTemps[type] = lclNum;
        }
        else
        {
            // We better get the right type.
            noway_assert(lvaTable[lclNum].TypeGet() == type);
        }
    }

    assert(lclNum != BAD_VAR_NUM);
    return lclNum;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphField: Fully morph a FIELD/FIELD_ADDR tree.
//
// Expands the field node into explicit additions and indirections.
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - The FIELD/FIELD_ADDR tree
//    mac  - The morphing context, used to elide adding null checks
//
// Return Value:
//    The fully morphed "tree".
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphField(GenTree* tree, MorphAddrContext* mac)
{
    assert(tree->OperIs(GT_FIELD, GT_FIELD_ADDR));

    GenTreeField* fieldNode = tree->AsField();
    GenTree*      objRef    = fieldNode->GetFldObj();
    bool          isAddr    = tree->OperIs(GT_FIELD_ADDR);

    if (tree->OperIs(GT_FIELD))
    {
        noway_assert(((objRef != nullptr) && (objRef->IsLocalAddrExpr() != nullptr)) ||
                     ((tree->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_REF) != 0));
    }

    if (fieldNode->IsInstance())
    {
        tree = fgMorphExpandInstanceField(tree, mac);
    }
    else if (fieldNode->IsTlsStatic())
    {
        tree = fgMorphExpandTlsFieldAddr(tree);
    }
    else
    {
        assert(!"Normal statics are expected to be handled in the importer");
    }

    // Pass down the current mac; if non null we are computing an address
    GenTree* result;
    if (tree->OperIsSimple())
    {
        result = fgMorphSmpOp(tree, mac);
        DBEXEC(result != fieldNode, result->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);

        // Quirk: preserve previous behavior with this NO_CSE.
        if (isAddr && result->OperIs(GT_COMMA))
        {
            result->SetDoNotCSE();
        }
    }
    else
    {
        result = fgMorphTree(tree, mac);
        DBEXEC(result == fieldNode, result->gtDebugFlags &= ~GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);
    }

    JITDUMP("\nFinal value of Compiler::fgMorphField after morphing:\n");
    DISPTREE(result);

    return result;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphExpandInstanceField: Expand an instance field reference.
//
// Expands the field node into explicit additions and indirections, adding
// explicit null checks if necessary.
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - The FIELD/FIELD_ADDR tree
//    mac  - The morphing context, used to elide adding null checks
//
// Return Value:
//    The expanded "tree" of an arbitrary shape.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphExpandInstanceField(GenTree* tree, MorphAddrContext* mac)
{
    assert(tree->OperIs(GT_FIELD, GT_FIELD_ADDR) && tree->AsField()->IsInstance());

    GenTree*             objRef      = tree->AsField()->GetFldObj();
    CORINFO_FIELD_HANDLE fieldHandle = tree->AsField()->gtFldHnd;
    unsigned             fieldOffset = tree->AsField()->gtFldOffset;

    noway_assert(varTypeIsI(genActualType(objRef)));

    /* Now we have a tree like this:

                                  +--------------------+
                                  |  GT_FIELD[_ADDR]   |   tree
                                  +----------+---------+
                                             |
                              +--------------+-------------+
                              |tree->AsField()->GetFldObj()|
                              +--------------+-------------+

            We want to make it like this (when fldOffset is <= MAX_UNCHECKED_OFFSET_FOR_NULL_OBJECT):

                                  +--------------------+
                                  |   GT_IND/GT_OBJ    |   tree (for FIELD)
                                  +---------+----------+
                                            |
                                            |
                                  +---------+----------+
                                  |       GT_ADD       |   addr
                                  +---------+----------+
                                            |
                                          /   \
                                        /       \
                                      /           \
                       +-------------------+  +----------------------+
                       |       objRef      |  |     fldOffset        |
                       |                   |  | (when fldOffset !=0) |
                       +-------------------+  +----------------------+


            or this (when fldOffset is > MAX_UNCHECKED_OFFSET_FOR_NULL_OBJECT):


                                  +--------------------+
                                  |   GT_IND/GT_OBJ    |   tree (for FIELD)
                                  +----------+---------+
                                             |
                                  +----------+---------+
                                  |       GT_COMMA     |   comma2
                                  +----------+---------+
                                             |
                                            / \
                                          /     \
                                        /         \
                                      /             \
                 +---------+----------+              +---------+----------+
           comma |      GT_COMMA      |              |  "+" (i.e. GT_ADD) |   addr
                 +---------+----------+              +---------+----------+
                           |                                    |
                         /   \                                 /  \
                       /       \                             /      \
                     /           \                         /          \
         +-----+-----+             +-----+-----+     +---------+   +-----------+
     asg |  GT_ASG   |         ind |   GT_IND  |     |  tmpLcl |   | fldOffset |
         +-----+-----+             +-----+-----+     +---------+   +-----------+
               |                         |
              / \                        |
            /     \                      |
          /         \                    |
   +-----+-----+   +-----+-----+   +-----------+
   |   tmpLcl  |   |   objRef  |   |   tmpLcl  |
   +-----------+   +-----------+   +-----------+

    */

    var_types objRefType           = objRef->TypeGet();
    GenTree*  addr                 = nullptr;
    GenTree*  comma                = nullptr;
    bool      addExplicitNullCheck = false;

    if (fgAddrCouldBeNull(objRef))
    {
        if (tree->OperIs(GT_FIELD))
        {
            addExplicitNullCheck = fgIsBigOffset(fieldOffset);
        }
        else
        {
            // A non-null context here implies our [+ some offset] parent is an indirection, one that
            // will implicitly null-check the produced address.
            addExplicitNullCheck = (mac == nullptr) || fgIsBigOffset(mac->m_totalOffset + fieldOffset);
        }
    }

    if (addExplicitNullCheck)
    {
        JITDUMP("Before explicit null check morphing:\n");
        DISPTREE(tree);

        // Create the "comma" subtree.
        GenTree* asg = nullptr;
        unsigned lclNum;

        if (!objRef->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) || lvaIsLocalImplicitlyAccessedByRef(objRef->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum()))
        {
            lclNum = fgGetFieldMorphingTemp(tree->AsField());

            // Create the "asg" node
            asg = gtNewTempAssign(lclNum, objRef);
        }
        else
        {
            lclNum = objRef->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum();
        }

        GenTree* lclVar  = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, objRefType);
        GenTree* nullchk = gtNewNullCheck(lclVar, compCurBB);

        nullchk->gtFlags |= GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF;

        if (asg != nullptr)
        {
            // Create the "comma" node.
            comma = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_VOID, asg, nullchk);
        }
        else
        {
            comma = nullchk;
        }

        addr = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, objRefType); // Use "tmpLcl" to create "addr" node.

        // Ensure the creation of the byref does not get reordered with the
        // null check, as that could otherwise create an illegal byref.
        addr->gtFlags |= GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF;
    }
    else
    {
        addr = objRef;
    }

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
    if (tree->AsField()->gtFieldLookup.addr != nullptr)
    {
        GenTree* offsetNode = nullptr;
        if (tree->AsField()->gtFieldLookup.accessType == IAT_PVALUE)
        {
            offsetNode = gtNewIndOfIconHandleNode(TYP_I_IMPL, (size_t)tree->AsField()->gtFieldLookup.addr,
                                                  GTF_ICON_CONST_PTR, true);
#ifdef DEBUG
            offsetNode->gtGetOp1()->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = (size_t)fieldHandle;
#endif
        }
        else
        {
            noway_assert(!"unexpected accessType for R2R field access");
        }

        addr = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, (objRefType == TYP_I_IMPL) ? TYP_I_IMPL : TYP_BYREF, addr, offsetNode);
    }
#endif

    // We only need to attach the field offset information for class fields.
    FieldSeq* fieldSeq = nullptr;
    if ((objRefType == TYP_REF) && !tree->AsField()->gtFldMayOverlap)
    {
        fieldSeq = GetFieldSeqStore()->Create(fieldHandle, fieldOffset, FieldSeq::FieldKind::Instance);
    }

    // Add the member offset to the object's address.
    if (fieldOffset != 0)
    {
        addr = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, (objRefType == TYP_I_IMPL) ? TYP_I_IMPL : TYP_BYREF, addr,
                             gtNewIconNode(fieldOffset, fieldSeq));
    }

    if (addExplicitNullCheck)
    {
        // Create the "comma2" tree.
        addr = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, addr->TypeGet(), comma, addr);
    }

    if (tree->OperIs(GT_FIELD))
    {
        if (tree->TypeIs(TYP_STRUCT))
        {
            ClassLayout* layout = tree->GetLayout(this);
            tree->SetOper(GT_OBJ);
            tree->AsBlk()->Initialize(layout);
        }
        else
        {
            tree->SetOper(GT_IND);
        }

        tree->AsIndir()->SetAddr(addr);
    }
    else // Otherwise, we have a FIELD_ADDR.
    {
        tree = addr;
    }

    if (addExplicitNullCheck)
    {
        JITDUMP("After adding explicit null check:\n");
        DISPTREE(tree);
    }

    return tree;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphExpandTlsFieldAddr: Expand a TLS field address.
//
// Expands ".tls"-style statics, produced by the C++/CLI compiler for
// "__declspec(thread)" variables. An overview of the underlying native
// mechanism can be found here: http://www.nynaeve.net/?p=180.
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - The GT_FIELD_ADDR tree
//
// Return Value:
//    The expanded tree - a GT_ADD.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphExpandTlsFieldAddr(GenTree* tree)
{
    // Note we do not support "FIELD"s for TLS statics, for simplicity.
    assert(tree->OperIs(GT_FIELD_ADDR) && tree->AsField()->IsTlsStatic());

    CORINFO_FIELD_HANDLE fieldHandle = tree->AsField()->gtFldHnd;
    int                  fieldOffset = tree->AsField()->gtFldOffset;

    // Thread Local Storage static field reference
    //
    // Field ref is a TLS 'Thread-Local-Storage' reference
    //
    // Build this tree:  ADD(I_IMPL) #
    //                   / \.
    //                  /  CNS(fldOffset)
    //                 /
    //                /
    //               /
    //             IND(I_IMPL) == [Base of this DLL's TLS]
    //              |
    //             ADD(I_IMPL)
    //             / \.
    //            /   CNS(IdValue*4) or MUL
    //           /                      / \.
    //          IND(I_IMPL)            /  CNS(4)
    //           |                    /
    //          CNS(TLS_HDL,0x2C)    IND
    //                                |
    //                               CNS(pIdAddr)
    //
    // # Denotes the original node
    //
    void**   pIdAddr = nullptr;
    unsigned IdValue = info.compCompHnd->getFieldThreadLocalStoreID(fieldHandle, (void**)&pIdAddr);

    //
    // If we can we access the TLS DLL index ID value directly
    // then pIdAddr will be NULL and
    //      IdValue will be the actual TLS DLL index ID
    //
    GenTree* dllRef = nullptr;
    if (pIdAddr == nullptr)
    {
        if (IdValue != 0)
        {
            dllRef = gtNewIconNode(IdValue * 4, TYP_I_IMPL);
        }
    }
    else
    {
        dllRef = gtNewIndOfIconHandleNode(TYP_I_IMPL, (size_t)pIdAddr, GTF_ICON_CONST_PTR, true);

        // Next we multiply by 4
        dllRef = gtNewOperNode(GT_MUL, TYP_I_IMPL, dllRef, gtNewIconNode(4, TYP_I_IMPL));
    }

#define WIN32_TLS_SLOTS (0x2C) // Offset from fs:[0] where the pointer to the slots resides

    // Mark this ICON as a TLS_HDL, codegen will use FS:[cns]
    GenTree* tlsRef = gtNewIconHandleNode(WIN32_TLS_SLOTS, GTF_ICON_TLS_HDL);

    // Translate GTF_FLD_INITCLASS to GTF_ICON_INITCLASS
    if ((tree->gtFlags & GTF_FLD_INITCLASS) != 0)
    {
        tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_FLD_INITCLASS;
        tlsRef->gtFlags |= GTF_ICON_INITCLASS;
    }

    tlsRef = gtNewIndir(TYP_I_IMPL, tlsRef, GTF_IND_NONFAULTING | GTF_IND_INVARIANT);

    if (dllRef != nullptr)
    {
        // Add the dllRef.
        tlsRef = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, tlsRef, dllRef);
    }

    // indirect to have tlsRef point at the base of the DLLs Thread Local Storage.
    tlsRef = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, tlsRef);

    // Add the TLS static field offset to the address.
    assert(!tree->AsField()->gtFldMayOverlap);
    FieldSeq* fieldSeq   = GetFieldSeqStore()->Create(fieldHandle, fieldOffset, FieldSeq::FieldKind::SimpleStatic);
    GenTree*  offsetNode = gtNewIconNode(fieldOffset, fieldSeq);

    tree->ChangeOper(GT_ADD);
    tree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = tlsRef;
    tree->AsOp()->gtOp2 = offsetNode;

    return tree;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgCanFastTailCall: Check to see if this tail call can be optimized as epilog+jmp.
//
// Arguments:
//    callee - The callee to check
//    failReason - If this method returns false, the reason why. Can be nullptr.
//
// Return Value:
//    Returns true or false based on whether the callee can be fastTailCalled
//
// Notes:
//    This function is target specific and each target will make the fastTailCall
//    decision differently. See the notes below.
//
//    This function calls AddFinalArgsAndDetermineABIInfo to initialize the ABI
//    info, which is used to analyze the argument. This function can alter the
//    call arguments by adding argument IR nodes for non-standard arguments.
//
// Windows Amd64:
//    A fast tail call can be made whenever the number of callee arguments
//    is less than or equal to the number of caller arguments, or we have four
//    or fewer callee arguments. This is because, on Windows AMD64, each
//    argument uses exactly one register or one 8-byte stack slot. Thus, we only
//    need to count arguments, and not be concerned with the size of each
//    incoming or outgoing argument.
//
// Can fast tail call examples (amd64 Windows):
//
//    -- Callee will have all register arguments --
//    caller(int, int, int, int)
//    callee(int, int, float, int)
//
//    -- Callee requires stack space that is equal or less than the caller --
//    caller(struct, struct, struct, struct, struct, struct)
//    callee(int, int, int, int, int, int)
//
//    -- Callee requires stack space that is less than the caller --
//    caller(struct, double, struct, float, struct, struct)
//    callee(int, int, int, int, int)
//
//    -- Callee will have all register arguments --
//    caller(int)
//    callee(int, int, int, int)
//
// Cannot fast tail call examples (amd64 Windows):
//
//    -- Callee requires stack space that is larger than the caller --
//    caller(struct, double, struct, float, struct, struct)
//    callee(int, int, int, int, int, double, double, double)
//
//    -- Callee has a byref struct argument --
//    caller(int, int, int)
//    callee(struct(size 3 bytes))
//
// Unix Amd64 && Arm64:
//    A fastTailCall decision can be made whenever the callee's stack space is
//    less than or equal to the caller's stack space. There are many permutations
//    of when the caller and callee have different stack sizes if there are
//    structs being passed to either the caller or callee.
//
// Exceptions:
//    If the callee has a 9 to 16 byte struct argument and the callee has
//    stack arguments, the decision will be to not fast tail call. This is
//    because before fgMorphArgs is done, the struct is unknown whether it
//    will be placed on the stack or enregistered. Therefore, the conservative
//    decision of do not fast tail call is taken. This limitations should be
//    removed if/when fgMorphArgs no longer depends on fgCanFastTailCall.
//
// Can fast tail call examples (amd64 Unix):
//
//    -- Callee will have all register arguments --
//    caller(int, int, int, int)
//    callee(int, int, float, int)
//
//    -- Callee requires stack space that is equal to the caller --
//    caller({ long, long }, { int, int }, { int }, { int }, { int }, { int }) -- 6 int register arguments, 16 byte
//    stack
//    space
//    callee(int, int, int, int, int, int, int, int) -- 6 int register arguments, 16 byte stack space
//
//    -- Callee requires stack space that is less than the caller --
//    caller({ long, long }, int, { long, long }, int, { long, long }, { long, long }) 6 int register arguments, 32 byte
//    stack
//    space
//    callee(int, int, int, int, int, int, { long, long } ) // 6 int register arguments, 16 byte stack space
//
//    -- Callee will have all register arguments --
//    caller(int)
//    callee(int, int, int, int)
//
// Cannot fast tail call examples (amd64 Unix):
//
//    -- Callee requires stack space that is larger than the caller --
//    caller(float, float, float, float, float, float, float, float) -- 8 float register arguments
//    callee(int, int, int, int, int, int, int, int) -- 6 int register arguments, 16 byte stack space
//
//    -- Callee has structs which cannot be enregistered (Implementation Limitation) --
//    caller(float, float, float, float, float, float, float, float, { double, double, double }) -- 8 float register
//    arguments, 24 byte stack space
//    callee({ double, double, double }) -- 24 bytes stack space
//
//    -- Callee requires stack space and has a struct argument >8 bytes and <16 bytes (Implementation Limitation) --
//    caller(int, int, int, int, int, int, { double, double, double }) -- 6 int register arguments, 24 byte stack space
//    callee(int, int, int, int, int, int, { int, int }) -- 6 int registers, 16 byte stack space
//
//    -- Caller requires stack space and nCalleeArgs > nCallerArgs (Bug) --
//    caller({ double, double, double, double, double, double }) // 48 byte stack
//    callee(int, int) -- 2 int registers
//
bool Compiler::fgCanFastTailCall(GenTreeCall* callee, const char** failReason)
{
#if FEATURE_FASTTAILCALL

    // To reach here means that the return types of the caller and callee are tail call compatible.
    // In the case of structs that can be returned in a register, compRetNativeType is set to the actual return type.
    CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (callee->IsTailPrefixedCall())
    {
        var_types retType = info.compRetType;
        assert(impTailCallRetTypeCompatible(false, retType, info.compMethodInfo->args.retTypeClass, info.compCallConv,
                                            (var_types)callee->gtReturnType, callee->gtRetClsHnd,
                                            callee->GetUnmanagedCallConv()));
    }
#endif

    assert(!callee->gtArgs.AreArgsComplete());

    callee->gtArgs.AddFinalArgsAndDetermineABIInfo(this, callee);

    unsigned calleeArgStackSize = 0;
    unsigned callerArgStackSize = info.compArgStackSize;

    auto reportFastTailCallDecision = [&](const char* thisFailReason) {
        if (failReason != nullptr)
        {
            *failReason = thisFailReason;
        }

#ifdef DEBUG
        if ((JitConfig.JitReportFastTailCallDecisions()) == 1)
        {
            if (callee->gtCallType != CT_INDIRECT)
            {
                const char* methodName;

                methodName = eeGetMethodFullName(callee->gtCallMethHnd);

                printf("[Fast tailcall decision]: Caller: %s\n[Fast tailcall decision]: Callee: %s -- Decision: ",
                       info.compFullName, methodName);
            }
            else
            {
                printf("[Fast tailcall decision]: Caller: %s\n[Fast tailcall decision]: Callee: IndirectCall -- "
                       "Decision: ",
                       info.compFullName);
            }

            if (thisFailReason == nullptr)
            {
                printf("Will fast tailcall");
            }
            else
            {
                printf("Will not fast tailcall (%s)", thisFailReason);
            }

            printf(" (CallerArgStackSize: %d, CalleeArgStackSize: %d)\n\n", callerArgStackSize, calleeArgStackSize);
        }
        else
        {
            if (thisFailReason == nullptr)
            {
                JITDUMP("[Fast tailcall decision]: Will fast tailcall\n");
            }
            else
            {
                JITDUMP("[Fast tailcall decision]: Will not fast tailcall (%s)\n", thisFailReason);
            }
        }
#endif // DEBUG
    };

    for (CallArg& arg : callee->gtArgs.Args())
    {
        calleeArgStackSize = roundUp(calleeArgStackSize, arg.AbiInfo.ByteAlignment);
        calleeArgStackSize += arg.AbiInfo.GetStackByteSize();
#ifdef TARGET_ARM
        if (arg.AbiInfo.IsSplit())
        {
            reportFastTailCallDecision("Argument splitting in callee is not supported on ARM32");
            return false;
        }
#endif // TARGET_ARM
    }

    calleeArgStackSize = GetOutgoingArgByteSize(calleeArgStackSize);

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
    if (compHasSplitParam)
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("Argument splitting in caller is not supported on ARM32");
        return false;
    }

    if (compIsProfilerHookNeeded())
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("Profiler is not supported on ARM32");
        return false;
    }

    // On ARM32 we have only one non-parameter volatile register and we need it
    // for the GS security cookie check. We could technically still tailcall
    // when the callee does not use all argument registers, but we keep the
    // code simple here.
    if (getNeedsGSSecurityCookie())
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("Not enough registers available due to the GS security cookie check");
        return false;
    }
#endif

    if (!opts.compFastTailCalls)
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("Configuration doesn't allow fast tail calls");
        return false;
    }

    if (callee->IsStressTailCall())
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("Fast tail calls are not performed under tail call stress");
        return false;
    }

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
    if (callee->IsR2RRelativeIndir() || callee->HasNonStandardAddedArgs(this))
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision(
            "Method with non-standard args passed in callee saved register cannot be tail called");
        return false;
    }
#endif

    // Note on vararg methods:
    // If the caller is vararg method, we don't know the number of arguments passed by caller's caller.
    // But we can be sure that in-coming arg area of vararg caller would be sufficient to hold its
    // fixed args. Therefore, we can allow a vararg method to fast tail call other methods as long as
    // out-going area required for callee is bounded by caller's fixed argument space.
    //
    // Note that callee being a vararg method is not a problem since we can account the params being passed.
    //
    // We will currently decide to not fast tail call on Windows armarch if the caller or callee is a vararg
    // method. This is due to the ABI differences for native vararg methods for these platforms. There is
    // work required to shuffle arguments to the correct locations.
    CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

    if (TargetOS::IsWindows && TargetArchitecture::IsArmArch && (info.compIsVarArgs || callee->IsVarargs()))
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("Fast tail calls with varargs not supported on Windows ARM/ARM64");
        return false;
    }

    if (compLocallocUsed)
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("Localloc used");
        return false;
    }

#ifdef TARGET_AMD64
    // Needed for Jit64 compat.
    // In future, enabling fast tail calls from methods that need GS cookie
    // check would require codegen side work to emit GS cookie check before a
    // tail call.
    if (getNeedsGSSecurityCookie())
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("GS Security cookie check required");
        return false;
    }
#endif

    // If the NextCallReturnAddress intrinsic is used we should do normal calls.
    if (info.compHasNextCallRetAddr)
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("Uses NextCallReturnAddress intrinsic");
        return false;
    }

    if (callee->gtArgs.HasRetBuffer())
    {
        // If callee has RetBuf param, caller too must have it.
        // Otherwise go the slow route.
        if (info.compRetBuffArg == BAD_VAR_NUM)
        {
            reportFastTailCallDecision("Callee has RetBuf but caller does not.");
            return false;
        }
    }

    // For a fast tail call the caller will use its incoming arg stack space to place
    // arguments, so if the callee requires more arg stack space than is available here
    // the fast tail call cannot be performed. This is common to all platforms.
    // Note that the GC'ness of on stack args need not match since the arg setup area is marked
    // as non-interruptible for fast tail calls.
    if (calleeArgStackSize > callerArgStackSize)
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("Not enough incoming arg space");
        return false;
    }

    // For Windows some struct parameters are copied on the local frame
    // and then passed by reference. We cannot fast tail call in these situation
    // as we need to keep our frame around.
    if (fgCallHasMustCopyByrefParameter(callee))
    {
        reportFastTailCallDecision("Callee has a byref parameter");
        return false;
    }

    reportFastTailCallDecision(nullptr);
    return true;
#else // FEATURE_FASTTAILCALL
    if (failReason)
        *failReason = "Fast tailcalls are not supported on this platform";
    return false;
#endif
}

#if FEATURE_FASTTAILCALL
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgCallHasMustCopyByrefParameter: Check to see if this call has a byref parameter that
//                                  requires a struct copy in the caller.
//
// Arguments:
//    call - The call to check
//
// Return Value:
//    Returns true or false based on whether this call has a byref parameter that
//    requires a struct copy in the caller.
//
bool Compiler::fgCallHasMustCopyByrefParameter(GenTreeCall* call)
{
#if FEATURE_IMPLICIT_BYREFS
    for (CallArg& arg : call->gtArgs.Args())
    {
        if (fgCallArgWillPointIntoLocalFrame(call, arg))
        {
            return true;
        }
    }
#endif

    return false;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgCallArgWillPointIntoLocalFrame:
//    Check to see if a call arg will end up pointing into the local frame after morph.
//
// Arguments:
//    call - The call to check
//
// Return Value:
//    True if the arg will be passed as an implicit byref pointing to a local
//    on this function's frame; otherwise false.
//
// Remarks:
//    The logic here runs before relevant nodes have been morphed.
//
bool Compiler::fgCallArgWillPointIntoLocalFrame(GenTreeCall* call, CallArg& arg)
{
    if (!arg.AbiInfo.PassedByRef)
    {
        return false;
    }

    // If we're optimizing, we may be able to pass our caller's byref to our callee,
    // and so still be able to avoid a struct copy.
    if (opts.OptimizationDisabled())
    {
        return true;
    }

    // First, see if this arg is an implicit byref param.
    GenTreeLclVarCommon* const lcl = arg.GetNode()->IsImplicitByrefParameterValuePreMorph(this);

    if (lcl == nullptr)
    {
        return true;
    }

    // Yes, the arg is an implicit byref param.
    const unsigned   lclNum = lcl->GetLclNum();
    LclVarDsc* const varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lcl);

    // The param must not be promoted; if we've promoted, then the arg will be
    // a local struct assembled from the promoted fields.
    if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
    {
        JITDUMP("Arg [%06u] is promoted implicit byref V%02u, so no tail call\n", dspTreeID(arg.GetNode()), lclNum);

        return true;
    }

    assert(!varDsc->lvIsStructField);

    JITDUMP("Arg [%06u] is unpromoted implicit byref V%02u, seeing if we can still tail call\n",
            dspTreeID(arg.GetNode()), lclNum);

    GenTreeFlags deathFlags;
    if (varDsc->lvFieldLclStart != 0)
    {
        // Undone promotion case.
        deathFlags = lvaGetDesc(varDsc->lvFieldLclStart)->AllFieldDeathFlags();
    }
    else
    {
        deathFlags = GTF_VAR_DEATH;
    }

    if ((lcl->gtFlags & deathFlags) == deathFlags)
    {
        JITDUMP("... yes, arg is a last use\n");
        return false;
    }

    JITDUMP("... no, arg is not a last use\n");
    return true;
}

#endif

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphPotentialTailCall: Attempt to morph a call that the importer has
// identified as a potential tailcall to an actual tailcall and return the
// placeholder node to use in this case.
//
// Arguments:
//    call - The call to morph.
//
// Return Value:
//    Returns a node to use if the call was morphed into a tailcall. If this
//    function returns a node the call is done being morphed and the new node
//    should be used. Otherwise the call will have been demoted to a regular call
//    and should go through normal morph.
//
// Notes:
//    This is called only for calls that the importer has already identified as
//    potential tailcalls. It will do profitability and legality checks and
//    classify which kind of tailcall we are able to (or should) do, along with
//    modifying the trees to perform that kind of tailcall.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphPotentialTailCall(GenTreeCall* call)
{
    // It should either be an explicit (i.e. tail prefixed) or an implicit tail call
    assert(call->IsTailPrefixedCall() ^ call->IsImplicitTailCall());

    // It cannot be an inline candidate
    assert(!call->IsInlineCandidate());

    auto failTailCall = [&](const char* reason, unsigned lclNum = BAD_VAR_NUM) {
#ifdef DEBUG
        if (verbose)
        {
            printf("\nRejecting tail call in morph for call ");
            printTreeID(call);
            printf(": %s", reason);
            if (lclNum != BAD_VAR_NUM)
            {
                printf(" V%02u", lclNum);
            }
            printf("\n");
        }
#endif

        // for non user funcs, we have no handles to report
        info.compCompHnd->reportTailCallDecision(nullptr,
                                                 (call->gtCallType == CT_USER_FUNC) ? call->gtCallMethHnd : nullptr,
                                                 call->IsTailPrefixedCall(), TAILCALL_FAIL, reason);

        // We have checked the candidate so demote.
        call->gtCallMoreFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_M_EXPLICIT_TAILCALL;
#if FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT
        call->gtCallMoreFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_M_IMPLICIT_TAILCALL;
#endif
    };

    if (call->gtCallMoreFlags & GTF_CALL_M_SPECIAL_INTRINSIC)
    {
        failTailCall("Might turn into an intrinsic");
        return nullptr;
    }

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
    if (call->gtCallMoreFlags & GTF_CALL_M_WRAPPER_DELEGATE_INV)
    {
        failTailCall("Non-standard calling convention");
        return nullptr;
    }
#endif

    if (call->IsNoReturn() && !call->IsTailPrefixedCall())
    {
        // Such tail calls always throw an exception and we won't be able to see current
        // Caller() in the stacktrace.
        failTailCall("Never returns");
        return nullptr;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (opts.compGcChecks && (info.compRetType == TYP_REF))
    {
        failTailCall("DOTNET_JitGCChecks or stress might have interposed a call to CORINFO_HELP_CHECK_OBJ, "
                     "invalidating tailcall opportunity");
        return nullptr;
    }
#endif

    // We have to ensure to pass the incoming retValBuf as the
    // outgoing one. Using a temp will not do as this function will
    // not regain control to do the copy. This can happen when inlining
    // a tailcall which also has a potential tailcall in it: the IL looks
    // like we can do a tailcall, but the trees generated use a temp for the inlinee's
    // result. TODO-CQ: Fix this.
    if (info.compRetBuffArg != BAD_VAR_NUM)
    {
        noway_assert(call->TypeGet() == TYP_VOID);
        noway_assert(call->gtArgs.HasRetBuffer());
        GenTree* retValBuf = call->gtArgs.GetRetBufferArg()->GetNode();
        if (retValBuf->gtOper != GT_LCL_VAR || retValBuf->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum() != info.compRetBuffArg)
        {
            failTailCall("Need to copy return buffer");
            return nullptr;
        }
    }

    // We are still not sure whether it can be a tail call. Because, when converting
    // a call to an implicit tail call, we must check that there are no locals with
    // their address taken.  If this is the case, we have to assume that the address
    // has been leaked and the current stack frame must live until after the final
    // call.

    // Verify that none of vars has lvHasLdAddrOp or IsAddressExposed() bit set. Note
    // that lvHasLdAddrOp is much more conservative.  We cannot just base it on
    // IsAddressExposed() alone since it is not guaranteed to be set on all VarDscs
    // during morph stage. The reason for also checking IsAddressExposed() is that in case
    // of vararg methods user args are marked as addr exposed but not lvHasLdAddrOp.
    // The combination of lvHasLdAddrOp and IsAddressExposed() though conservative allows us
    // never to be incorrect.
    //
    // TODO-Throughput: have a compiler level flag to indicate whether method has vars whose
    // address is taken. Such a flag could be set whenever lvHasLdAddrOp or IsAddressExposed()
    // is set. This avoids the need for iterating through all lcl vars of the current
    // method.  Right now throughout the code base we are not consistently using 'set'
    // method to set lvHasLdAddrOp and IsAddressExposed() flags.

    bool isImplicitOrStressTailCall = call->IsImplicitTailCall() || call->IsStressTailCall();
    if (isImplicitOrStressTailCall && compLocallocUsed)
    {
        failTailCall("Localloc used");
        return nullptr;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    // For explicit tailcalls the importer will avoid inserting stress
    // poisoning after them. However, implicit tailcalls are marked earlier and
    // we must filter those out here if we ended up adding any poisoning IR
    // after them.
    if (isImplicitOrStressTailCall && compPoisoningAnyImplicitByrefs)
    {
        failTailCall("STRESS_POISON_IMPLICIT_BYREFS has introduced IR after tailcall opportunity, invalidating");
        return nullptr;
    }
#endif

    bool hasStructParam = false;
    for (unsigned varNum = 0; varNum < lvaCount; varNum++)
    {
        LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(varNum);

        // If the method is marked as an explicit tail call we will skip the
        // following three hazard checks.
        // We still must check for any struct parameters and set 'hasStructParam'
        // so that we won't transform the recursive tail call into a loop.
        //
        if (isImplicitOrStressTailCall)
        {
            if (varDsc->lvHasLdAddrOp && !lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(varNum))
            {
                failTailCall("Local address taken", varNum);
                return nullptr;
            }
            if (varDsc->IsAddressExposed())
            {
                if (lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(varNum))
                {
                    // The address of the implicit-byref is a non-address use of the pointer parameter.
                }
                else if (varDsc->lvIsStructField && lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(varDsc->lvParentLcl))
                {
                    // The address of the implicit-byref's field is likewise a non-address use of the pointer
                    // parameter.
                }
                else if (varDsc->lvPromoted && (lvaTable[varDsc->lvFieldLclStart].lvParentLcl != varNum))
                {
                    // This temp was used for struct promotion bookkeeping.  It will not be used, and will have
                    // its ref count and address-taken flag reset in fgMarkDemotedImplicitByRefArgs.
                    assert(lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(lvaTable[varDsc->lvFieldLclStart].lvParentLcl));
                    assert(fgGlobalMorph);
                }
#if FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
                else if (varNum == lvaOutgoingArgSpaceVar)
                {
                    // The outgoing arg space is exposed only at callees, which is ok for our purposes.
                }
#endif
                else
                {
                    failTailCall("Local address taken", varNum);
                    return nullptr;
                }
            }
            if (varDsc->lvPinned)
            {
                // A tail call removes the method from the stack, which means the pinning
                // goes away for the callee.  We can't allow that.
                failTailCall("Has Pinned Vars", varNum);
                return nullptr;
            }
        }

        if (varTypeIsStruct(varDsc->TypeGet()) && varDsc->lvIsParam)
        {
            hasStructParam = true;
            // This prevents transforming a recursive tail call into a loop
            // but doesn't prevent tail call optimization so we need to
            // look at the rest of parameters.
        }
    }

    if (!fgCheckStmtAfterTailCall())
    {
        failTailCall("Unexpected statements after the tail call");
        return nullptr;
    }

    const char* failReason      = nullptr;
    bool        canFastTailCall = fgCanFastTailCall(call, &failReason);

    CORINFO_TAILCALL_HELPERS tailCallHelpers;
    bool                     tailCallViaJitHelper = false;
    if (!canFastTailCall)
    {
        if (call->IsImplicitTailCall())
        {
            // Implicit or opportunistic tail calls are always dispatched via fast tail call
            // mechanism and never via tail call helper for perf.
            failTailCall(failReason);
            return nullptr;
        }

        assert(call->IsTailPrefixedCall());
        assert(call->tailCallInfo != nullptr);

        // We do not currently handle non-standard args except for VSD stubs.
        if (!call->IsVirtualStub() && call->HasNonStandardAddedArgs(this))
        {
            failTailCall(
                "Method with non-standard args passed in callee trash register cannot be tail called via helper");
            return nullptr;
        }

        // On x86 we have a faster mechanism than the general one which we use
        // in almost all cases. See fgCanTailCallViaJitHelper for more information.
        if (fgCanTailCallViaJitHelper(call))
        {
            tailCallViaJitHelper = true;
        }
        else
        {
            // Make sure we can get the helpers. We do this last as the runtime
            // will likely be required to generate these.
            CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* token = nullptr;
            CORINFO_SIG_INFO*       sig   = call->tailCallInfo->GetSig();
            unsigned                flags = 0;
            if (!call->tailCallInfo->IsCalli())
            {
                token = call->tailCallInfo->GetToken();
                if (call->tailCallInfo->IsCallvirt())
                {
                    flags |= CORINFO_TAILCALL_IS_CALLVIRT;
                }
            }

            if (call->gtArgs.HasThisPointer())
            {
                var_types thisArgType = call->gtArgs.GetThisArg()->GetNode()->TypeGet();
                if (thisArgType != TYP_REF)
                {
                    flags |= CORINFO_TAILCALL_THIS_ARG_IS_BYREF;
                }
            }

            if (!info.compCompHnd->getTailCallHelpers(token, sig, (CORINFO_GET_TAILCALL_HELPERS_FLAGS)flags,
                                                      &tailCallHelpers))
            {
                failTailCall("Tail call help not available");
                return nullptr;
            }
        }
    }

    // Check if we can make the tailcall a loop.
    bool fastTailCallToLoop = false;
#if FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT
    // TODO-CQ: enable the transformation when the method has a struct parameter that can be passed in a register
    // or return type is a struct that can be passed in a register.
    //
    // TODO-CQ: if the method being compiled requires generic context reported in gc-info (either through
    // hidden generic context param or through keep alive thisptr), then while transforming a recursive
    // call to such a method requires that the generic context stored on stack slot be updated.  Right now,
    // fgMorphRecursiveFastTailCallIntoLoop() is not handling update of generic context while transforming
    // a recursive call into a loop.  Another option is to modify gtIsRecursiveCall() to check that the
    // generic type parameters of both caller and callee generic method are the same.
    if (opts.compTailCallLoopOpt && canFastTailCall && gtIsRecursiveCall(call) && !lvaReportParamTypeArg() &&
        !lvaKeepAliveAndReportThis() && !call->IsVirtual() && !hasStructParam && !varTypeIsStruct(call->TypeGet()))
    {
        fastTailCallToLoop = true;
    }
#endif

    // Ok -- now we are committed to performing a tailcall. Report the decision.
    CorInfoTailCall tailCallResult;
    if (fastTailCallToLoop)
    {
        tailCallResult = TAILCALL_RECURSIVE;
    }
    else if (canFastTailCall)
    {
        tailCallResult = TAILCALL_OPTIMIZED;
    }
    else
    {
        tailCallResult = TAILCALL_HELPER;
    }

    info.compCompHnd->reportTailCallDecision(nullptr,
                                             (call->gtCallType == CT_USER_FUNC) ? call->gtCallMethHnd : nullptr,
                                             call->IsTailPrefixedCall(), tailCallResult, nullptr);

    // Do some profitability checks for whether we should expand a vtable call
    // target early. Note that we may already have expanded it due to GDV at
    // this point, so make sure we do not undo that work.
    //
    if (call->IsExpandedEarly() && call->IsVirtualVtable() && (call->gtControlExpr == nullptr))
    {
        assert(call->gtArgs.HasThisPointer());
        // It isn't always profitable to expand a virtual call early
        //
        // We always expand the TAILCALL_HELPER type late.
        // And we exapnd late when we have an optimized tail call
        // and the this pointer needs to be evaluated into a temp.
        //
        if (tailCallResult == TAILCALL_HELPER)
        {
            // We will always expand this late in lower instead.
            // (see LowerTailCallViaJitHelper as it needs some work
            // for us to be able to expand this earlier in morph)
            //
            call->ClearExpandedEarly();
        }
        else if ((tailCallResult == TAILCALL_OPTIMIZED) &&
                 ((call->gtArgs.GetThisArg()->GetNode()->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) != 0))
        {
            // We generate better code when we expand this late in lower instead.
            //
            call->ClearExpandedEarly();
        }
    }

    // Now actually morph the call.
    compTailCallUsed = true;
    // This will prevent inlining this call.
    call->gtCallMoreFlags |= GTF_CALL_M_TAILCALL;
    if (tailCallViaJitHelper)
    {
        call->gtCallMoreFlags |= GTF_CALL_M_TAILCALL_VIA_JIT_HELPER;
    }

#if FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT
    if (fastTailCallToLoop)
    {
        call->gtCallMoreFlags |= GTF_CALL_M_TAILCALL_TO_LOOP;
    }
#endif

    // Mark that this is no longer a pending tailcall. We need to do this before
    // we call fgMorphCall again (which happens in the fast tailcall case) to
    // avoid recursing back into this method.
    call->gtCallMoreFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_M_EXPLICIT_TAILCALL;
#if FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT
    call->gtCallMoreFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_M_IMPLICIT_TAILCALL;
#endif

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nGTF_CALL_M_TAILCALL bit set for call ");
        printTreeID(call);
        printf("\n");
        if (fastTailCallToLoop)
        {
            printf("\nGTF_CALL_M_TAILCALL_TO_LOOP bit set for call ");
            printTreeID(call);
            printf("\n");
        }
    }
#endif

    // For R2R we might need a different entry point for this call if we are doing a tailcall.
    // The reason is that the normal delay load helper uses the return address to find the indirection
    // cell in xarch, but now the JIT is expected to leave the indirection cell in REG_R2R_INDIRECT_PARAM:
    // We optimize delegate invocations manually in the JIT so skip this for those.
    if (call->IsR2RRelativeIndir() && canFastTailCall && !fastTailCallToLoop && !call->IsDelegateInvoke())
    {
        info.compCompHnd->updateEntryPointForTailCall(&call->gtEntryPoint);

#ifdef TARGET_XARCH
        // We have already computed arg info to make the fast tailcall decision, but on X64 we now
        // have to pass the indirection cell, so redo arg info.
        call->gtArgs.ResetFinalArgsAndABIInfo();
#endif
    }

    fgValidateIRForTailCall(call);

    // If this block has a flow successor, make suitable updates.
    //
    BasicBlock* nextBlock = compCurBB->GetUniqueSucc();

    if (nextBlock == nullptr)
    {
        // No unique successor. compCurBB should be a return.
        //
        assert(compCurBB->bbJumpKind == BBJ_RETURN);
    }
    else
    {
        // Flow no longer reaches nextBlock from here.
        //
        fgRemoveRefPred(nextBlock, compCurBB);

        // Adjust profile weights of the successor blocks.
        //
        // Note if this is a tail call to loop, further updates
        // are needed once we install the loop edge.
        //
        BasicBlock* curBlock = compCurBB;
        if (curBlock->hasProfileWeight())
        {
            weight_t weightLoss = curBlock->bbWeight;

            while (nextBlock->hasProfileWeight())
            {
                // Since we have linear flow we can update the next block weight.
                //
                weight_t const nextWeight    = nextBlock->bbWeight;
                weight_t const newNextWeight = nextWeight - weightLoss;

                // If the math would result in a negative weight then there's
                // no local repair we can do; just leave things inconsistent.
                //
                if (newNextWeight >= 0)
                {
                    // Note if we'd already morphed the IR in nextblock we might
                    // have done something profile sensitive that we should arguably reconsider.
                    //
                    JITDUMP("Reducing profile weight of " FMT_BB " from " FMT_WT " to " FMT_WT "\n", nextBlock->bbNum,
                            nextWeight, newNextWeight);

                    nextBlock->setBBProfileWeight(newNextWeight);
                }
                else
                {
                    JITDUMP("Not reducing profile weight of " FMT_BB " as its weight " FMT_WT
                            " is less than direct flow pred " FMT_BB " weight " FMT_WT "\n",
                            nextBlock->bbNum, nextWeight, compCurBB->bbNum, weightLoss);
                }

                curBlock  = nextBlock;
                nextBlock = curBlock->GetUniqueSucc();
                if (nextBlock == nullptr)
                {
                    break;
                }
            }
        }
    }

#if !FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT_SHARED_RETURN
    // We enable shared-ret tail call optimization for recursive calls even if
    // FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT_SHARED_RETURN is not defined.
    if (gtIsRecursiveCall(call))
#endif
    {
        // Many tailcalls will have call and ret in the same block, and thus be
        // BBJ_RETURN, but if the call falls through to a ret, and we are doing a
        // tailcall, change it here.
        compCurBB->bbJumpKind = BBJ_RETURN;
    }

    GenTree* stmtExpr = fgMorphStmt->GetRootNode();

#ifdef DEBUG
    // Tail call needs to be in one of the following IR forms
    //    Either a call stmt or
    //    GT_RETURN(GT_CALL(..)) or GT_RETURN(GT_CAST(GT_CALL(..)))
    //    var = GT_CALL(..) or var = (GT_CAST(GT_CALL(..)))
    //    GT_COMMA(GT_CALL(..), GT_NOP) or GT_COMMA(GT_CAST(GT_CALL(..)), GT_NOP)
    // In the above,
    //    GT_CASTS may be nested.
    genTreeOps stmtOper = stmtExpr->gtOper;
    if (stmtOper == GT_CALL)
    {
        assert(stmtExpr == call);
    }
    else
    {
        assert(stmtOper == GT_RETURN || stmtOper == GT_ASG || stmtOper == GT_COMMA);
        GenTree* treeWithCall;
        if (stmtOper == GT_RETURN)
        {
            treeWithCall = stmtExpr->gtGetOp1();
        }
        else if (stmtOper == GT_COMMA)
        {
            // Second operation must be nop.
            assert(stmtExpr->gtGetOp2()->IsNothingNode());
            treeWithCall = stmtExpr->gtGetOp1();
        }
        else
        {
            treeWithCall = stmtExpr->gtGetOp2();
        }

        // Peel off casts
        while (treeWithCall->gtOper == GT_CAST)
        {
            assert(!treeWithCall->gtOverflow());
            treeWithCall = treeWithCall->gtGetOp1();
        }

        assert(treeWithCall == call);
    }
#endif
    // Store the call type for later to introduce the correct placeholder.
    var_types origCallType = call->TypeGet();

    GenTree* result;
    if (!canFastTailCall && !tailCallViaJitHelper)
    {
        // For tailcall via CORINFO_TAILCALL_HELPERS we transform into regular
        // calls with (to the JIT) regular control flow so we do not need to do
        // much special handling.
        result = fgMorphTailCallViaHelpers(call, tailCallHelpers);
    }
    else
    {
        // Otherwise we will transform into something that does not return. For
        // fast tailcalls a "jump" and for tailcall via JIT helper a call to a
        // JIT helper that does not return. So peel off everything after the
        // call.
        Statement* nextMorphStmt = fgMorphStmt->GetNextStmt();
        JITDUMP("Remove all stmts after the call.\n");
        while (nextMorphStmt != nullptr)
        {
            Statement* stmtToRemove = nextMorphStmt;
            nextMorphStmt           = stmtToRemove->GetNextStmt();
            fgRemoveStmt(compCurBB, stmtToRemove);
        }

        bool     isRootReplaced = false;
        GenTree* root           = fgMorphStmt->GetRootNode();

        if (root != call)
        {
            JITDUMP("Replace root node [%06d] with [%06d] tail call node.\n", dspTreeID(root), dspTreeID(call));
            isRootReplaced = true;
            fgMorphStmt->SetRootNode(call);
        }

        // Avoid potential extra work for the return (for example, vzeroupper)
        call->gtType = TYP_VOID;

        // The runtime requires that we perform a null check on the `this` argument before
        // tail calling to a virtual dispatch stub. This requirement is a consequence of limitations
        // in the runtime's ability to map an AV to a NullReferenceException if
        // the AV occurs in a dispatch stub that has unmanaged caller.
        if (call->IsVirtualStub())
        {
            call->gtFlags |= GTF_CALL_NULLCHECK;
        }

        // Do some target-specific transformations (before we process the args,
        // etc.) for the JIT helper case.
        if (tailCallViaJitHelper)
        {
            fgMorphTailCallViaJitHelper(call);

            // Force re-evaluating the argInfo. fgMorphTailCallViaJitHelper will modify the
            // argument list, invalidating the argInfo.
            call->gtArgs.ResetFinalArgsAndABIInfo();
        }

        // Tail call via JIT helper: The VM can't use return address hijacking
        // if we're not going to return and the helper doesn't have enough info
        // to safely poll, so we poll before the tail call, if the block isn't
        // already safe. Since tail call via helper is a slow mechanism it
        // doesn't matter whether we emit GC poll. his is done to be in parity
        // with Jit64. Also this avoids GC info size increase if all most all
        // methods are expected to be tail calls (e.g. F#).
        //
        // Note that we can avoid emitting GC-poll if we know that the current
        // BB is dominated by a Gc-SafePoint block. But we don't have dominator
        // info at this point. One option is to just add a place holder node for
        // GC-poll (e.g. GT_GCPOLL) here and remove it in lowering if the block
        // is dominated by a GC-SafePoint. For now it not clear whether
        // optimizing slow tail calls is worth the effort. As a low cost check,
        // we check whether the first and current basic blocks are
        // GC-SafePoints.
        //
        // Fast Tail call as epilog+jmp - No need to insert GC-poll. Instead,
        // fgSetBlockOrder() is going to mark the method as fully interruptible
        // if the block containing this tail call is reachable without executing
        // any call.
        BasicBlock* curBlock = compCurBB;
        if (canFastTailCall || (fgFirstBB->bbFlags & BBF_GC_SAFE_POINT) || (compCurBB->bbFlags & BBF_GC_SAFE_POINT) ||
            (fgCreateGCPoll(GCPOLL_INLINE, compCurBB) == curBlock))
        {
            // We didn't insert a poll block, so we need to morph the call now
            // (Normally it will get morphed when we get to the split poll block)
            GenTree* temp = fgMorphCall(call);
            noway_assert(temp == call);
        }

        // Fast tail call: in case of fast tail calls, we need a jmp epilog and
        // hence mark it as BBJ_RETURN with BBF_JMP flag set.
        noway_assert(compCurBB->bbJumpKind == BBJ_RETURN);
        if (canFastTailCall)
        {
            compCurBB->bbFlags |= BBF_HAS_JMP;
        }
        else
        {
            // We call CORINFO_HELP_TAILCALL which does not return, so we will
            // not need epilogue.
            compCurBB->bbJumpKind = BBJ_THROW;
        }

        if (isRootReplaced)
        {
            // We have replaced the root node of this stmt and deleted the rest,
            // but we still have the deleted, dead nodes on the `fgMorph*` stack
            // if the root node was an `ASG`, `RET` or `CAST`.
            // Return a zero con node to exit morphing of the old trees without asserts
            // and forbid POST_ORDER morphing doing something wrong with our call.
            var_types zeroType = (origCallType == TYP_STRUCT) ? TYP_INT : genActualType(origCallType);
            result             = fgMorphTree(gtNewZeroConNode(zeroType));
        }
        else
        {
            result = call;
        }
    }

    return result;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgValidateIRForTailCall:
//     Validate that the IR looks ok to perform a tailcall.
//
// Arguments:
//     call - The call that we are dispatching as a tailcall.
//
// Notes:
//   This function needs to handle somewhat complex IR that appears after
//   tailcall candidates due to inlining.
//
void Compiler::fgValidateIRForTailCall(GenTreeCall* call)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    class TailCallIRValidatorVisitor final : public GenTreeVisitor<TailCallIRValidatorVisitor>
    {
        GenTreeCall* m_tailcall;
        GenTree*     m_prevVal;

    public:
        enum
        {
            DoPostOrder       = true,
            UseExecutionOrder = true,
        };

        TailCallIRValidatorVisitor(Compiler* comp, GenTreeCall* tailcall)
            : GenTreeVisitor(comp), m_tailcall(tailcall), m_prevVal(nullptr)
        {
        }

        fgWalkResult PostOrderVisit(GenTree** use, GenTree* user)
        {
            GenTree* tree = *use;

            // Wait until we get to the actual call...
            if (m_prevVal == nullptr)
            {
                if (tree == m_tailcall)
                {
                    m_prevVal = m_tailcall;
                }

                return WALK_CONTINUE;
            }

            if (tree->OperIs(GT_RETURN))
            {
                assert((tree->TypeIs(TYP_VOID) || ValidateUse(tree->gtGetOp1())) &&
                       "Expected return to be result of tailcall");
                return WALK_ABORT;
            }

            // GT_NOP might appear due to assignments that end up as
            // self-assignments, which get morphed to GT_NOP.
            if (tree->OperIs(GT_NOP))
            {
            }
            // We might see arbitrary chains of assignments that trivially
            // propagate the result. Example:
            //
            //    *  ASG       ref
            //    +--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V05 tmp5
            //    \--*  CALL      ref    CultureInfo.InitializeUserDefaultUICulture
            // (in a new statement/BB)
            //    *  ASG       ref
            //    +--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V02 tmp2
            //    \--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V05 tmp5
            // (in a new statement/BB)
            //    *  RETURN    ref
            //    \--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V02 tmp2
            //
            else if (tree->OperIs(GT_ASG))
            {
                assert(tree->gtGetOp1()->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && ValidateUse(tree->gtGetOp2()) &&
                       "Expected LHS of assignment to be local and RHS of assignment to be result of tailcall");
                m_prevVal = tree->gtGetOp1();
            }
            else if (tree->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
            {
                assert((ValidateUse(tree) || (user->OperIs(GT_ASG) && user->gtGetOp1() == tree)) &&
                       "Expected use of local to be tailcall value or LHS of assignment");
            }
            else
            {
                DISPTREE(tree);
                assert(!"Unexpected tree op after call marked as tailcall");
            }

            return WALK_CONTINUE;
        }

        bool ValidateUse(GenTree* node)
        {
            if (m_prevVal->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
            {
                return node->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) &&
                       (node->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum() == m_prevVal->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum());
            }
            else if (m_prevVal == m_tailcall)
            {
                if (node == m_tailcall)
                {
                    return true;
                }

                // If we do not use the call value directly we might have
                // passed this function's ret buffer arg, so verify that is
                // being used.
                CallArg* retBufferArg = m_tailcall->gtArgs.GetRetBufferArg();
                if (retBufferArg != nullptr)
                {
                    GenTree* retBufferNode = retBufferArg->GetNode();
                    return retBufferNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) &&
                           (retBufferNode->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum() == m_compiler->info.compRetBuffArg) &&
                           node->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) &&
                           (node->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum() == m_compiler->info.compRetBuffArg);
                }

                return false;
            }
            else
            {
                return node == m_prevVal;
            }
        }
    };

    TailCallIRValidatorVisitor visitor(this, call);
    for (Statement* stmt = compCurStmt; stmt != nullptr; stmt = stmt->GetNextStmt())
    {
        visitor.WalkTree(stmt->GetRootNodePointer(), nullptr);
    }

    BasicBlock* bb = compCurBB;
    while (!bb->KindIs(BBJ_RETURN))
    {
        bb = bb->GetUniqueSucc();
        assert((bb != nullptr) && "Expected straight flow after tailcall");

        for (Statement* stmt : bb->Statements())
        {
            visitor.WalkTree(stmt->GetRootNodePointer(), nullptr);
        }
    }
#endif
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphTailCallViaHelpers: Transform the given GT_CALL tree for tailcall code
// generation.
//
// Arguments:
//     call - The call to transform
//     helpers - The tailcall helpers provided by the runtime.
//
// Return Value:
//    Returns the transformed node.
//
// Notes:
//   This transforms
//     GT_CALL
//         {callTarget}
//         {this}
//         {args}
//   into
//     GT_COMMA
//       GT_CALL StoreArgsStub
//         {callTarget}         (depending on flags provided by the runtime)
//         {this}               (as a regular arg)
//         {args}
//       GT_COMMA
//         GT_CALL Dispatcher
//           GT_LCL_VAR_ADDR ReturnAddress
//           {CallTargetStub}
//           GT_LCL_VAR_ADDR ReturnValue
//         GT_LCL ReturnValue
// whenever the call node returns a value. If the call node does not return a
// value the last comma will not be there.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphTailCallViaHelpers(GenTreeCall* call, CORINFO_TAILCALL_HELPERS& help)
{
    // R2R requires different handling but we don't support tailcall via
    // helpers in R2R yet, so just leave it for now.
    // TODO: R2R: TailCallViaHelper
    assert(!opts.IsReadyToRun());

    JITDUMP("fgMorphTailCallViaHelpers (before):\n");
    DISPTREE(call);

    // Don't support tail calling helper methods
    assert(call->gtCallType != CT_HELPER);

    // We come this route only for tail prefixed calls that cannot be dispatched as
    // fast tail calls
    assert(!call->IsImplicitTailCall());

    // We want to use the following assert, but it can modify the IR in some cases, so we
    // can't do that in an assert.
    // assert(!fgCanFastTailCall(call, nullptr));

    // We might or might not have called AddFinalArgsAndDetermineABIInfo before
    // this point: in builds with FEATURE_FASTTAILCALL we will have called it
    // when checking if we could do a fast tailcall, so it is possible we have
    // added extra IR for non-standard args that we must get rid of. Get rid of
    // the extra arguments here.
    call->gtArgs.ResetFinalArgsAndABIInfo();

    GenTree* callDispatcherAndGetResult = fgCreateCallDispatcherAndGetResult(call, help.hCallTarget, help.hDispatcher);

    // Change the call to a call to the StoreArgs stub.
    if (call->gtArgs.HasRetBuffer())
    {
        JITDUMP("Removing retbuf");

        call->gtArgs.Remove(call->gtArgs.GetRetBufferArg());
        call->gtCallMoreFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_M_RETBUFFARG;
    }

    const bool stubNeedsTargetFnPtr = (help.flags & CORINFO_TAILCALL_STORE_TARGET) != 0;

    GenTree* doBeforeStoreArgsStub = nullptr;
    GenTree* thisPtrStubArg        = nullptr;

    // Put 'this' in normal param list
    if (call->gtArgs.HasThisPointer())
    {
        JITDUMP("Moving this pointer into arg list\n");
        CallArg* thisArg = call->gtArgs.GetThisArg();
        GenTree* objp    = thisArg->GetNode();
        GenTree* thisPtr = nullptr;

        // JIT will need one or two copies of "this" in the following cases:
        //   1) the call needs null check;
        //   2) StoreArgs stub needs the target function pointer address and if the call is virtual
        //      the stub also needs "this" in order to evaluate the target.

        const bool callNeedsNullCheck = call->NeedsNullCheck();
        const bool stubNeedsThisPtr   = stubNeedsTargetFnPtr && call->IsVirtual();

        if (callNeedsNullCheck || stubNeedsThisPtr)
        {
            // Clone "this" if "this" has no side effects.
            if ((objp->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) == 0)
            {
                thisPtr = gtClone(objp, true);
            }

            // Create a temp and spill "this" to the temp if "this" has side effects or "this" was too complex to clone.
            if (thisPtr == nullptr)
            {
                const unsigned lclNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("tail call thisptr"));

                // tmp = "this"
                doBeforeStoreArgsStub = gtNewTempAssign(lclNum, objp);

                if (callNeedsNullCheck)
                {
                    // COMMA(tmp = "this", deref(tmp))
                    GenTree* tmp          = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, objp->TypeGet());
                    GenTree* nullcheck    = gtNewNullCheck(tmp, compCurBB);
                    doBeforeStoreArgsStub = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_VOID, doBeforeStoreArgsStub, nullcheck);
                }

                thisPtr = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, objp->TypeGet());

                if (stubNeedsThisPtr)
                {
                    thisPtrStubArg = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, objp->TypeGet());
                }
            }
            else
            {
                if (callNeedsNullCheck)
                {
                    // deref("this")
                    doBeforeStoreArgsStub = gtNewNullCheck(objp, compCurBB);

                    if (stubNeedsThisPtr)
                    {
                        thisPtrStubArg = gtClone(objp, true);
                    }
                }
                else
                {
                    assert(stubNeedsThisPtr);

                    thisPtrStubArg = objp;
                }
            }

            call->gtFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_NULLCHECK;

            assert((thisPtrStubArg != nullptr) == stubNeedsThisPtr);
        }
        else
        {
            thisPtr = objp;
        }

        // During rationalization tmp="this" and null check will be materialized
        // in the right execution order.
        call->gtArgs.PushFront(this, NewCallArg::Primitive(thisPtr, thisArg->GetSignatureType()));
        call->gtArgs.Remove(thisArg);
    }

    // We may need to pass the target, for instance for calli or generic methods
    // where we pass instantiating stub.
    if (stubNeedsTargetFnPtr)
    {
        JITDUMP("Adding target since VM requested it\n");
        GenTree* target;
        if (!call->IsVirtual())
        {
            if (call->gtCallType == CT_INDIRECT)
            {
                noway_assert(call->gtCallAddr != nullptr);
                target = call->gtCallAddr;
            }
            else
            {
                CORINFO_CONST_LOOKUP addrInfo;
                info.compCompHnd->getFunctionEntryPoint(call->gtCallMethHnd, &addrInfo);

                CORINFO_GENERIC_HANDLE handle       = nullptr;
                void*                  pIndirection = nullptr;
                assert(addrInfo.accessType != IAT_PPVALUE && addrInfo.accessType != IAT_RELPVALUE);

                if (addrInfo.accessType == IAT_VALUE)
                {
                    handle = addrInfo.handle;
                }
                else if (addrInfo.accessType == IAT_PVALUE)
                {
                    pIndirection = addrInfo.addr;
                }
                target = gtNewIconEmbHndNode(handle, pIndirection, GTF_ICON_FTN_ADDR, call->gtCallMethHnd);
            }
        }
        else
        {
            assert(!call->tailCallInfo->GetSig()->hasTypeArg());

            CORINFO_CALL_INFO callInfo;
            unsigned          flags = CORINFO_CALLINFO_LDFTN;
            if (call->tailCallInfo->IsCallvirt())
            {
                flags |= CORINFO_CALLINFO_CALLVIRT;
            }

            eeGetCallInfo(call->tailCallInfo->GetToken(), nullptr, (CORINFO_CALLINFO_FLAGS)flags, &callInfo);
            target = getVirtMethodPointerTree(thisPtrStubArg, call->tailCallInfo->GetToken(), &callInfo);
        }

        call->gtArgs.PushBack(this, NewCallArg::Primitive(target));
    }

    // This is now a direct call to the store args stub and not a tailcall.
    call->gtCallType    = CT_USER_FUNC;
    call->gtCallMethHnd = help.hStoreArgs;
    call->gtFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_VIRT_KIND_MASK;
    call->gtCallMoreFlags &= ~(GTF_CALL_M_TAILCALL | GTF_CALL_M_DELEGATE_INV | GTF_CALL_M_WRAPPER_DELEGATE_INV);

    // The store-args stub returns no value.
    call->gtRetClsHnd  = nullptr;
    call->gtType       = TYP_VOID;
    call->gtReturnType = TYP_VOID;

    GenTree* callStoreArgsStub = call;

    if (doBeforeStoreArgsStub != nullptr)
    {
        callStoreArgsStub = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_VOID, doBeforeStoreArgsStub, callStoreArgsStub);
    }

    GenTree* finalTree =
        gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, callDispatcherAndGetResult->TypeGet(), callStoreArgsStub, callDispatcherAndGetResult);

    finalTree = fgMorphTree(finalTree);

    JITDUMP("fgMorphTailCallViaHelpers (after):\n");
    DISPTREE(finalTree);
    return finalTree;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgCreateCallDispatcherAndGetResult: Given a call
// CALL
//   {callTarget}
//   {retbuf}
//   {this}
//   {args}
// create a similarly typed node that calls the tailcall dispatcher and returns
// the result, as in the following:
// COMMA
//   CALL TailCallDispatcher
//     ADDR ReturnAddress
//     &CallTargetFunc
//     ADDR RetValue
//   RetValue
// If the call has type TYP_VOID, only create the CALL node.
//
// Arguments:
//    origCall - the call
//    callTargetStubHnd - the handle of the CallTarget function (this is a special
//    IL stub created by the runtime)
//    dispatcherHnd - the handle of the tailcall dispatcher function
//
// Return Value:
//    A node that can be used in place of the original call.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgCreateCallDispatcherAndGetResult(GenTreeCall*          origCall,
                                                      CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE callTargetStubHnd,
                                                      CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE dispatcherHnd)
{
    GenTreeCall* callDispatcherNode = gtNewCallNode(CT_USER_FUNC, dispatcherHnd, TYP_VOID, fgMorphStmt->GetDebugInfo());
    // The dispatcher has signature
    // void DispatchTailCalls(void* callersRetAddrSlot, void* callTarget, ref byte retValue)

    // Add return value arg.
    GenTree*     retValArg;
    GenTree*     retVal    = nullptr;
    unsigned int newRetLcl = BAD_VAR_NUM;

    if (origCall->gtArgs.HasRetBuffer())
    {
        JITDUMP("Transferring retbuf\n");
        GenTree* retBufArg = origCall->gtArgs.GetRetBufferArg()->GetNode();

        assert(info.compRetBuffArg != BAD_VAR_NUM);
        assert(retBufArg->OperIsLocal());
        assert(retBufArg->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum() == info.compRetBuffArg);

        retValArg = retBufArg;

        if (origCall->gtType != TYP_VOID)
        {
            retVal = gtClone(retBufArg);
        }
    }
    else if (origCall->gtType != TYP_VOID)
    {
        JITDUMP("Creating a new temp for the return value\n");
        newRetLcl = lvaGrabTemp(false DEBUGARG("Return value for tail call dispatcher"));
        if (varTypeIsStruct(origCall->gtType))
        {
            lvaSetStruct(newRetLcl, origCall->gtRetClsHnd, false);
        }
        else
        {
            // Since we pass a reference to the return value to the dispatcher
            // we need to use the real return type so we can normalize it on
            // load when we return it.
            lvaTable[newRetLcl].lvType = (var_types)origCall->gtReturnType;
        }

        lvaSetVarAddrExposed(newRetLcl DEBUGARG(AddressExposedReason::DISPATCH_RET_BUF));

        if (varTypeIsStruct(origCall) && compMethodReturnsMultiRegRetType())
        {
            lvaGetDesc(newRetLcl)->lvIsMultiRegRet = true;
        }

        retValArg = gtNewLclVarAddrNode(newRetLcl);
        retVal    = gtNewLclvNode(newRetLcl, genActualType(lvaTable[newRetLcl].lvType));
    }
    else
    {
        JITDUMP("No return value so using null pointer as arg\n");
        retValArg = gtNewZeroConNode(TYP_I_IMPL);
    }

    // Args are (void** callersReturnAddressSlot, void* callTarget, ref byte retVal)
    GenTree* callTarget = new (this, GT_FTN_ADDR) GenTreeFptrVal(TYP_I_IMPL, callTargetStubHnd);

    // Add the caller's return address slot.
    if (lvaRetAddrVar == BAD_VAR_NUM)
    {
        lvaRetAddrVar                  = lvaGrabTemp(false DEBUGARG("Return address"));
        lvaTable[lvaRetAddrVar].lvType = TYP_I_IMPL;
        lvaSetVarAddrExposed(lvaRetAddrVar DEBUGARG(AddressExposedReason::DISPATCH_RET_BUF));
    }

    GenTree* retAddrSlot = gtNewLclVarAddrNode(lvaRetAddrVar);

    NewCallArg retAddrSlotArg = NewCallArg::Primitive(retAddrSlot);
    NewCallArg callTargetArg  = NewCallArg::Primitive(callTarget);
    NewCallArg retValCallArg  = NewCallArg::Primitive(retValArg);
    callDispatcherNode->gtArgs.PushFront(this, retAddrSlotArg, callTargetArg, retValCallArg);

    if (origCall->gtType == TYP_VOID)
    {
        return callDispatcherNode;
    }

    assert(retVal != nullptr);
    GenTree* comma = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, origCall->TypeGet(), callDispatcherNode, retVal);

    // The JIT seems to want to CSE this comma and messes up multi-reg ret
    // values in the process. Just avoid CSE'ing this tree entirely in that
    // case.
    if (origCall->HasMultiRegRetVal())
    {
        comma->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;
    }

    return comma;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// getLookupTree: get a lookup tree
//
// Arguments:
//    pResolvedToken - resolved token of the call
//    pLookup - the lookup to get the tree for
//    handleFlags - flags to set on the result node
//    compileTimeHandle - compile-time handle corresponding to the lookup
//
// Return Value:
//    A node representing the lookup tree
//
GenTree* Compiler::getLookupTree(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                 CORINFO_LOOKUP*         pLookup,
                                 GenTreeFlags            handleFlags,
                                 void*                   compileTimeHandle)
{
    if (!pLookup->lookupKind.needsRuntimeLookup)
    {
        // No runtime lookup is required.
        // Access is direct or memory-indirect (of a fixed address) reference

        CORINFO_GENERIC_HANDLE handle       = nullptr;
        void*                  pIndirection = nullptr;
        assert(pLookup->constLookup.accessType != IAT_PPVALUE && pLookup->constLookup.accessType != IAT_RELPVALUE);

        if (pLookup->constLookup.accessType == IAT_VALUE)
        {
            handle = pLookup->constLookup.handle;
        }
        else if (pLookup->constLookup.accessType == IAT_PVALUE)
        {
            pIndirection = pLookup->constLookup.addr;
        }

        return gtNewIconEmbHndNode(handle, pIndirection, handleFlags, compileTimeHandle);
    }

    return getRuntimeLookupTree(pResolvedToken, pLookup, compileTimeHandle);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// getRuntimeLookupTree: get a tree for a runtime lookup
//
// Arguments:
//    pResolvedToken - resolved token of the call
//    pLookup - the lookup to get the tree for
//    compileTimeHandle - compile-time handle corresponding to the lookup
//
// Return Value:
//    A node representing the runtime lookup tree
//
GenTree* Compiler::getRuntimeLookupTree(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                        CORINFO_LOOKUP*         pLookup,
                                        void*                   compileTimeHandle)
{
    assert(!compIsForInlining());

    CORINFO_RUNTIME_LOOKUP* pRuntimeLookup = &pLookup->runtimeLookup;

    // If pRuntimeLookup->indirections is equal to CORINFO_USEHELPER, it specifies that a run-time helper should be
    // used; otherwise, it specifies the number of indirections via pRuntimeLookup->offsets array.
    if ((pRuntimeLookup->indirections == CORINFO_USEHELPER) || (pRuntimeLookup->indirections == CORINFO_USENULL) ||
        pRuntimeLookup->testForNull)
    {
        return gtNewRuntimeLookupHelperCallNode(pRuntimeLookup,
                                                getRuntimeContextTree(pLookup->lookupKind.runtimeLookupKind),
                                                compileTimeHandle);
    }

    GenTree* result = getRuntimeContextTree(pLookup->lookupKind.runtimeLookupKind);

    ArrayStack<GenTree*> stmts(getAllocator(CMK_ArrayStack));

    auto cloneTree = [&](GenTree** tree DEBUGARG(const char* reason)) -> GenTree* {
        if (!((*tree)->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT))
        {
            GenTree* clone = gtClone(*tree, true);

            if (clone)
            {
                return clone;
            }
        }

        unsigned temp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG(reason));
        stmts.Push(gtNewTempAssign(temp, *tree));
        *tree = gtNewLclvNode(temp, lvaGetActualType(temp));
        return gtNewLclvNode(temp, lvaGetActualType(temp));
    };

    // Apply repeated indirections
    for (WORD i = 0; i < pRuntimeLookup->indirections; i++)
    {
        GenTree* preInd = nullptr;
        if ((i == 1 && pRuntimeLookup->indirectFirstOffset) || (i == 2 && pRuntimeLookup->indirectSecondOffset))
        {
            preInd = cloneTree(&result DEBUGARG("getRuntimeLookupTree indirectOffset"));
        }

        if (i != 0)
        {
            result = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, result);
            result->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;
            result->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_INVARIANT;
        }

        if ((i == 1 && pRuntimeLookup->indirectFirstOffset) || (i == 2 && pRuntimeLookup->indirectSecondOffset))
        {
            result = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, preInd, result);
        }

        if (pRuntimeLookup->offsets[i] != 0)
        {
            result = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, result, gtNewIconNode(pRuntimeLookup->offsets[i], TYP_I_IMPL));
        }
    }

    assert(!pRuntimeLookup->testForNull);
    if (pRuntimeLookup->indirections > 0)
    {
        result = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, result);
        result->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;
    }

    // Produces GT_COMMA(stmt1, GT_COMMA(stmt2, ... GT_COMMA(stmtN, result)))

    while (!stmts.Empty())
    {
        result = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_I_IMPL, stmts.Pop(), result);
    }

    DISPTREE(result);
    return result;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// getVirtMethodPointerTree: get a tree for a virtual method pointer
//
// Arguments:
//    thisPtr - tree representing `this` pointer
//    pResolvedToken - pointer to the resolved token of the method
//    pCallInfo - pointer to call info
//
// Return Value:
//    A node representing the virtual method pointer

GenTree* Compiler::getVirtMethodPointerTree(GenTree*                thisPtr,
                                            CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                            CORINFO_CALL_INFO*      pCallInfo)
{
    GenTree* exactTypeDesc   = getTokenHandleTree(pResolvedToken, true);
    GenTree* exactMethodDesc = getTokenHandleTree(pResolvedToken, false);

    return gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_VIRTUAL_FUNC_PTR, TYP_I_IMPL, thisPtr, exactTypeDesc, exactMethodDesc);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// getTokenHandleTree: get a handle tree for a token
//
// Arguments:
//    pResolvedToken - token to get a handle for
//    parent - whether parent should be imported
//
// Return Value:
//    A node representing the virtual method pointer

GenTree* Compiler::getTokenHandleTree(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken, bool parent)
{
    CORINFO_GENERICHANDLE_RESULT embedInfo;
    info.compCompHnd->embedGenericHandle(pResolvedToken, parent, &embedInfo);

    GenTree* result = getLookupTree(pResolvedToken, &embedInfo.lookup, gtTokenToIconFlags(pResolvedToken->token),
                                    embedInfo.compileTimeHandle);

    // If we have a result and it requires runtime lookup, wrap it in a runtime lookup node.
    if ((result != nullptr) && embedInfo.lookup.lookupKind.needsRuntimeLookup)
    {
        result = gtNewRuntimeLookup(embedInfo.compileTimeHandle, embedInfo.handleType, result);
    }

    return result;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Transform the given GT_CALL tree for tail call via JIT helper.
 */
void Compiler::fgMorphTailCallViaJitHelper(GenTreeCall* call)
{
    JITDUMP("fgMorphTailCallViaJitHelper (before):\n");
    DISPTREE(call);

    // For the helper-assisted tail calls, we need to push all the arguments
    // into a single list, and then add a few extra at the beginning or end.
    //
    // For x86, the tailcall helper is defined as:
    //
    //      JIT_TailCall(<function args>, int numberOfOldStackArgsWords, int numberOfNewStackArgsWords, int flags, void*
    //      callTarget)
    //
    // Note that the special arguments are on the stack, whereas the function arguments follow
    // the normal convention: there might be register arguments in ECX and EDX. The stack will
    // look like (highest address at the top):
    //      first normal stack argument
    //      ...
    //      last normal stack argument
    //      numberOfOldStackArgs
    //      numberOfNewStackArgs
    //      flags
    //      callTarget
    //
    // Each special arg is 4 bytes.
    //
    // 'flags' is a bitmask where:
    //      1 == restore callee-save registers (EDI,ESI,EBX). The JIT always saves all
    //          callee-saved registers for tailcall functions. Note that the helper assumes
    //          that the callee-saved registers live immediately below EBP, and must have been
    //          pushed in this order: EDI, ESI, EBX.
    //      2 == call target is a virtual stub dispatch.
    //
    // The x86 tail call helper lives in VM\i386\jithelp.asm. See that function for more details
    // on the custom calling convention.

    // Check for PInvoke call types that we don't handle in codegen yet.
    assert(!call->IsUnmanaged());
    assert(call->IsVirtual() || (call->gtCallType != CT_INDIRECT) || (call->gtCallCookie == nullptr));

    // Don't support tail calling helper methods
    assert(call->gtCallType != CT_HELPER);

    // We come this route only for tail prefixed calls that cannot be dispatched as
    // fast tail calls
    assert(!call->IsImplicitTailCall());

    // We want to use the following assert, but it can modify the IR in some cases, so we
    // can't do that in an assert.
    // assert(!fgCanFastTailCall(call, nullptr));

    // First move the 'this' pointer (if any) onto the regular arg list. We do this because
    // we are going to prepend special arguments onto the argument list (for non-x86 platforms),
    // and thus shift where the 'this' pointer will be passed to a later argument slot. In
    // addition, for all platforms, we are going to change the call into a helper call. Our code
    // generation code for handling calls to helpers does not handle 'this' pointers. So, when we
    // do this transformation, we must explicitly create a null 'this' pointer check, if required,
    // since special 'this' pointer handling will no longer kick in.
    //
    // Some call types, such as virtual vtable calls, require creating a call address expression
    // that involves the "this" pointer. Lowering will sometimes create an embedded statement
    // to create a temporary that is assigned to the "this" pointer expression, and then use
    // that temp to create the call address expression. This temp creation embedded statement
    // will occur immediately before the "this" pointer argument, and then will be used for both
    // the "this" pointer argument as well as the call address expression. In the normal ordering,
    // the embedded statement establishing the "this" pointer temp will execute before both uses
    // of the temp. However, for tail calls via a helper, we move the "this" pointer onto the
    // normal call argument list, and insert a placeholder which will hold the call address
    // expression. For non-x86, things are ok, because the order of execution of these is not
    // altered. However, for x86, the call address expression is inserted as the *last* argument
    // in the argument list, *after* the "this" pointer. It will be put on the stack, and be
    // evaluated first. To ensure we don't end up with out-of-order temp definition and use,
    // for those cases where call lowering creates an embedded form temp of "this", we will
    // create a temp here, early, that will later get morphed correctly.

    CallArg* thisArg = call->gtArgs.GetThisArg();
    if (thisArg != nullptr)
    {
        GenTree* thisPtr = nullptr;
        GenTree* objp    = thisArg->GetNode();

        if ((call->IsDelegateInvoke() || call->IsVirtualVtable()) && !objp->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
        {
            // tmp = "this"
            unsigned lclNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("tail call thisptr"));
            GenTree* asg    = gtNewTempAssign(lclNum, objp);

            // COMMA(tmp = "this", tmp)
            var_types vt  = objp->TypeGet();
            GenTree*  tmp = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, vt);
            thisPtr       = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, vt, asg, tmp);

            objp = thisPtr;
        }

        if (call->NeedsNullCheck())
        {
            // clone "this" if "this" has no side effects.
            if ((thisPtr == nullptr) && !(objp->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT))
            {
                thisPtr = gtClone(objp, true);
            }

            var_types vt = objp->TypeGet();
            if (thisPtr == nullptr)
            {
                // create a temp if either "this" has side effects or "this" is too complex to clone.

                // tmp = "this"
                unsigned lclNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("tail call thisptr"));
                GenTree* asg    = gtNewTempAssign(lclNum, objp);

                // COMMA(tmp = "this", deref(tmp))
                GenTree* tmp       = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, vt);
                GenTree* nullcheck = gtNewNullCheck(tmp, compCurBB);
                asg                = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_VOID, asg, nullcheck);

                // COMMA(COMMA(tmp = "this", deref(tmp)), tmp)
                thisPtr = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, vt, asg, gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, vt));
            }
            else
            {
                // thisPtr = COMMA(deref("this"), "this")
                GenTree* nullcheck = gtNewNullCheck(thisPtr, compCurBB);
                thisPtr            = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, vt, nullcheck, gtClone(objp, true));
            }

            call->gtFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_NULLCHECK;
        }
        else
        {
            thisPtr = objp;
        }

        // TODO-Cleanup: we leave it as a virtual stub call to
        // use logic in `LowerVirtualStubCall`, clear GTF_CALL_VIRT_KIND_MASK here
        // and change `LowerCall` to recognize it as a direct call.

        // During rationalization tmp="this" and null check will
        // materialize as embedded stmts in right execution order.
        assert(thisPtr != nullptr);
        call->gtArgs.PushFront(this, NewCallArg::Primitive(thisPtr, thisArg->GetSignatureType()));
        call->gtArgs.Remove(thisArg);
    }

    unsigned nOldStkArgsWords =
        (compArgSize - (codeGen->intRegState.rsCalleeRegArgCount * REGSIZE_BYTES)) / REGSIZE_BYTES;
    GenTree* arg3Node = gtNewIconNode((ssize_t)nOldStkArgsWords, TYP_I_IMPL);
    CallArg* arg3     = call->gtArgs.PushBack(this, NewCallArg::Primitive(arg3Node));
    // Inject a placeholder for the count of outgoing stack arguments that the Lowering phase will generate.
    // The constant will be replaced.
    GenTree* arg2Node = gtNewIconNode(9, TYP_I_IMPL);
    CallArg* arg2     = call->gtArgs.InsertAfter(this, arg3, NewCallArg::Primitive(arg2Node));
    // Inject a placeholder for the flags.
    // The constant will be replaced.
    GenTree* arg1Node = gtNewIconNode(8, TYP_I_IMPL);
    CallArg* arg1     = call->gtArgs.InsertAfter(this, arg2, NewCallArg::Primitive(arg1Node));
    // Inject a placeholder for the real call target that the Lowering phase will generate.
    // The constant will be replaced.
    GenTree* arg0Node = gtNewIconNode(7, TYP_I_IMPL);
    CallArg* arg0     = call->gtArgs.InsertAfter(this, arg1, NewCallArg::Primitive(arg0Node));

    // It is now a varargs tail call.
    call->gtArgs.SetIsVarArgs();
    call->gtFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_POP_ARGS;

    // The function is responsible for doing explicit null check when it is necessary.
    assert(!call->NeedsNullCheck());

    JITDUMP("fgMorphTailCallViaJitHelper (after):\n");
    DISPTREE(call);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgGetStubAddrArg: Return the virtual stub address for the given call.
//
// Notes:
//    the JIT must place the address of the stub used to load the call target,
//    the "stub indirection cell", in special call argument with special register.
//
// Arguments:
//    call - a call that needs virtual stub dispatching.
//
// Return Value:
//    addr tree
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgGetStubAddrArg(GenTreeCall* call)
{
    assert(call->IsVirtualStub());
    GenTree* stubAddrArg;
    if (call->gtCallType == CT_INDIRECT)
    {
        stubAddrArg = gtClone(call->gtCallAddr, true);
    }
    else
    {
        assert(call->gtCallMoreFlags & GTF_CALL_M_VIRTSTUB_REL_INDIRECT);
        ssize_t addr = ssize_t(call->gtStubCallStubAddr);
        stubAddrArg  = gtNewIconHandleNode(addr, GTF_ICON_FTN_ADDR);
        INDEBUG(stubAddrArg->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = (size_t)call->gtCallMethHnd);
    }
    assert(stubAddrArg != nullptr);
    return stubAddrArg;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgGetArgTabEntryParameterLclNum : Get the lcl num for the parameter that
// corresponds to the argument to a recursive call.
//
// Notes:
//    Due to non-standard args this is not just the index of the argument in
//    the arg list. For example, in R2R compilations we will have added a
//    non-standard arg for the R2R indirection cell.
//
// Arguments:
//    arg  - the arg
//
unsigned Compiler::fgGetArgParameterLclNum(GenTreeCall* call, CallArg* arg)
{
    unsigned num = 0;

    for (CallArg& otherArg : call->gtArgs.Args())
    {
        if (&otherArg == arg)
        {
            break;
        }

        // Late added args add extra args that do not map to IL parameters and that we should not reassign.
        if (!otherArg.IsArgAddedLate())
        {
            num++;
        }
    }

    return num;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphRecursiveFastTailCallIntoLoop : Transform a recursive fast tail call into a loop.
//
//
// Arguments:
//    block  - basic block ending with a recursive fast tail call
//    recursiveTailCall - recursive tail call to transform
//
// Notes:
//    The legality of the transformation is ensured by the checks in endsWithTailCallConvertibleToLoop.

void Compiler::fgMorphRecursiveFastTailCallIntoLoop(BasicBlock* block, GenTreeCall* recursiveTailCall)
{
    assert(recursiveTailCall->IsTailCallConvertibleToLoop());
    Statement* lastStmt = block->lastStmt();
    assert(recursiveTailCall == lastStmt->GetRootNode());

    // Transform recursive tail call into a loop.

    Statement*       earlyArgInsertionPoint = lastStmt;
    const DebugInfo& callDI                 = lastStmt->GetDebugInfo();

    // All arguments whose trees may involve caller parameter local variables need to be assigned to temps first;
    // then the temps need to be assigned to the method parameters. This is done so that the caller
    // parameters are not re-assigned before call arguments depending on them  are evaluated.
    // tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint and paramAssignmentInsertionPoint keep track of
    // where the next temp or parameter assignment should be inserted.

    // In the example below the first call argument (arg1 - 1) needs to be assigned to a temp first
    // while the second call argument (const 1) doesn't.
    // Basic block before tail recursion elimination:
    //  ***** BB04, stmt 1 (top level)
    //  [000037] ------------             *  stmtExpr  void  (top level) (IL 0x00A...0x013)
    //  [000033] --C - G------ - \--*  call      void   RecursiveMethod
    //  [000030] ------------ | / --*  const     int - 1
    //  [000031] ------------arg0 in rcx + --*  +int
    //  [000029] ------------ | \--*  lclVar    int    V00 arg1
    //  [000032] ------------arg1 in rdx    \--*  const     int    1
    //
    //
    //  Basic block after tail recursion elimination :
    //  ***** BB04, stmt 1 (top level)
    //  [000051] ------------             *  stmtExpr  void  (top level) (IL 0x00A... ? ? ? )
    //  [000030] ------------ | / --*  const     int - 1
    //  [000031] ------------ | / --*  +int
    //  [000029] ------------ | | \--*  lclVar    int    V00 arg1
    //  [000050] - A----------             \--* = int
    //  [000049] D------N----                \--*  lclVar    int    V02 tmp0
    //
    //  ***** BB04, stmt 2 (top level)
    //  [000055] ------------             *  stmtExpr  void  (top level) (IL 0x00A... ? ? ? )
    //  [000052] ------------ | / --*  lclVar    int    V02 tmp0
    //  [000054] - A----------             \--* = int
    //  [000053] D------N----                \--*  lclVar    int    V00 arg0

    //  ***** BB04, stmt 3 (top level)
    //  [000058] ------------             *  stmtExpr  void  (top level) (IL 0x00A... ? ? ? )
    //  [000032] ------------ | / --*  const     int    1
    //  [000057] - A----------             \--* = int
    //  [000056] D------N----                \--*  lclVar    int    V01 arg1

    Statement* tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint   = lastStmt;
    Statement* paramAssignmentInsertionPoint = lastStmt;

    // Process early args. They may contain both setup statements for late args and actual args.
    for (CallArg& arg : recursiveTailCall->gtArgs.EarlyArgs())
    {
        GenTree* earlyArg = arg.GetEarlyNode();
        if (arg.GetLateNode() != nullptr)
        {
            // This is a setup node so we need to hoist it.
            Statement* earlyArgStmt = gtNewStmt(earlyArg, callDI);
            fgInsertStmtBefore(block, earlyArgInsertionPoint, earlyArgStmt);
        }
        else
        {
            // This is an actual argument that needs to be assigned to the corresponding caller parameter.
            // Late-added non-standard args are extra args that are not passed as locals, so skip those
            if (!arg.IsArgAddedLate())
            {
                Statement* paramAssignStmt =
                    fgAssignRecursiveCallArgToCallerParam(earlyArg, &arg,
                                                          fgGetArgParameterLclNum(recursiveTailCall, &arg), block,
                                                          callDI, tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint,
                                                          paramAssignmentInsertionPoint);
                if ((tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint == lastStmt) && (paramAssignStmt != nullptr))
                {
                    // All temp assignments will happen before the first param assignment.
                    tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint = paramAssignStmt;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    // Process late args.
    for (CallArg& arg : recursiveTailCall->gtArgs.LateArgs())
    {
        // A late argument is an actual argument that needs to be assigned to the corresponding caller's parameter.
        GenTree* lateArg = arg.GetLateNode();
        // Late-added non-standard args are extra args that are not passed as locals, so skip those
        if (!arg.IsArgAddedLate())
        {
            Statement* paramAssignStmt =
                fgAssignRecursiveCallArgToCallerParam(lateArg, &arg, fgGetArgParameterLclNum(recursiveTailCall, &arg),
                                                      block, callDI, tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint,
                                                      paramAssignmentInsertionPoint);

            if ((tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint == lastStmt) && (paramAssignStmt != nullptr))
            {
                // All temp assignments will happen before the first param assignment.
                tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint = paramAssignStmt;
            }
        }
    }

    // If the method has starg.s 0 or ldarga.s 0 a special local (lvaArg0Var) is created so that
    // compThisArg stays immutable. Normally it's assigned in fgFirstBBScratch block. Since that
    // block won't be in the loop (it's assumed to have no predecessors), we need to update the special local here.
    if (!info.compIsStatic && (lvaArg0Var != info.compThisArg))
    {
        var_types  thisType           = lvaTable[info.compThisArg].TypeGet();
        GenTree*   arg0               = gtNewLclvNode(lvaArg0Var, thisType);
        GenTree*   arg0Assignment     = gtNewAssignNode(arg0, gtNewLclvNode(info.compThisArg, thisType));
        Statement* arg0AssignmentStmt = gtNewStmt(arg0Assignment, callDI);
        fgInsertStmtBefore(block, paramAssignmentInsertionPoint, arg0AssignmentStmt);
    }

    // If compInitMem is set, we may need to zero-initialize some locals. Normally it's done in the prolog
    // but this loop can't include the prolog. Since we don't have liveness information, we insert zero-initialization
    // for all non-parameter IL locals as well as temp structs with GC fields.
    // Liveness phase will remove unnecessary initializations.
    if (info.compInitMem || compSuppressedZeroInit)
    {
        for (unsigned varNum = 0; varNum < lvaCount; varNum++)
        {
#if FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
            if (varNum == lvaOutgoingArgSpaceVar)
            {
                continue;
            }
#endif // FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS

            LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(varNum);

            if (varDsc->lvIsParam)
            {
                continue;
            }

#if FEATURE_IMPLICIT_BYREFS
            if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
            {
                LclVarDsc* firstField = lvaGetDesc(varDsc->lvFieldLclStart);
                if (firstField->lvParentLcl != varNum)
                {
                    // Local copy for implicit byref promotion that was undone. Do
                    // not introduce new references to it, all uses have been
                    // morphed to access the parameter.
                    CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#ifdef DEBUG
                    LclVarDsc* param = lvaGetDesc(firstField->lvParentLcl);
                    assert(param->lvIsImplicitByRef && !param->lvPromoted);
                    assert(param->lvFieldLclStart == varNum);
#endif
                    continue;
                }
            }
#endif

            var_types lclType            = varDsc->TypeGet();
            bool      isUserLocal        = (varNum < info.compLocalsCount);
            bool      structWithGCFields = ((lclType == TYP_STRUCT) && varDsc->GetLayout()->HasGCPtr());
            bool      hadSuppressedInit  = varDsc->lvSuppressedZeroInit;
            if ((info.compInitMem && (isUserLocal || structWithGCFields)) || hadSuppressedInit)
            {
                GenTree* lcl  = gtNewLclvNode(varNum, lclType);
                GenTree* init = nullptr;
                if (varTypeIsStruct(lclType))
                {
                    init = gtNewBlkOpNode(lcl, gtNewIconNode(0));
                    init = fgMorphInitBlock(init);
                }
                else
                {
                    GenTree* zero = gtNewZeroConNode(lclType);
                    init          = gtNewAssignNode(lcl, zero);
                }
                Statement* initStmt = gtNewStmt(init, callDI);
                fgInsertStmtBefore(block, lastStmt, initStmt);
            }
        }
    }

    // Remove the call
    fgRemoveStmt(block, lastStmt);

    // Set the loop edge.
    if (opts.IsOSR())
    {
        // Todo: this may not look like a viable loop header.
        // Might need the moral equivalent of a scratch BB.
        block->bbJumpDest = fgEntryBB;
    }
    else
    {
        // Ensure we have a scratch block and then target the next
        // block.  Loop detection needs to see a pred out of the loop,
        // so mark the scratch block BBF_DONT_REMOVE to prevent empty
        // block removal on it.
        fgEnsureFirstBBisScratch();
        fgFirstBB->bbFlags |= BBF_DONT_REMOVE;
        block->bbJumpDest = fgFirstBB->bbNext;
    }

    // Finish hooking things up.
    block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_ALWAYS;
    fgAddRefPred(block->bbJumpDest, block);
    block->bbFlags &= ~BBF_HAS_JMP;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgAssignRecursiveCallArgToCallerParam : Assign argument to a recursive call to the corresponding caller parameter.
//
//
// Arguments:
//    arg  -  argument to assign
//    late  -  whether to use early or late arg
//    lclParamNum - the lcl num of the parameter
//    block  --- basic block the call is in
//    callILOffset  -  IL offset of the call
//    tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint  -  tree before which temp assignment should be inserted (if necessary)
//    paramAssignmentInsertionPoint  -  tree before which parameter assignment should be inserted
//
// Return Value:
//    parameter assignment statement if one was inserted; nullptr otherwise.

Statement* Compiler::fgAssignRecursiveCallArgToCallerParam(GenTree*         arg,
                                                           CallArg*         callArg,
                                                           unsigned         lclParamNum,
                                                           BasicBlock*      block,
                                                           const DebugInfo& callDI,
                                                           Statement*       tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint,
                                                           Statement*       paramAssignmentInsertionPoint)
{
    // Call arguments should be assigned to temps first and then the temps should be assigned to parameters because
    // some argument trees may reference parameters directly.

    GenTree* argInTemp             = nullptr;
    bool     needToAssignParameter = true;

    // TODO-CQ: enable calls with struct arguments passed in registers.
    noway_assert(!varTypeIsStruct(arg->TypeGet()));

    if (callArg->IsTemp() || arg->IsCnsIntOrI() || arg->IsCnsFltOrDbl())
    {
        // The argument is already assigned to a temp or is a const.
        argInTemp = arg;
    }
    else if (arg->OperGet() == GT_LCL_VAR)
    {
        unsigned   lclNum = arg->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum();
        LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);
        if (!varDsc->lvIsParam)
        {
            // The argument is a non-parameter local so it doesn't need to be assigned to a temp.
            argInTemp = arg;
        }
        else if (lclNum == lclParamNum)
        {
            // The argument is the same parameter local that we were about to assign so
            // we can skip the assignment.
            needToAssignParameter = false;
        }
    }

    // TODO: We don't need temp assignments if we can prove that the argument tree doesn't involve
    // any caller parameters. Some common cases are handled above but we may be able to eliminate
    // more temp assignments.

    Statement* paramAssignStmt = nullptr;
    if (needToAssignParameter)
    {
        if (argInTemp == nullptr)
        {
            // The argument is not assigned to a temp. We need to create a new temp and insert an assignment.
            // TODO: we can avoid a temp assignment if we can prove that the argument tree
            // doesn't involve any caller parameters.
            unsigned tmpNum          = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("arg temp"));
            lvaTable[tmpNum].lvType  = arg->gtType;
            GenTree*   tempSrc       = arg;
            GenTree*   tempDest      = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, tempSrc->gtType);
            GenTree*   tmpAssignNode = gtNewAssignNode(tempDest, tempSrc);
            Statement* tmpAssignStmt = gtNewStmt(tmpAssignNode, callDI);
            fgInsertStmtBefore(block, tmpAssignmentInsertionPoint, tmpAssignStmt);
            argInTemp = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, tempSrc->gtType);
        }

        // Now assign the temp to the parameter.
        const LclVarDsc* paramDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclParamNum);
        assert(paramDsc->lvIsParam);
        GenTree* paramDest       = gtNewLclvNode(lclParamNum, paramDsc->lvType);
        GenTree* paramAssignNode = gtNewAssignNode(paramDest, argInTemp);
        paramAssignStmt          = gtNewStmt(paramAssignNode, callDI);

        fgInsertStmtBefore(block, paramAssignmentInsertionPoint, paramAssignStmt);
    }
    return paramAssignStmt;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Transform the given GT_CALL tree for code generation.
 */

GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphCall(GenTreeCall* call)
{
    if (call->CanTailCall())
    {
        GenTree* newNode = fgMorphPotentialTailCall(call);
        if (newNode != nullptr)
        {
            return newNode;
        }

        assert(!call->CanTailCall());

#if FEATURE_MULTIREG_RET
        if (fgGlobalMorph && call->HasMultiRegRetVal() && varTypeIsStruct(call->TypeGet()))
        {
            // The tail call has been rejected so we must finish the work deferred
            // by impFixupCallStructReturn for multi-reg-returning calls and transform
            //     ret call
            // into
            //     temp = call
            //     ret temp

            // Force re-evaluating the argInfo as the return argument has changed.
            call->gtArgs.ResetFinalArgsAndABIInfo();

            // Create a new temp.
            unsigned tmpNum =
                lvaGrabTemp(false DEBUGARG("Return value temp for multi-reg return (rejected tail call)."));
            lvaTable[tmpNum].lvIsMultiRegRet = true;

            CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structHandle = call->gtRetClsHnd;
            assert(structHandle != NO_CLASS_HANDLE);
            const bool unsafeValueClsCheck = false;
            lvaSetStruct(tmpNum, structHandle, unsafeValueClsCheck);
            var_types structType = lvaTable[tmpNum].lvType;
            GenTree*  dst        = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, structType);
            GenTree*  assg       = gtNewAssignNode(dst, call);
            assg                 = fgMorphTree(assg);

            // Create the assignment statement and insert it before the current statement.
            Statement* assgStmt = gtNewStmt(assg, compCurStmt->GetDebugInfo());
            fgInsertStmtBefore(compCurBB, compCurStmt, assgStmt);

            // Return the temp.
            GenTree* result = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, lvaTable[tmpNum].lvType);
            result->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;

            compCurBB->bbFlags |= BBF_HAS_CALL; // This block has a call

#ifdef DEBUG
            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("\nInserting assignment of a multi-reg call result to a temp:\n");
                gtDispStmt(assgStmt);
            }
            result->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
#endif // DEBUG
            return result;
        }
#endif
    }

    if (((call->gtCallMoreFlags & (GTF_CALL_M_SPECIAL_INTRINSIC | GTF_CALL_M_LDVIRTFTN_INTERFACE)) == 0) &&
        (call->gtCallMethHnd == eeFindHelper(CORINFO_HELP_VIRTUAL_FUNC_PTR)
#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
         || call->gtCallMethHnd == eeFindHelper(CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_VIRTUAL_FUNC_PTR)
#endif
             ) &&
        (call == fgMorphStmt->GetRootNode()))
    {
        // This is call to CORINFO_HELP_VIRTUAL_FUNC_PTR with ignored result.
        // Transform it into a null check.

        assert(call->gtArgs.CountArgs() >= 1);
        GenTree* objPtr = call->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(0)->GetNode();

        GenTree* nullCheck = gtNewNullCheck(objPtr, compCurBB);

        return fgMorphTree(nullCheck);
    }

    noway_assert(call->gtOper == GT_CALL);

    //
    // Only count calls once (only in the global morph phase)
    //
    if (fgGlobalMorph)
    {
        if (call->gtCallType == CT_INDIRECT)
        {
            optCallCount++;
            optIndirectCallCount++;
        }
        else if (call->gtCallType == CT_USER_FUNC)
        {
            optCallCount++;
            if (call->IsVirtual())
            {
                optIndirectCallCount++;
            }
        }
    }

    // Couldn't inline - remember that this BB contains method calls

    // Mark the block as a GC safe point for the call if possible.
    // In the event the call indicates the block isn't a GC safe point
    // and the call is unmanaged with a GC transition suppression request
    // then insert a GC poll.
    CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

    if (IsGcSafePoint(call))
    {
        compCurBB->bbFlags |= BBF_GC_SAFE_POINT;
    }

    // Regardless of the state of the basic block with respect to GC safe point,
    // we will always insert a GC Poll for scenarios involving a suppressed GC
    // transition. Only mark the block for GC Poll insertion on the first morph.
    if (fgGlobalMorph && call->IsUnmanaged() && call->IsSuppressGCTransition())
    {
        compCurBB->bbFlags |= (BBF_HAS_SUPPRESSGC_CALL | BBF_GC_SAFE_POINT);
        optMethodFlags |= OMF_NEEDS_GCPOLLS;
    }

    // Morph Type.op_Equality, Type.op_Inequality, and Enum.HasFlag
    //
    // We need to do these before the arguments are morphed
    if (!call->gtArgs.AreArgsComplete() && (call->gtCallMoreFlags & GTF_CALL_M_SPECIAL_INTRINSIC))
    {
        // See if this is foldable
        GenTree* optTree = gtFoldExprCall(call);

        // If we optimized, morph the result
        if (optTree != call)
        {
            return fgMorphTree(optTree);
        }
    }

    compCurBB->bbFlags |= BBF_HAS_CALL; // This block has a call

    // From this point on disallow shared temps to be reused until we are done
    // processing the call.
    SharedTempsScope sharedTemps(this);

    // Process the "normal" argument list
    call = fgMorphArgs(call);
    noway_assert(call->gtOper == GT_CALL);

    // Try to replace CORINFO_HELP_TYPEHANDLE_TO_RUNTIMETYPE with a constant gc handle
    // pointing to a frozen segment
    if (!gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(call) && gtIsTypeHandleToRuntimeTypeHelper(call))
    {
        GenTree*             argNode = call->AsCall()->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(0)->GetNode();
        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE hClass  = gtGetHelperArgClassHandle(argNode);
        if ((hClass != NO_CLASS_HANDLE) && !gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(argNode))
        {
            CORINFO_OBJECT_HANDLE ptr = info.compCompHnd->getRuntimeTypePointer(hClass);
            if (ptr != NULL)
            {
                setMethodHasFrozenObjects();
                GenTree* retNode = gtNewIconEmbHndNode((void*)ptr, nullptr, GTF_ICON_OBJ_HDL, nullptr);
                retNode->gtType  = TYP_REF;
                INDEBUG(retNode->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = (size_t)ptr);
                return fgMorphTree(retNode);
            }
        }
    }

    // Assign DEF flags if it produces a definition from "return buffer".
    fgAssignSetVarDef(call);
    if (call->OperRequiresAsgFlag())
    {
        call->gtFlags |= GTF_ASG;
    }

    // Should we expand this virtual method call target early here?
    //
    if (call->IsExpandedEarly() && call->IsVirtualVtable())
    {
        // We expand the Vtable Call target either in the global morph phase or
        // in guarded devirt if we need it for the guard.
        if (fgGlobalMorph && (call->gtControlExpr == nullptr))
        {
            call->gtControlExpr = fgExpandVirtualVtableCallTarget(call);
        }
        // We always have to morph or re-morph the control expr
        //
        call->gtControlExpr = fgMorphTree(call->gtControlExpr);

        // Propagate any side effect flags into the call
        call->gtFlags |= call->gtControlExpr->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
    }

    // Morph stelem.ref helper call to store a null value, into a store into an array without the helper.
    // This needs to be done after the arguments are morphed to ensure constant propagation has already taken place.
    if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && (call->gtCallType == CT_HELPER) &&
        (call->gtCallMethHnd == eeFindHelper(CORINFO_HELP_ARRADDR_ST)))
    {
        assert(call->gtArgs.CountArgs() == 3);
        GenTree* value = call->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(2)->GetNode();
        if (value->IsIntegralConst(0))
        {
            assert(value->OperGet() == GT_CNS_INT);

            GenTree* arr   = call->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(0)->GetNode();
            GenTree* index = call->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(1)->GetNode();

            // Either or both of the array and index arguments may have been spilled to temps by `fgMorphArgs`. Copy
            // the spill trees as well if necessary.
            GenTreeOp* argSetup = nullptr;
            for (CallArg& arg : call->gtArgs.EarlyArgs())
            {
                GenTree* const argNode = arg.GetEarlyNode();
                if (argNode->OperGet() != GT_ASG)
                {
                    continue;
                }

                assert(argNode != arr);
                assert(argNode != index);

                GenTree* op1 = argSetup;
                if (op1 == nullptr)
                {
                    op1 = gtNewNothingNode();
#if DEBUG
                    op1->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
#endif // DEBUG
                }

                argSetup = new (this, GT_COMMA) GenTreeOp(GT_COMMA, TYP_VOID, op1, argNode);

#if DEBUG
                argSetup->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
#endif // DEBUG
            }

#ifdef DEBUG
            auto resetMorphedFlag = [](GenTree** slot, fgWalkData* data) -> fgWalkResult {
                (*slot)->gtDebugFlags &= ~GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
                return WALK_CONTINUE;
            };

            fgWalkTreePost(&arr, resetMorphedFlag);
            fgWalkTreePost(&index, resetMorphedFlag);
            fgWalkTreePost(&value, resetMorphedFlag);
#endif // DEBUG

            GenTree* const arrIndexAddr = gtNewArrayIndexAddr(arr, index, TYP_REF, NO_CLASS_HANDLE);
            GenTree* const arrIndex     = gtNewIndexIndir(arrIndexAddr->AsIndexAddr());
            GenTree* const arrStore     = gtNewAssignNode(arrIndex, value);

            GenTree* result = fgMorphTree(arrStore);
            if (argSetup != nullptr)
            {
                result = new (this, GT_COMMA) GenTreeOp(GT_COMMA, TYP_VOID, argSetup, result);
#if DEBUG
                result->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
#endif // DEBUG
            }

            return result;
        }
    }

    if (call->IsNoReturn())
    {
        //
        // If we know that the call does not return then we can set fgRemoveRestOfBlock
        // to remove all subsequent statements and change the call's basic block to BBJ_THROW.
        // As a result the compiler won't need to preserve live registers across the call.
        //
        // This isn't need for tail calls as there shouldn't be any code after the call anyway.
        // Besides, the tail call code is part of the epilog and converting the block to
        // BBJ_THROW would result in the tail call being dropped as the epilog is generated
        // only for BBJ_RETURN blocks.
        //

        if (!call->IsTailCall())
        {
            fgRemoveRestOfBlock = true;
        }
    }

    return call;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Expand and return the call target address for a VirtualCall
 *  The code here should match that generated by LowerVirtualVtableCall
 */

GenTree* Compiler::fgExpandVirtualVtableCallTarget(GenTreeCall* call)
{
    GenTree* result;

    JITDUMP("Expanding virtual call target for %d.%s:\n", call->gtTreeID, GenTree::OpName(call->gtOper));

    noway_assert(call->gtCallType == CT_USER_FUNC);

    assert(call->gtArgs.HasThisPointer());
    // get a reference to the thisPtr being passed
    GenTree* thisPtr = call->gtArgs.GetThisArg()->GetNode();

    // fgMorphArgs must enforce this invariant by creating a temp
    //
    assert(thisPtr->OperIsLocal());

    // Make a copy of the thisPtr by cloning
    //
    thisPtr = gtClone(thisPtr, true);

    noway_assert(thisPtr != nullptr);

    // Get hold of the vtable offset
    unsigned vtabOffsOfIndirection;
    unsigned vtabOffsAfterIndirection;
    bool     isRelative;
    info.compCompHnd->getMethodVTableOffset(call->gtCallMethHnd, &vtabOffsOfIndirection, &vtabOffsAfterIndirection,
                                            &isRelative);

    // Dereference the this pointer to obtain the method table, it is called vtab below
    GenTree* vtab;
    assert(VPTR_OFFS == 0); // We have to add this value to the thisPtr to get the methodTable
    vtab = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, thisPtr);
    vtab->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_INVARIANT;

    // Get the appropriate vtable chunk
    if (vtabOffsOfIndirection != CORINFO_VIRTUALCALL_NO_CHUNK)
    {
        // Note this isRelative code path is currently never executed
        // as the VM doesn't ever return:  isRelative == true
        //
        if (isRelative)
        {
            // MethodTable offset is a relative pointer.
            //
            // Additional temporary variable is used to store virtual table pointer.
            // Address of method is obtained by the next computations:
            //
            // Save relative offset to tmp (vtab is virtual table pointer, vtabOffsOfIndirection is offset of
            // vtable-1st-level-indirection):
            // tmp = vtab
            //
            // Save address of method to result (vtabOffsAfterIndirection is offset of vtable-2nd-level-indirection):
            // result = [tmp + vtabOffsOfIndirection + vtabOffsAfterIndirection + [tmp + vtabOffsOfIndirection]]
            //
            //
            // When isRelative is true we need to setup two temporary variables
            // var1 = vtab
            // var2 = var1 + vtabOffsOfIndirection + vtabOffsAfterIndirection + [var1 + vtabOffsOfIndirection]
            // result = [var2] + var2
            //
            unsigned varNum1 = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("var1 - vtab"));
            unsigned varNum2 = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("var2 - relative"));
            GenTree* asgVar1 = gtNewTempAssign(varNum1, vtab); // var1 = vtab

            // [tmp + vtabOffsOfIndirection]
            GenTree* tmpTree1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, gtNewLclvNode(varNum1, TYP_I_IMPL),
                                              gtNewIconNode(vtabOffsOfIndirection, TYP_I_IMPL));
            tmpTree1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, tmpTree1);
            tmpTree1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;
            tmpTree1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_INVARIANT;

            // var1 + vtabOffsOfIndirection + vtabOffsAfterIndirection
            GenTree* tmpTree2 =
                gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, gtNewLclvNode(varNum1, TYP_I_IMPL),
                              gtNewIconNode(vtabOffsOfIndirection + vtabOffsAfterIndirection, TYP_I_IMPL));

            // var1 + vtabOffsOfIndirection + vtabOffsAfterIndirection + [var1 + vtabOffsOfIndirection]
            tmpTree2         = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, tmpTree2, tmpTree1);
            GenTree* asgVar2 = gtNewTempAssign(varNum2, tmpTree2); // var2 = <expression>

            // This last indirection is not invariant, but is non-faulting
            result = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, gtNewLclvNode(varNum2, TYP_I_IMPL)); // [var2]
            result->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;

            result = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, result, gtNewLclvNode(varNum2, TYP_I_IMPL)); // [var2] + var2

            // Now stitch together the two assignment and the calculation of result into a single tree
            GenTree* commaTree = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_I_IMPL, asgVar2, result);
            result             = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_I_IMPL, asgVar1, commaTree);
        }
        else
        {
            // result = [vtab + vtabOffsOfIndirection]
            result = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, vtab, gtNewIconNode(vtabOffsOfIndirection, TYP_I_IMPL));
            result = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, result);
            result->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;
            result->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_INVARIANT;
        }
    }
    else
    {
        result = vtab;
        assert(!isRelative);
    }

    if (!isRelative)
    {
        // Load the function address
        // result = [result + vtabOffsAfterIndirection]
        result = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, result, gtNewIconNode(vtabOffsAfterIndirection, TYP_I_IMPL));
        // This last indirection is not invariant, but is non-faulting
        result = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, result);
        result->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;
    }

    return result;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Transform the given constant tree for code generation.
 */

GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphConst(GenTree* tree)
{
    assert(tree->OperIsConst());

    /* Clear any exception flags or other unnecessary flags
     * that may have been set before folding this node to a constant */

    tree->gtFlags &= ~(GTF_ALL_EFFECT | GTF_REVERSE_OPS);

    if (!tree->OperIs(GT_CNS_STR))
    {
        return tree;
    }

    if (tree->AsStrCon()->IsStringEmptyField())
    {
        LPVOID         pValue;
        InfoAccessType iat = info.compCompHnd->emptyStringLiteral(&pValue);
        return fgMorphTree(gtNewStringLiteralNode(iat, pValue));
    }

    // TODO-CQ: Do this for compCurBB->isRunRarely(). Doing that currently will
    // guarantee slow performance for that block. Instead cache the return value
    // of CORINFO_HELP_STRCNS and go to cache first giving reasonable perf.

    bool useLazyStrCns = false;
    if (compCurBB->bbJumpKind == BBJ_THROW)
    {
        useLazyStrCns = true;
    }
    else if (fgGlobalMorph && compCurStmt->GetRootNode()->IsCall())
    {
        // Quick check: if the root node of the current statement happens to be a noreturn call.
        GenTreeCall* call = compCurStmt->GetRootNode()->AsCall();
        useLazyStrCns     = call->IsNoReturn() || fgIsThrow(call);
    }

    if (useLazyStrCns)
    {
        CorInfoHelpFunc helper = info.compCompHnd->getLazyStringLiteralHelper(tree->AsStrCon()->gtScpHnd);
        if (helper != CORINFO_HELP_UNDEF)
        {
            // For un-important blocks, we want to construct the string lazily

            tree =
                gtNewHelperCallNode(helper, TYP_REF, gtNewIconNode(RidFromToken(tree->AsStrCon()->gtSconCPX), TYP_INT),
                                    gtNewIconEmbScpHndNode(tree->AsStrCon()->gtScpHnd));
            return fgMorphTree(tree);
        }
    }

    assert(tree->AsStrCon()->gtScpHnd == info.compScopeHnd || !IsUninitialized(tree->AsStrCon()->gtScpHnd));

    LPVOID         pValue;
    InfoAccessType iat =
        info.compCompHnd->constructStringLiteral(tree->AsStrCon()->gtScpHnd, tree->AsStrCon()->gtSconCPX, &pValue);

    tree = gtNewStringLiteralNode(iat, pValue);

    return fgMorphTree(tree);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphLeaf: Fully morph a tree with no operands.
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - The tree to morph
//
// Return Value:
//    The fully morphed "tree".
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphLeaf(GenTree* tree)
{
    assert(tree->OperIsLeaf());

    if (tree->OperIsNonPhiLocal() || tree->OperIsLocalAddr())
    {
        tree = fgMorphLocal(tree->AsLclVarCommon());
    }
    else if (tree->OperIs(GT_FTN_ADDR))
    {
        GenTreeFptrVal* fptrValTree = tree->AsFptrVal();

        // A function pointer address is being used. Let the VM know if this is the
        // target of a Delegate or a raw function pointer.
        bool isUnsafeFunctionPointer = !fptrValTree->gtFptrDelegateTarget;

        CORINFO_CONST_LOOKUP  addrInfo;
        CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE funcHandle = fptrValTree->gtFptrMethod;

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
        if (fptrValTree->gtEntryPoint.addr != nullptr)
        {
            addrInfo = fptrValTree->gtEntryPoint;
        }
        else
#endif
        {
            info.compCompHnd->getFunctionFixedEntryPoint(funcHandle, isUnsafeFunctionPointer, &addrInfo);
        }

        GenTree* indNode = nullptr;
        switch (addrInfo.accessType)
        {
            case IAT_PPVALUE:
                indNode = gtNewIndOfIconHandleNode(TYP_I_IMPL, (size_t)addrInfo.handle, GTF_ICON_CONST_PTR, true);

                // Add the second indirection
                indNode = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, indNode);
                // This indirection won't cause an exception.
                indNode->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;
                // This indirection also is invariant.
                indNode->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_INVARIANT;
                break;

            case IAT_PVALUE:
                indNode = gtNewIndOfIconHandleNode(TYP_I_IMPL, (size_t)addrInfo.handle, GTF_ICON_FTN_ADDR, true);
                INDEBUG(indNode->gtGetOp1()->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = reinterpret_cast<size_t>(funcHandle));
                break;

            case IAT_VALUE:
                // Refer to gtNewIconHandleNode() as the template for constructing a constant handle
                //
                tree->SetOper(GT_CNS_INT);
                tree->AsIntConCommon()->SetIconValue(ssize_t(addrInfo.handle));
                tree->gtFlags |= GTF_ICON_FTN_ADDR;
                INDEBUG(tree->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = reinterpret_cast<size_t>(funcHandle));
                break;

            default:
                noway_assert(!"Unknown addrInfo.accessType");
        }

        if (indNode != nullptr)
        {
            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);
            tree = fgMorphTree(indNode);
        }
    }

    return tree;
}

void Compiler::fgAssignSetVarDef(GenTree* tree)
{
    GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclVarCmnTree;
    bool                 isEntire = false;
    if (tree->DefinesLocal(this, &lclVarCmnTree, &isEntire))
    {
        if (isEntire)
        {
            lclVarCmnTree->gtFlags |= GTF_VAR_DEF;
        }
        else
        {
            // We consider partial definitions to be modeled as uses followed by definitions.
            // This captures the idea that precedings defs are not necessarily made redundant
            // by this definition.
            lclVarCmnTree->gtFlags |= (GTF_VAR_DEF | GTF_VAR_USEASG);
        }
    }
}

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD

//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// getSIMDStructFromField:
//   Checking whether the field belongs to a simd struct or not. If it is, return the GenTree* for
//   the struct node, also base type, field index and simd size. If it is not, just return  nullptr.
//   Usually if the tree node is from a simd lclvar which is not used in any SIMD intrinsic, then we
//   should return nullptr, since in this case we should treat SIMD struct as a regular struct.
//   However if no matter what, you just want get simd struct node, you can set the ignoreUsedInSIMDIntrinsic
//   as true. Then there will be no IsUsedInSIMDIntrinsic checking, and it will return SIMD struct node
//   if the struct is a SIMD struct.
//
// Arguments:
//       tree - GentreePtr. This node will be checked to see this is a field which belongs to a simd
//               struct used for simd intrinsic or not.
//       simdBaseJitTypeOut - CorInfoType pointer, if the tree node is the tree we want, we set *simdBaseJitTypeOut
//                            to simd lclvar's base JIT type.
//       indexOut - unsigned pointer, if the tree is used for simd intrinsic, we will set *indexOut
//                  equals to the index number of this field.
//       simdSizeOut - unsigned pointer, if the tree is used for simd intrinsic, set the *simdSizeOut
//                     equals to the simd struct size which this tree belongs to.
//      ignoreUsedInSIMDIntrinsic - bool. If this is set to true, then this function will ignore
//                                  the UsedInSIMDIntrinsic check.
//
// Return Value:
//       A GenTree* which points the simd lclvar tree belongs to. If the tree is not the simd
//       instrinic related field, return nullptr.
//
GenTree* Compiler::getSIMDStructFromField(GenTree*     tree,
                                          CorInfoType* simdBaseJitTypeOut,
                                          unsigned*    indexOut,
                                          unsigned*    simdSizeOut,
                                          bool         ignoreUsedInSIMDIntrinsic /*false*/)
{
    if (tree->OperIs(GT_FIELD) && tree->AsField()->IsInstance())
    {
        GenTree* objRef = tree->AsField()->GetFldObj();
        if (objRef->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR_ADDR))
        {
            LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(objRef->AsLclVarCommon());
            if (varTypeIsSIMD(varDsc) && (varDsc->lvIsUsedInSIMDIntrinsic() || ignoreUsedInSIMDIntrinsic))
            {
                CorInfoType simdBaseJitType = varDsc->GetSimdBaseJitType();
                var_types   simdBaseType    = JITtype2varType(simdBaseJitType);
                unsigned    fieldOffset     = tree->AsField()->gtFldOffset;
                unsigned    baseTypeSize    = genTypeSize(simdBaseType);

                // Below condition is convervative. We don't actually need the two types to
                // match (only the tree type is relevant), but we don't have a convenient way
                // to turn the tree type into "CorInfoType".
                if ((tree->TypeGet() == simdBaseType) && ((fieldOffset % baseTypeSize) == 0))
                {
                    *simdSizeOut        = varDsc->lvExactSize();
                    *simdBaseJitTypeOut = simdBaseJitType;
                    *indexOut           = fieldOffset / baseTypeSize;

                    return objRef;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    return nullptr;
}
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphCommutative : Try to simplify "(X op C1) op C2" to "X op C3"
//                      for commutative operators.
//
// Arguments:
//       tree - node to fold
//
// return value:
//       A folded GenTree* instance or nullptr if something prevents folding.
//

GenTreeOp* Compiler::fgMorphCommutative(GenTreeOp* tree)
{
    assert(varTypeIsIntegralOrI(tree->TypeGet()));
    assert(tree->OperIs(GT_ADD, GT_MUL, GT_OR, GT_AND, GT_XOR));

    if (opts.OptimizationDisabled())
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    // op1 can be GT_COMMA, in this case we're going to fold
    // "(op (COMMA(... (op X C1))) C2)" to "(COMMA(... (op X C3)))"
    GenTree*   op1  = tree->gtGetOp1()->gtEffectiveVal(true);
    genTreeOps oper = tree->OperGet();

    if (!op1->OperIs(oper) || !tree->gtGetOp2()->IsCnsIntOrI() || !op1->gtGetOp2()->IsCnsIntOrI() ||
        op1->gtGetOp1()->IsCnsIntOrI())
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    if (!fgGlobalMorph && (op1 != tree->gtGetOp1()))
    {
        // Since 'tree->gtGetOp1()' can have complex structure (e.g. COMMA(..(COMMA(..,op1)))
        // don't run the optimization for such trees outside of global morph.
        // Otherwise, there is a chance of violating VNs invariants and/or modifying a tree
        // that is an active CSE candidate.
        return nullptr;
    }

    if (gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(tree) || gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(op1))
    {
        // The optimization removes 'tree' from IR and changes the value of 'op1'.
        return nullptr;
    }

    if (tree->OperMayOverflow() && (tree->gtOverflow() || op1->gtOverflow()))
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    GenTreeIntCon* cns1 = op1->gtGetOp2()->AsIntCon();
    GenTreeIntCon* cns2 = tree->gtGetOp2()->AsIntCon();

    if (!varTypeIsIntegralOrI(tree->TypeGet()) || cns1->TypeIs(TYP_REF) || !cns1->TypeIs(cns2->TypeGet()))
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    if (gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(cns1) || gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(cns2))
    {
        // The optimization removes 'cns2' from IR and changes the value of 'cns1'.
        return nullptr;
    }

    GenTree* folded = gtFoldExprConst(gtNewOperNode(oper, cns1->TypeGet(), cns1, cns2));

    if (!folded->IsCnsIntOrI())
    {
        // Give up if we can't fold "C1 op C2"
        return nullptr;
    }

    auto foldedCns = folded->AsIntCon();

    cns1->SetIconValue(foldedCns->IconValue());
    cns1->SetVNsFromNode(foldedCns);
    cns1->gtFieldSeq = foldedCns->gtFieldSeq;

    op1 = tree->gtGetOp1();
    op1->SetVNsFromNode(tree);

    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);
    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(cns2);
    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(foldedCns);
    INDEBUG(cns1->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);

    return op1->AsOp();
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphCastedBitwiseOp : Try to simplify "(T)x op (T)y" to "(T)(x op y)".
//
// Arguments:
//     tree - node to fold
//
// Return Value:
//     A folded GenTree* instance, or nullptr if it couldn't be folded
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphCastedBitwiseOp(GenTreeOp* tree)
{
    // This transform does not preserve VNs and deletes a node.
    assert(fgGlobalMorph);
    assert(varTypeIsIntegralOrI(tree));
    assert(tree->OperIs(GT_OR, GT_AND, GT_XOR));

    GenTree*   op1  = tree->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree*   op2  = tree->gtGetOp2();
    genTreeOps oper = tree->OperGet();

    // see whether both ops are casts, with matching to and from types.
    if (op1->OperIs(GT_CAST) && op2->OperIs(GT_CAST))
    {
        // bail if either operand is a checked cast
        if (op1->gtOverflow() || op2->gtOverflow())
        {
            return nullptr;
        }

        var_types fromType   = op1->AsCast()->CastOp()->TypeGet();
        var_types toType     = op1->AsCast()->CastToType();
        bool      isUnsigned = op1->IsUnsigned();

        if (varTypeIsFloating(fromType) || (op2->CastFromType() != fromType) || (op2->CastToType() != toType) ||
            (op2->IsUnsigned() != isUnsigned))
        {
            return nullptr;
        }

        /*
        // Reuse gentree nodes:
        //
        //     tree             op1
        //     /   \             |
        //   op1   op2   ==>   tree
        //    |     |          /   \.
        //    x     y         x     y
        //
        // (op2 becomes garbage)
        */

        tree->gtOp1  = op1->AsCast()->CastOp();
        tree->gtOp2  = op2->AsCast()->CastOp();
        tree->gtType = genActualType(fromType);

        op1->gtType                 = genActualType(toType);
        op1->AsCast()->gtOp1        = tree;
        op1->AsCast()->CastToType() = toType;
        op1->SetAllEffectsFlags(tree);
        // no need to update isUnsigned

        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);
        INDEBUG(op1->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);

        return op1;
    }

    return nullptr;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphSmpOp: morph a GTK_SMPOP tree
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - tree to morph
//    mac  - address context for morphing
//    optAssertionPropDone - [out, optional] set true if local assertions
//       were killed/genned while morphing this tree
//
// Returns:
//    Tree, possibly updated
//
#ifdef _PREFAST_
#pragma warning(push)
#pragma warning(disable : 21000) // Suppress PREFast warning about overly large function
#endif
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphSmpOp(GenTree* tree, MorphAddrContext* mac, bool* optAssertionPropDone)
{
    ALLOCA_CHECK();
    assert(tree->OperKind() & GTK_SMPOP);

    /* The steps in this function are :
       o Perform required preorder processing
       o Process the first, then second operand, if any
       o Perform required postorder morphing
       o Perform optional postorder morphing if optimizing
     */

    bool isQmarkColon = false;

    AssertionIndex origAssertionCount = DUMMY_INIT(0);
    AssertionDsc*  origAssertionTab   = DUMMY_INIT(NULL);

    AssertionIndex thenAssertionCount = DUMMY_INIT(0);
    AssertionDsc*  thenAssertionTab   = DUMMY_INIT(NULL);

    genTreeOps oper = tree->OperGet();
    var_types  typ  = tree->TypeGet();
    GenTree*   op1  = tree->AsOp()->gtOp1;
    GenTree*   op2  = tree->gtGetOp2IfPresent();

    /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
     * First do any PRE-ORDER processing
     */

    switch (oper)
    {
        // Some arithmetic operators need to use a helper call to the EE
        int helper;

        case GT_ASG:
            tree = fgDoNormalizeOnStore(tree);
            /* fgDoNormalizeOnStore can change op2 */
            noway_assert(op1 == tree->AsOp()->gtOp1);
            op2 = tree->AsOp()->gtOp2;

            // Location nodes cannot be CSEd.
            op1->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;
            break;

        case GT_QMARK:
        case GT_JTRUE:

            noway_assert(op1);

            if (op1->OperIsCompare())
            {
                /* Mark the comparison node with GTF_RELOP_JMP_USED so it knows that it does
                   not need to materialize the result as a 0 or 1. */

                /* We also mark it as DONT_CSE, as we don't handle QMARKs with nonRELOP op1s */
                op1->gtFlags |= (GTF_RELOP_JMP_USED | GTF_DONT_CSE);

                // Request that the codegen for op1 sets the condition flags
                // when it generates the code for op1.
                //
                // Codegen for op1 must set the condition flags if
                // this method returns true.
                //
                op1->gtRequestSetFlags();
            }
            else
            {
                GenTree* effOp1 = op1->gtEffectiveVal();
                noway_assert((effOp1->gtOper == GT_CNS_INT) &&
                             (effOp1->IsIntegralConst(0) || effOp1->IsIntegralConst(1)));
            }
            break;

        case GT_COLON:
            if (optLocalAssertionProp)
            {
                isQmarkColon = true;
            }
            break;

        case GT_FIELD:
        case GT_FIELD_ADDR:
            return fgMorphField(tree, mac);

        case GT_INDEX_ADDR:
            return fgMorphIndexAddr(tree->AsIndexAddr());

        case GT_CAST:
        {
            GenTree* morphedCast = fgMorphExpandCast(tree->AsCast());
            if (morphedCast != nullptr)
            {
                return morphedCast;
            }

            op1 = tree->AsCast()->CastOp();
        }
        break;

        case GT_MUL:
            noway_assert(op2 != nullptr);

#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
            if (typ == TYP_LONG)
            {
                // For (long)int1 * (long)int2, we dont actually do the
                // casts, and just multiply the 32 bit values, which will
                // give us the 64 bit result in edx:eax.

                if (tree->Is64RsltMul())
                {
                    // We are seeing this node again.
                    // Morph only the children of casts,
                    // so as to avoid losing them.
                    tree = fgMorphLongMul(tree->AsOp());

                    goto DONE_MORPHING_CHILDREN;
                }

                tree = fgRecognizeAndMorphLongMul(tree->AsOp());
                op1  = tree->AsOp()->gtGetOp1();
                op2  = tree->AsOp()->gtGetOp2();

                if (tree->Is64RsltMul())
                {
                    goto DONE_MORPHING_CHILDREN;
                }
                else
                {
                    if (tree->gtOverflow())
                        helper = tree->IsUnsigned() ? CORINFO_HELP_ULMUL_OVF : CORINFO_HELP_LMUL_OVF;
                    else
                        helper = CORINFO_HELP_LMUL;

                    goto USE_HELPER_FOR_ARITH;
                }
            }
#endif // !TARGET_64BIT
            break;

        case GT_ARR_LENGTH:
            if (op1->OperIs(GT_CNS_STR))
            {
                // Optimize `ldstr + String::get_Length()` to CNS_INT
                // e.g. "Hello".Length => 5
                GenTreeIntCon* iconNode = gtNewStringLiteralLength(op1->AsStrCon());
                if (iconNode != nullptr)
                {
                    INDEBUG(iconNode->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);
                    return iconNode;
                }
            }
            break;

        case GT_IND:
            if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && !optValnumCSE_phase)
            {
                GenTree* constNode = gtFoldIndirConst(tree->AsIndir());
                if (constNode != nullptr)
                {
                    assert(constNode->OperIsConst()); // No further morphing required.
                    INDEBUG(constNode->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);
                    return constNode;
                }
            }
            break;

        case GT_DIV:
            // Replace "val / dcon" with "val * (1.0 / dcon)" if dcon is a power of two.
            // Powers of two within range are always exactly represented,
            // so multiplication by the reciprocal is safe in this scenario
            if (fgGlobalMorph && op2->IsCnsFltOrDbl())
            {
                double divisor = op2->AsDblCon()->DconValue();
                if (((typ == TYP_DOUBLE) && FloatingPointUtils::hasPreciseReciprocal(divisor)) ||
                    ((typ == TYP_FLOAT) && FloatingPointUtils::hasPreciseReciprocal(forceCastToFloat(divisor))))
                {
                    oper = GT_MUL;
                    tree->ChangeOper(oper);
                    op2->AsDblCon()->SetDconValue(1.0 / divisor);
                }
            }

            // Convert DIV to UDIV if both op1 and op2 are known to be never negative
            if (!gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(tree) && varTypeIsIntegral(tree) && op1->IsNeverNegative(this) &&
                op2->IsNeverNegative(this))
            {
                assert(tree->OperIs(GT_DIV));
                tree->ChangeOper(GT_UDIV, GenTree::PRESERVE_VN);
                return fgMorphSmpOp(tree, mac);
            }

#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
            if (typ == TYP_LONG)
            {
                helper = CORINFO_HELP_LDIV;
                goto USE_HELPER_FOR_ARITH;
            }

#if USE_HELPERS_FOR_INT_DIV
            if (typ == TYP_INT)
            {
                helper = CORINFO_HELP_DIV;
                goto USE_HELPER_FOR_ARITH;
            }
#endif
#endif // !TARGET_64BIT
            break;

        case GT_UDIV:

#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
            if (typ == TYP_LONG)
            {
                helper = CORINFO_HELP_ULDIV;
                goto USE_HELPER_FOR_ARITH;
            }
#if USE_HELPERS_FOR_INT_DIV
            if (typ == TYP_INT)
            {
                helper = CORINFO_HELP_UDIV;
                goto USE_HELPER_FOR_ARITH;
            }
#endif
#endif // TARGET_64BIT
            break;

        case GT_MOD:

            if (varTypeIsFloating(typ))
            {
                helper = CORINFO_HELP_DBLREM;
                noway_assert(op2);
                if (op1->TypeGet() == TYP_FLOAT)
                {
                    if (op2->TypeGet() == TYP_FLOAT)
                    {
                        helper = CORINFO_HELP_FLTREM;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        tree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = op1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_DOUBLE, op1, false, TYP_DOUBLE);
                    }
                }
                else if (op2->TypeGet() == TYP_FLOAT)
                {
                    tree->AsOp()->gtOp2 = op2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_DOUBLE, op2, false, TYP_DOUBLE);
                }
                goto USE_HELPER_FOR_ARITH;
            }

            // Convert MOD to UMOD if both op1 and op2 are known to be never negative
            if (!gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(tree) && varTypeIsIntegral(tree) && op1->IsNeverNegative(this) &&
                op2->IsNeverNegative(this))
            {
                assert(tree->OperIs(GT_MOD));
                tree->ChangeOper(GT_UMOD, GenTree::PRESERVE_VN);
                return fgMorphSmpOp(tree, mac);
            }

            // Do not use optimizations (unlike UMOD's idiv optimizing during codegen) for signed mod.
            // A similar optimization for signed mod will not work for a negative perfectly divisible
            // HI-word. To make it correct, we would need to divide without the sign and then flip the
            // result sign after mod. This requires 18 opcodes + flow making it not worthy to inline.
            goto ASSIGN_HELPER_FOR_MOD;

        case GT_UMOD:

#ifdef TARGET_ARMARCH
//
// Note for TARGET_ARMARCH we don't have  a remainder instruction, so we don't do this optimization
//
#else  // TARGET_XARCH
            // If this is an unsigned long mod with a constant divisor,
            // then don't morph to a helper call - it can be done faster inline using idiv.

            noway_assert(op2);
            if ((typ == TYP_LONG) && opts.OptimizationEnabled())
            {
                if (op2->OperIs(GT_CNS_NATIVELONG) && op2->AsIntConCommon()->LngValue() >= 2 &&
                    op2->AsIntConCommon()->LngValue() <= 0x3fffffff)
                {
                    tree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = op1 = fgMorphTree(op1);
                    noway_assert(op1->TypeIs(TYP_LONG));

                    // Update flags for op1 morph.
                    tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_ALL_EFFECT;

                    // Only update with op1 as op2 is a constant.
                    tree->gtFlags |= (op1->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);

                    // If op1 is a constant, then do constant folding of the division operator.
                    if (op1->OperIs(GT_CNS_NATIVELONG))
                    {
                        tree = gtFoldExpr(tree);
                    }

                    if (!tree->OperIsConst())
                    {
                        tree->AsOp()->CheckDivideByConstOptimized(this);
                    }

                    return tree;
                }
            }
#endif // TARGET_XARCH

        ASSIGN_HELPER_FOR_MOD:

            if (!optValnumCSE_phase)
            {
                if (tree->OperIs(GT_MOD, GT_UMOD) && (op2->IsIntegralConst(1)))
                {
                    // Transformation: a % 1 = 0
                    GenTree* optimizedTree = fgMorphModToZero(tree->AsOp());
                    if (optimizedTree != nullptr)
                    {
                        tree = optimizedTree;

                        if (tree->OperIs(GT_COMMA))
                        {
                            op1 = tree->gtGetOp1();
                            op2 = tree->gtGetOp2();
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            assert(tree->IsIntegralConst());
                            op1 = nullptr;
                            op2 = nullptr;
                        }
                        break;
                    }
                }
            }

#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
            if (typ == TYP_LONG)
            {
                helper = (oper == GT_UMOD) ? CORINFO_HELP_ULMOD : CORINFO_HELP_LMOD;
                goto USE_HELPER_FOR_ARITH;
            }

#if USE_HELPERS_FOR_INT_DIV
            if (typ == TYP_INT)
            {
                if (oper == GT_UMOD)
                {
                    helper = CORINFO_HELP_UMOD;
                    goto USE_HELPER_FOR_ARITH;
                }
                else if (oper == GT_MOD)
                {
                    helper = CORINFO_HELP_MOD;
                    goto USE_HELPER_FOR_ARITH;
                }
            }
#endif
#endif // !TARGET_64BIT

            if (!optValnumCSE_phase)
            {
                if (tree->OperIs(GT_UMOD) && op2->IsIntegralConstUnsignedPow2())
                {
                    // Transformation: a % b = a & (b - 1);
                    tree = fgMorphUModToAndSub(tree->AsOp());
                    op1  = tree->AsOp()->gtOp1;
                    op2  = tree->AsOp()->gtOp2;
                }
#ifdef TARGET_ARM64
                // ARM64 architecture manual suggests this transformation
                // for the mod operator.
                else
#else
                // XARCH only applies this transformation if we know
                // that magic division will be used - which is determined
                // when 'b' is not a power of 2 constant and mod operator is signed.
                // Lowering for XARCH does this optimization already,
                // but is also done here to take advantage of CSE.
                else if (tree->OperIs(GT_MOD) && op2->IsIntegralConst() && !op2->IsIntegralConstAbsPow2())
#endif
                {
                    // Transformation: a % b = a - (a / b) * b;
                    tree = fgMorphModToSubMulDiv(tree->AsOp());
                    op1  = tree->AsOp()->gtOp1;
                    op2  = tree->AsOp()->gtOp2;
                }
            }
            break;

        USE_HELPER_FOR_ARITH:
        {
            // TODO: this comment is wrong now, do an appropriate fix.
            /* We have to morph these arithmetic operations into helper calls
               before morphing the arguments (preorder), else the arguments
               won't get correct values of fgPtrArgCntCur.
               However, try to fold the tree first in case we end up with a
               simple node which won't need a helper call at all */

            noway_assert(tree->OperIsBinary());

            GenTree* oldTree = tree;

            if (opts.OptimizationEnabled())
            {
                tree = gtFoldExpr(tree);
            }

            // Were we able to fold it ?
            // Note that gtFoldExpr may return a non-leaf even if successful
            // e.g. for something like "expr / 1" - see also bug #290853
            if (tree->OperIsLeaf() || (oldTree != tree))
            {
                return (oldTree != tree) ? fgMorphTree(tree) : fgMorphLeaf(tree);
            }

            // Did we fold it into a comma node with throw?
            if (tree->gtOper == GT_COMMA)
            {
                noway_assert(fgIsCommaThrow(tree));
                return fgMorphTree(tree);
            }
        }

            return fgMorphIntoHelperCall(tree, helper, true /* morphArgs */, op1, op2);

        case GT_RETURN:
            if (!tree->TypeIs(TYP_VOID))
            {
                if (op1->OperIs(GT_LCL_FLD))
                {
                    op1 = fgMorphRetInd(tree->AsUnOp());
                }

                fgTryReplaceStructLocalWithField(op1);
            }

            // normalize small integer return values
            if (fgGlobalMorph && varTypeIsSmall(info.compRetType) && (op1 != nullptr) && !op1->TypeIs(TYP_VOID) &&
                fgCastNeeded(op1, info.compRetType))
            {
                // Small-typed return values are normalized by the callee
                op1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, op1, false, info.compRetType);

                // Propagate GTF_COLON_COND
                op1->gtFlags |= (tree->gtFlags & GTF_COLON_COND);

                tree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = fgMorphTree(op1);

                // Propagate side effect flags
                tree->SetAllEffectsFlags(tree->AsOp()->gtGetOp1());

                return tree;
            }
            break;

        case GT_EQ:
        case GT_NE:
        {
            if (opts.OptimizationEnabled())
            {
                GenTree* optimizedTree = gtFoldTypeCompare(tree);
                if (optimizedTree != tree)
                {
                    return fgMorphTree(optimizedTree);
                }
            }

            // Pattern-matching optimization:
            //    (a % c) ==/!= 0
            // for power-of-2 constant `c`
            // =>
            //    a & (c - 1) ==/!= 0
            // For integer `a`, even if negative.
            if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && !optValnumCSE_phase)
            {
                assert(tree->OperIs(GT_EQ, GT_NE));
                if (op1->OperIs(GT_MOD) && varTypeIsIntegral(op1) && op2->IsIntegralConst(0))
                {
                    GenTree* op1op2 = op1->AsOp()->gtOp2;
                    if (op1op2->IsCnsIntOrI())
                    {
                        const ssize_t modValue = op1op2->AsIntCon()->IconValue();
                        if (isPow2(modValue))
                        {
                            JITDUMP("\nTransforming:\n");
                            DISPTREE(tree);

                            op1->SetOper(GT_AND);                                 // Change % => &
                            op1op2->AsIntConCommon()->SetIconValue(modValue - 1); // Change c => c - 1
                            fgUpdateConstTreeValueNumber(op1op2);

                            JITDUMP("\ninto:\n");
                            DISPTREE(tree);
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }

            FALLTHROUGH;

        case GT_GT:
        {
            // Try and optimize nullable boxes feeding compares
            GenTree* optimizedTree = gtFoldBoxNullable(tree);

            if (optimizedTree->OperGet() != tree->OperGet())
            {
                return optimizedTree;
            }
            else
            {
                tree = optimizedTree;
            }

            op1 = tree->AsOp()->gtOp1;
            op2 = tree->gtGetOp2IfPresent();

            break;
        }

        case GT_RUNTIMELOOKUP:
            return fgMorphTree(op1);

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
        case GT_INTRINSIC:
            if (tree->AsIntrinsic()->gtIntrinsicName == NI_System_Math_Round)
            {
                switch (tree->TypeGet())
                {
                    case TYP_DOUBLE:
                        return fgMorphIntoHelperCall(tree, CORINFO_HELP_DBLROUND, true /* morphArgs */, op1);
                    case TYP_FLOAT:
                        return fgMorphIntoHelperCall(tree, CORINFO_HELP_FLTROUND, true /* morphArgs */, op1);
                    default:
                        unreached();
                }
            }
            break;
#endif

        case GT_NULLCHECK:
        {
            op1 = tree->AsUnOp()->gtGetOp1();
            if (op1->IsCall())
            {
                GenTreeCall* const call = op1->AsCall();
                if (call->IsHelperCall() && s_helperCallProperties.NonNullReturn(eeGetHelperNum(call->gtCallMethHnd)))
                {
                    JITDUMP("\nNULLCHECK on [%06u] will always succeed\n", dspTreeID(call));

                    // TODO: Can we also remove the call?
                    //
                    return fgMorphTree(call);
                }
            }
        }
        break;

        default:
            break;
    }

    if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && fgGlobalMorph)
    {
        GenTree* morphed = fgMorphReduceAddOps(tree);
        if (morphed != tree)
            return fgMorphTree(morphed);
    }

    /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
     * Process the first operand, if any
     */

    if (op1)
    {
        // If we are entering the "then" part of a Qmark-Colon we must
        // save the state of the current copy assignment table
        // so that we can restore this state when entering the "else" part
        if (isQmarkColon)
        {
            noway_assert(optLocalAssertionProp);
            if (optAssertionCount)
            {
                noway_assert(optAssertionCount <= optMaxAssertionCount); // else ALLOCA() is a bad idea
                unsigned tabSize   = optAssertionCount * sizeof(AssertionDsc);
                origAssertionTab   = (AssertionDsc*)ALLOCA(tabSize);
                origAssertionCount = optAssertionCount;
                memcpy(origAssertionTab, optAssertionTabPrivate, tabSize);
            }
            else
            {
                origAssertionCount = 0;
                origAssertionTab   = nullptr;
            }
        }

        MorphAddrContext indMac;
        if (tree->OperIsIndir()) // TODO-CQ: add more operators here (e. g. atomics).
        {
            // Communicate to address morphing that the parent is an indirection.
            mac = &indMac;
        }
        // For additions, if we already have a context, keep track of whether all offsets added
        // to the address are constant, and their sum does not overflow.
        else if ((mac != nullptr) && tree->OperIs(GT_ADD) && op2->IsCnsIntOrI())
        {
            ClrSafeInt<size_t> offset(mac->m_totalOffset);
            offset += op2->AsIntCon()->IconValue();
            if (!offset.IsOverflow())
            {
                mac->m_totalOffset = offset.Value();
            }
            else
            {
                mac = nullptr;
            }
        }
        else // Reset the context.
        {
            mac = nullptr;
        }

        tree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = op1 = fgMorphTree(op1, mac);

        // If we are exiting the "then" part of a Qmark-Colon we must
        // save the state of the current copy assignment table
        // so that we can merge this state with the "else" part exit
        if (isQmarkColon)
        {
            noway_assert(optLocalAssertionProp);
            if (optAssertionCount)
            {
                noway_assert(optAssertionCount <= optMaxAssertionCount); // else ALLOCA() is a bad idea
                unsigned tabSize   = optAssertionCount * sizeof(AssertionDsc);
                thenAssertionTab   = (AssertionDsc*)ALLOCA(tabSize);
                thenAssertionCount = optAssertionCount;
                memcpy(thenAssertionTab, optAssertionTabPrivate, tabSize);
            }
            else
            {
                thenAssertionCount = 0;
                thenAssertionTab   = nullptr;
            }
        }

        // Morphing along with folding and inlining may have changed the
        // side effect flags, so we have to reset them
        //
        // NOTE: Don't reset the exception flags on nodes that may throw

        assert(tree->gtOper != GT_CALL);

        if (!tree->OperRequiresCallFlag(this))
        {
            tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_CALL;
        }

        // Propagate the new flags
        tree->gtFlags |= (op1->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);
    } // if (op1)

    /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
     * Process the second operand, if any
     */

    if (op2)
    {
        // If we are entering the "else" part of a Qmark-Colon we must
        // reset the state of the current copy assignment table
        if (isQmarkColon)
        {
            noway_assert(optLocalAssertionProp);
            optAssertionReset(0);
            if (origAssertionCount)
            {
                size_t tabSize = origAssertionCount * sizeof(AssertionDsc);
                memcpy(optAssertionTabPrivate, origAssertionTab, tabSize);
                optAssertionReset(origAssertionCount);
            }
        }

        tree->AsOp()->gtOp2 = op2 = fgMorphTree(op2);

        /* Propagate the side effect flags from op2 */

        tree->gtFlags |= (op2->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);

        // If we are exiting the "else" part of a Qmark-Colon we must
        // merge the state of the current copy assignment table with
        // that of the exit of the "then" part.
        if (isQmarkColon)
        {
            noway_assert(optLocalAssertionProp);
            // If either exit table has zero entries then
            // the merged table also has zero entries
            if (optAssertionCount == 0 || thenAssertionCount == 0)
            {
                optAssertionReset(0);
            }
            else
            {
                size_t tabSize = optAssertionCount * sizeof(AssertionDsc);
                if ((optAssertionCount != thenAssertionCount) ||
                    (memcmp(thenAssertionTab, optAssertionTabPrivate, tabSize) != 0))
                {
                    // Yes they are different so we have to find the merged set
                    // Iterate over the copy asgn table removing any entries
                    // that do not have an exact match in the thenAssertionTab
                    AssertionIndex index = 1;
                    while (index <= optAssertionCount)
                    {
                        AssertionDsc* curAssertion = optGetAssertion(index);

                        for (unsigned j = 0; j < thenAssertionCount; j++)
                        {
                            AssertionDsc* thenAssertion = &thenAssertionTab[j];

                            // Do the left sides match?
                            if ((curAssertion->op1.lcl.lclNum == thenAssertion->op1.lcl.lclNum) &&
                                (curAssertion->assertionKind == thenAssertion->assertionKind))
                            {
                                // Do the right sides match?
                                if ((curAssertion->op2.kind == thenAssertion->op2.kind) &&
                                    (curAssertion->op2.lconVal == thenAssertion->op2.lconVal))
                                {
                                    goto KEEP;
                                }
                                else
                                {
                                    goto REMOVE;
                                }
                            }
                        }
                    //
                    // If we fall out of the loop above then we didn't find
                    // any matching entry in the thenAssertionTab so it must
                    // have been killed on that path so we remove it here
                    //
                    REMOVE:
                        // The data at optAssertionTabPrivate[i] is to be removed
                        CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;
#ifdef DEBUG
                        if (verbose)
                        {
                            printf("The QMARK-COLON ");
                            printTreeID(tree);
                            printf(" removes assertion candidate #%d\n", index);
                        }
#endif
                        optAssertionRemove(index);
                        continue;
                    KEEP:
                        // The data at optAssertionTabPrivate[i] is to be kept
                        index++;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    } // if (op2)

#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
DONE_MORPHING_CHILDREN:
#endif // !TARGET_64BIT

    if (tree->OperIsIndirOrArrMetaData())
    {
        tree->SetIndirExceptionFlags(this);
    }
    else
    {
        if (tree->OperMayThrow(this))
        {
            // Mark the tree node as potentially throwing an exception
            tree->gtFlags |= GTF_EXCEPT;
        }
        else
        {
            if (((op1 == nullptr) || ((op1->gtFlags & GTF_EXCEPT) == 0)) &&
                ((op2 == nullptr) || ((op2->gtFlags & GTF_EXCEPT) == 0)))
            {
                tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_EXCEPT;
            }
        }
    }

    if (tree->OperRequiresAsgFlag())
    {
        tree->gtFlags |= GTF_ASG;
    }
    else
    {
        if (((op1 == nullptr) || ((op1->gtFlags & GTF_ASG) == 0)) &&
            ((op2 == nullptr) || ((op2->gtFlags & GTF_ASG) == 0)))
        {
            tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_ASG;
        }
    }

    if (tree->OperRequiresCallFlag(this))
    {
        tree->gtFlags |= GTF_CALL;
    }
    else
    {
        if (((op1 == nullptr) || ((op1->gtFlags & GTF_CALL) == 0)) &&
            ((op2 == nullptr) || ((op2->gtFlags & GTF_CALL) == 0)))
        {
            tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_CALL;
        }
    }
    /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
     * Now do POST-ORDER processing
     */

    if (varTypeIsGC(tree->TypeGet()) && (op1 && !varTypeIsGC(op1->TypeGet())) && (op2 && !varTypeIsGC(op2->TypeGet())))
    {
        // The tree is really not GC but was marked as such. Now that the
        // children have been unmarked, unmark the tree too.

        // Remember that GT_COMMA inherits it's type only from op2
        if (tree->gtOper == GT_COMMA)
        {
            tree->gtType = genActualType(op2->TypeGet());
        }
        else
        {
            tree->gtType = genActualType(op1->TypeGet());
        }
    }

    GenTree* oldTree = tree;

    GenTree* qmarkOp1 = nullptr;
    GenTree* qmarkOp2 = nullptr;

    if ((tree->OperGet() == GT_QMARK) && (tree->AsOp()->gtOp2->OperGet() == GT_COLON))
    {
        qmarkOp1 = oldTree->AsOp()->gtOp2->AsOp()->gtOp1;
        qmarkOp2 = oldTree->AsOp()->gtOp2->AsOp()->gtOp2;
    }

    if (opts.OptimizationEnabled())
    {
        // Try to fold it, maybe we get lucky,
        tree = gtFoldExpr(tree);
    }

    if (oldTree != tree)
    {
        /* if gtFoldExpr returned op1 or op2 then we are done */
        if ((tree == op1) || (tree == op2) || (tree == qmarkOp1) || (tree == qmarkOp2))
        {
            return tree;
        }

        /* If we created a comma-throw tree then we need to morph op1 */
        if (fgIsCommaThrow(tree))
        {
            tree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = fgMorphTree(tree->AsOp()->gtOp1);
            fgMorphTreeDone(tree);
            return tree;
        }

        return tree;
    }
    else if (tree->OperIsConst())
    {
        return tree;
    }

    /* gtFoldExpr could have used setOper to change the oper */
    oper = tree->OperGet();
    typ  = tree->TypeGet();

    /* gtFoldExpr could have changed op1 and op2 */
    op1 = tree->AsOp()->gtOp1;
    op2 = tree->gtGetOp2IfPresent();

    // Do we have an integer compare operation?
    //
    if (tree->OperIsCompare() && varTypeIsIntegralOrI(tree->TypeGet()))
    {
        // Are we comparing against zero?
        //
        if (op2->IsIntegralConst(0))
        {
            // Request that the codegen for op1 sets the condition flags
            // when it generates the code for op1.
            //
            // Codegen for op1 must set the condition flags if
            // this method returns true.
            //
            op1->gtRequestSetFlags();
        }
    }
    /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
     * Perform the required oper-specific postorder morphing
     */

    switch (oper)
    {
        case GT_ASG:
            fgAssignSetVarDef(tree);

            if (op2->OperIs(GT_CAST))
            {
                tree = fgOptimizeCastOnAssignment(tree->AsOp());

                assert(tree->OperIs(GT_ASG));

                op1 = tree->gtGetOp1();
                op2 = tree->gtGetOp2();
            }

            // Location nodes cannot be CSEd.
            op1->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;
            break;

        case GT_CAST:
            tree = fgOptimizeCast(tree->AsCast());
            if (!tree->OperIsSimple())
            {
                return tree;
            }
            if (tree->OperIs(GT_CAST) && tree->gtOverflow())
            {
                fgAddCodeRef(compCurBB, bbThrowIndex(compCurBB), SCK_OVERFLOW);
            }

            typ  = tree->TypeGet();
            oper = tree->OperGet();
            op1  = tree->AsOp()->gtGetOp1();
            op2  = tree->gtGetOp2IfPresent();
            break;

        case GT_EQ:
        case GT_NE:
            // It is not safe to reorder/delete CSE's
            if (!optValnumCSE_phase && op2->IsIntegralConst())
            {
                tree = fgOptimizeEqualityComparisonWithConst(tree->AsOp());
                assert(tree->OperIsCompare());

                oper = tree->OperGet();
                op1  = tree->gtGetOp1();
                op2  = tree->gtGetOp2();
            }
            goto COMPARE;

        case GT_LT:
        case GT_LE:
        case GT_GE:
        case GT_GT:

            if (!optValnumCSE_phase && (op1->OperIs(GT_CAST) || op2->OperIs(GT_CAST)))
            {
                tree = fgOptimizeRelationalComparisonWithCasts(tree->AsOp());
                oper = tree->OperGet();
                op1  = tree->gtGetOp1();
                op2  = tree->gtGetOp2();
            }

            // op2's value may be changed, so it cannot be a CSE candidate.
            if (op2->IsIntegralConst() && !gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(op2))
            {
                tree = fgOptimizeRelationalComparisonWithConst(tree->AsOp());
                oper = tree->OperGet();

                assert(op1 == tree->AsOp()->gtGetOp1());
                assert(op2 == tree->AsOp()->gtGetOp2());
            }

            if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && fgGlobalMorph)
            {
                if (op2->IsIntegralConst() || op1->IsIntegralConst())
                {
                    if (tree->OperIs(GT_GT, GT_LT, GT_LE, GT_GE))
                    {
                        tree = fgOptimizeRelationalComparisonWithFullRangeConst(tree->AsOp());
                        if (tree->OperIs(GT_CNS_INT))
                        {
                            return tree;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }

        COMPARE:

            noway_assert(tree->OperIsCompare());
            break;

        case GT_MUL:

#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
            if (typ == TYP_LONG)
            {
                // This must be GTF_MUL_64RSLT
                INDEBUG(tree->AsOp()->DebugCheckLongMul());
                return tree;
            }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT
            goto CM_OVF_OP;

        case GT_SUB:

            if (tree->gtOverflow())
            {
                goto CM_OVF_OP;
            }

            // TODO #4104: there are a lot of other places where
            // this condition is not checked before transformations.
            if (fgGlobalMorph)
            {
                /* Check for "op1 - cns2" , we change it to "op1 + (-cns2)" */

                noway_assert(op2);
                if (op2->IsCnsIntOrI() && !op2->IsIconHandle())
                {
                    // Negate the constant and change the node to be "+",
                    // except when `op2` is a const byref.

                    op2->AsIntConCommon()->SetIconValue(-op2->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue());
                    op2->AsIntConRef().gtFieldSeq = nullptr;
                    oper                          = GT_ADD;
                    tree->ChangeOper(oper);
                    goto CM_ADD_OP;
                }

                /* Check for "cns1 - op2" , we change it to "(cns1 + (-op2))" */

                noway_assert(op1);
                if (op1->IsCnsIntOrI())
                {
                    noway_assert(varTypeIsIntOrI(tree));

                    // The type of the new GT_NEG node cannot just be op2->TypeGet().
                    // Otherwise we may sign-extend incorrectly in cases where the GT_NEG
                    // node ends up feeding directly into a cast, for example in
                    // GT_CAST<ubyte>(GT_SUB(0, s_1.ubyte))
                    tree->AsOp()->gtOp2 = op2 = gtNewOperNode(GT_NEG, genActualType(op2->TypeGet()), op2);
                    fgMorphTreeDone(op2);

                    oper = GT_ADD;
                    tree->ChangeOper(oper);
                    goto CM_ADD_OP;
                }

                /* No match - exit */
            }

            // Skip optimization if non-NEG operand is constant.
            // Both op1 and op2 are not constant because it was already checked above.
            if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && fgGlobalMorph)
            {
                // a - -b = > a + b
                // SUB(a, (NEG(b)) => ADD(a, b)

                if (!op1->OperIs(GT_NEG) && op2->OperIs(GT_NEG))
                {
                    // tree: SUB
                    // op1: a
                    // op2: NEG
                    // op2Child: b

                    GenTree* op2Child = op2->AsOp()->gtOp1; // b
                    oper              = GT_ADD;
                    tree->SetOper(oper, GenTree::PRESERVE_VN);
                    tree->AsOp()->gtOp2 = op2Child;

                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);

                    op2 = op2Child;
                }
                // -a - -b = > b - a
                // SUB(NEG(a), (NEG(b)) => SUB(b, a)
                else if (op1->OperIs(GT_NEG) && op2->OperIs(GT_NEG) && gtCanSwapOrder(op1, op2))
                {
                    // tree: SUB
                    // op1: NEG
                    // op1Child: a
                    // op2: NEG
                    // op2Child: b

                    GenTree* op1Child   = op1->AsOp()->gtOp1; // a
                    GenTree* op2Child   = op2->AsOp()->gtOp1; // b
                    tree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = op2Child;
                    tree->AsOp()->gtOp2 = op1Child;

                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op1);
                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);

                    op1 = op2Child;
                    op2 = op1Child;
                }
            }

            break;

#if defined(TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
        case GT_DIV:
#ifdef TARGET_LOONGARCH64
        case GT_MOD:
#endif
        {
            if (!varTypeIsFloating(tree->gtType))
            {
                ExceptionSetFlags exSetFlags = tree->OperExceptions(this);

                if ((exSetFlags & ExceptionSetFlags::ArithmeticException) != ExceptionSetFlags::None)
                {
                    fgAddCodeRef(compCurBB, bbThrowIndex(compCurBB), SCK_OVERFLOW);
                }
                else
                {
                    tree->gtFlags |= GTF_DIV_MOD_NO_OVERFLOW;
                }

                if ((exSetFlags & ExceptionSetFlags::DivideByZeroException) != ExceptionSetFlags::None)
                {
                    fgAddCodeRef(compCurBB, bbThrowIndex(compCurBB), SCK_DIV_BY_ZERO);
                }
                else
                {
                    tree->gtFlags |= GTF_DIV_MOD_NO_BY_ZERO;
                }
            }
        }
        break;
        case GT_UDIV:
#ifdef TARGET_LOONGARCH64
        case GT_UMOD:
#endif
        {
            ExceptionSetFlags exSetFlags = tree->OperExceptions(this);
            if ((exSetFlags & ExceptionSetFlags::DivideByZeroException) != ExceptionSetFlags::None)
            {
                fgAddCodeRef(compCurBB, bbThrowIndex(compCurBB), SCK_DIV_BY_ZERO);
            }
            else
            {
                tree->gtFlags |= GTF_DIV_MOD_NO_BY_ZERO;
            }
        }
        break;
#endif // defined(TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)

        case GT_ADD:

        CM_OVF_OP:
            if (tree->gtOverflow())
            {
                tree->gtRequestSetFlags();

                // Add the excptn-throwing basic block to jump to on overflow

                fgAddCodeRef(compCurBB, bbThrowIndex(compCurBB), SCK_OVERFLOW);

                // We can't do any commutative morphing for overflow instructions

                break;
            }

        CM_ADD_OP:

            FALLTHROUGH;

        case GT_OR:
        case GT_XOR:
        case GT_AND:
            tree = fgOptimizeCommutativeArithmetic(tree->AsOp());
            if (!tree->OperIsSimple())
            {
                return tree;
            }
            typ  = tree->TypeGet();
            oper = tree->OperGet();
            op1  = tree->gtGetOp1();
            op2  = tree->gtGetOp2IfPresent();
            break;

        case GT_NOT:
        case GT_NEG:
            // Remove double negation/not.
            // Note: this is not a safe transformation if "tree" is a CSE candidate.
            // Consider for example the following expression: NEG(NEG(OP)), where any
            // NEG is a CSE candidate. Were we to morph this to just OP, CSE would fail to find
            // the original NEG in the statement.
            if (op1->OperIs(oper) && opts.OptimizationEnabled() && !gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(tree) &&
                !gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(op1))
            {
                JITDUMP("Remove double negation/not\n")
                GenTree* op1op1 = op1->gtGetOp1();
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op1);
                return op1op1;
            }

            // Distribute negation over simple multiplication/division expressions
            if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && !optValnumCSE_phase && tree->OperIs(GT_NEG) &&
                op1->OperIs(GT_MUL, GT_DIV))
            {
                GenTreeOp* mulOrDiv = op1->AsOp();
                GenTree*   op1op1   = mulOrDiv->gtGetOp1();
                GenTree*   op1op2   = mulOrDiv->gtGetOp2();

                if (!op1op1->IsCnsIntOrI() && op1op2->IsCnsIntOrI() && !op1op2->IsIconHandle())
                {
                    // NEG(MUL(a, C)) => MUL(a, -C)
                    // NEG(DIV(a, C)) => DIV(a, -C), except when C = {-1, 1}
                    ssize_t constVal = op1op2->AsIntCon()->IconValue();
                    if ((mulOrDiv->OperIs(GT_DIV) && (constVal != -1) && (constVal != 1)) ||
                        (mulOrDiv->OperIs(GT_MUL) && !mulOrDiv->gtOverflow()))
                    {
                        GenTree* newOp1 = op1op1;                                      // a
                        GenTree* newOp2 = gtNewIconNode(-constVal, op1op2->TypeGet()); // -C
                        mulOrDiv->gtOp1 = newOp1;
                        mulOrDiv->gtOp2 = newOp2;
                        mulOrDiv->SetVNsFromNode(tree);

                        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);
                        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op1op2);

                        return mulOrDiv;
                    }
                }
            }

            /* Any constant cases should have been folded earlier */
            noway_assert(!op1->OperIsConst() || opts.OptimizationDisabled() || optValnumCSE_phase);
            break;

        case GT_CKFINITE:

            noway_assert(varTypeIsFloating(op1->TypeGet()));

            fgAddCodeRef(compCurBB, bbThrowIndex(compCurBB), SCK_ARITH_EXCPN);
            break;

        case GT_BOUNDS_CHECK:
            fgSetRngChkTarget(tree);
            break;

        case GT_OBJ:
        case GT_BLK:
        case GT_IND:
        {
            if (!tree->OperIs(GT_IND))
            {
                break;
            }

            if (op1->IsIconHandle(GTF_ICON_OBJ_HDL))
            {
                tree->gtFlags |= (GTF_IND_INVARIANT | GTF_IND_NONFAULTING | GTF_IND_NONNULL);
            }

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
            GenTree* effOp1 = op1->gtEffectiveVal(true);
            // Check for a misalignment floating point indirection.
            if (effOp1->OperIs(GT_ADD) && varTypeIsFloating(typ))
            {
                GenTree* addOp2 = effOp1->gtGetOp2();
                if (addOp2->IsCnsIntOrI())
                {
                    ssize_t offset = addOp2->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal;
                    if ((offset % emitTypeSize(TYP_FLOAT)) != 0)
                    {
                        tree->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_UNALIGNED;
                    }
                }
            }
#endif // TARGET_ARM

            // Only do this optimization when we are in the global optimizer. Doing this after value numbering
            // could result in an invalid value number for the newly generated GT_IND node.
            if ((op1->OperGet() == GT_COMMA) && fgGlobalMorph)
            {
                // Perform the transform IND(COMMA(x, ..., z)) -> COMMA(x, ..., IND(z)).
                // TBD: this transformation is currently necessary for correctness -- it might
                // be good to analyze the failures that result if we don't do this, and fix them
                // in other ways.  Ideally, this should be optional.
                GenTree*     commaNode = op1;
                GenTreeFlags treeFlags = tree->gtFlags;
                commaNode->gtType      = typ;
                commaNode->gtFlags     = (treeFlags & ~GTF_REVERSE_OPS); // Bashing the GT_COMMA flags here is
                                                                         // dangerous, clear the GTF_REVERSE_OPS at
                                                                         // least.
#ifdef DEBUG
                commaNode->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
#endif
                while (commaNode->AsOp()->gtOp2->gtOper == GT_COMMA)
                {
                    commaNode         = commaNode->AsOp()->gtOp2;
                    commaNode->gtType = typ;
                    commaNode->gtFlags =
                        (treeFlags & ~GTF_REVERSE_OPS & ~GTF_ASG & ~GTF_CALL); // Bashing the GT_COMMA flags here is
                    // dangerous, clear the GTF_REVERSE_OPS, GT_ASG, and GT_CALL at
                    // least.
                    commaNode->gtFlags |= ((commaNode->AsOp()->gtOp1->gtFlags | commaNode->AsOp()->gtOp2->gtFlags) &
                                           (GTF_ASG | GTF_CALL));
#ifdef DEBUG
                    commaNode->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
#endif
                }

                tree          = op1;
                GenTree* addr = commaNode->AsOp()->gtOp2;
                // TODO-1stClassStructs: we often create a struct IND without a handle, fix it.
                op1 = gtNewIndir(typ, addr);

                // GTF_GLOB_EFFECT flags can be recomputed from the child
                // nodes. GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF may be set already and indicate no
                // reordering is allowed with sibling nodes, so we cannot
                // recompute that.
                //
                op1->gtFlags |= treeFlags & ~GTF_GLOB_EFFECT;
                op1->gtFlags |= (addr->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);

                // if this was a non-faulting indir, clear GTF_EXCEPT,
                // unless we inherit it from the addr.
                //
                if (((treeFlags & GTF_IND_NONFAULTING) != 0) && ((addr->gtFlags & GTF_EXCEPT) == 0))
                {
                    op1->gtFlags &= ~GTF_EXCEPT;
                }

                op1->gtFlags |= treeFlags & GTF_GLOB_REF;

#ifdef DEBUG
                op1->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
#endif
                commaNode->AsOp()->gtOp2 = op1;
                commaNode->gtFlags |= (op1->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);
                return tree;
            }
        }
        break;

        case GT_COLON:
            if (fgGlobalMorph)
            {
                /* Mark the nodes that are conditionally executed */
                fgWalkTreePre(&tree, gtMarkColonCond);
            }
            /* Since we're doing this postorder we clear this if it got set by a child */
            fgRemoveRestOfBlock = false;
            break;

        case GT_COMMA:

            /* Special case: trees that don't produce a value */
            if (op2->OperIs(GT_ASG) || (op2->OperGet() == GT_COMMA && op2->TypeGet() == TYP_VOID) || fgIsThrow(op2))
            {
                typ = tree->gtType = TYP_VOID;
            }

            // If we are in the Valuenum CSE phase then don't morph away anything as these
            // nodes may have CSE defs/uses in them.
            //
            if (!optValnumCSE_phase)
            {
                // Extract the side effects from the left side of the comma.  Since they don't "go" anywhere, this
                // is all we need.

                GenTree* op1SideEffects = nullptr;
                // The addition of "GTF_MAKE_CSE" below prevents us from throwing away (for example)
                // hoisted expressions in loops.
                gtExtractSideEffList(op1, &op1SideEffects, (GTF_SIDE_EFFECT | GTF_MAKE_CSE));
                if (op1SideEffects)
                {
                    // Replace the left hand side with the side effect list.
                    op1                 = op1SideEffects;
                    tree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = op1SideEffects;
                    gtUpdateNodeSideEffects(tree);
                }
                else
                {
                    op2->gtFlags |= (tree->gtFlags & GTF_DONT_CSE);
                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);
                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op1);
                    return op2;
                }

                // If the right operand is just a void nop node, throw it away. Unless this is a
                // comma throw, in which case we want the top-level morphing loop to recognize it.
                if (op2->IsNothingNode() && op1->TypeIs(TYP_VOID) && !fgIsCommaThrow(tree))
                {
                    op1->gtFlags |= (tree->gtFlags & GTF_DONT_CSE);
                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);
                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);
                    return op1;
                }
            }

            break;

        case GT_JTRUE:

            /* Special case if fgRemoveRestOfBlock is set to true */
            if (fgRemoveRestOfBlock)
            {
                if (fgIsCommaThrow(op1, true))
                {
                    GenTree* throwNode = op1->AsOp()->gtOp1;

                    JITDUMP("Removing [%06d] GT_JTRUE as the block now unconditionally throws an exception.\n",
                            dspTreeID(tree));
                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);

                    return throwNode;
                }

                noway_assert(op1->OperIsCompare());
                noway_assert(op1->gtFlags & GTF_EXCEPT);

                // We need to keep op1 for the side-effects. Hang it off
                // a GT_COMMA node

                JITDUMP("Keeping side-effects by bashing [%06d] GT_JTRUE into a GT_COMMA.\n", dspTreeID(tree));

                tree->ChangeOper(GT_COMMA);
                tree->AsOp()->gtOp2 = op2 = gtNewNothingNode();

                // Additionally since we're eliminating the JTRUE
                // codegen won't like it if op1 is a RELOP of longs, floats or doubles.
                // So we change it into a GT_COMMA as well.
                JITDUMP("Also bashing [%06d] (a relop) into a GT_COMMA.\n", dspTreeID(op1));
                op1->ChangeOper(GT_COMMA);
                op1->gtFlags &= ~GTF_UNSIGNED; // Clear the unsigned flag if it was set on the relop
                op1->gtType = op1->AsOp()->gtOp1->gtType;

                return tree;
            }
            break;

        case GT_INTRINSIC:
            if (tree->AsIntrinsic()->gtIntrinsicName ==
                NI_System_Runtime_CompilerServices_RuntimeHelpers_IsKnownConstant)
            {
                // Should be expanded by the time it reaches CSE phase
                assert(!optValnumCSE_phase);

                JITDUMP("\nExpanding RuntimeHelpers.IsKnownConstant to ");
                if (op1->OperIsConst() || gtIsTypeof(op1))
                {
                    // We're lucky to catch a constant here while importer was not
                    JITDUMP("true\n");
                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree, op1);
                    tree = gtNewIconNode(1);
                }
                else
                {
                    GenTree* op1SideEffects = nullptr;
                    gtExtractSideEffList(op1, &op1SideEffects, GTF_ALL_EFFECT);
                    if (op1SideEffects != nullptr)
                    {
                        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);
                        // Keep side-effects of op1
                        tree = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_INT, op1SideEffects, gtNewIconNode(0));
                        JITDUMP("false with side effects:\n")
                        DISPTREE(tree);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        JITDUMP("false\n");
                        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree, op1);
                        tree = gtNewIconNode(0);
                    }
                }
                INDEBUG(tree->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);
                return tree;
            }
            break;

        case GT_RETURN:

            // Retry updating op1 to a field -- assertion
            // prop done when morphing op1 changed the local.
            //
            if (op1 != nullptr)
            {
                fgTryReplaceStructLocalWithField(op1);
            }
            break;

        default:
            break;
    }

    assert(oper == tree->gtOper);

    // Propagate comma throws.
    // If we are in the Valuenum CSE phase then don't morph away anything as these
    // nodes may have CSE defs/uses in them.
    if (fgGlobalMorph && (oper != GT_ASG) && (oper != GT_COLON))
    {
        if ((op1 != nullptr) && fgIsCommaThrow(op1, true))
        {
            GenTree* propagatedThrow = fgPropagateCommaThrow(tree, op1->AsOp(), GTF_EMPTY);
            if (propagatedThrow != nullptr)
            {
                return propagatedThrow;
            }
        }

        if ((op2 != nullptr) && fgIsCommaThrow(op2, true))
        {
            GenTree* propagatedThrow = fgPropagateCommaThrow(tree, op2->AsOp(), op1->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);
            if (propagatedThrow != nullptr)
            {
                return propagatedThrow;
            }
        }
    }

    /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
     * Optional morphing is done if tree transformations is permitted
     */

    if ((opts.compFlags & CLFLG_TREETRANS) == 0)
    {
        return tree;
    }

    tree = fgMorphSmpOpOptional(tree->AsOp(), optAssertionPropDone);

    return tree;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgTryReplaceStructLocalWithField: see if a struct use can be replaced
//   with an equivalent field use
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - tree to examine and possibly modify
//
// Notes:
//    Currently only called when the tree parent is a GT_RETURN.
//
void Compiler::fgTryReplaceStructLocalWithField(GenTree* tree)
{
    if (!tree->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
    {
        return;
    }

    // With a `genReturnBB` this `RETURN(src)` tree will be replaced by a `ASG(genReturnLocal, src)`
    // and `ASG` will be transformed into field by field copy without parent local referencing if
    // possible.
    GenTreeLclVar* lclVar = tree->AsLclVar();
    unsigned       lclNum = lclVar->GetLclNum();
    if ((genReturnLocal == BAD_VAR_NUM) || (genReturnLocal == lclNum))
    {
        LclVarDsc* const varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclVar);
        if (varDsc->CanBeReplacedWithItsField(this))
        {
            // We can replace the struct with its only field and allow copy propagation to replace
            // return value that was written as a field.
            unsigned const   fieldLclNum = varDsc->lvFieldLclStart;
            LclVarDsc* const fieldDsc    = lvaGetDesc(fieldLclNum);

            JITDUMP("Replacing an independently promoted local var V%02u with its only field  "
                    "V%02u for "
                    "the return [%06u]\n",
                    lclVar->GetLclNum(), fieldLclNum, dspTreeID(tree));
            lclVar->SetLclNum(fieldLclNum);
            lclVar->ChangeType(fieldDsc->lvType);
        }
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeCast: Optimizes the supplied GT_CAST tree.
//
// Tries to get rid of the cast, its operand, the GTF_OVERFLOW flag, calls
// calls "optNarrowTree". Called in post-order by "fgMorphSmpOp".
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - the cast tree to optimize
//
// Return Value:
//    The optimized tree (that can have any shape).
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeCast(GenTreeCast* cast)
{
    GenTree* src = cast->CastOp();

    if (gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(cast) || gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(src))
    {
        return cast;
    }

    // See if we can discard the cast.
    if (varTypeIsIntegral(cast) && varTypeIsIntegral(src))
    {
        IntegralRange srcRange   = IntegralRange::ForNode(src, this);
        IntegralRange noOvfRange = IntegralRange::ForCastInput(cast);

        if (noOvfRange.Contains(srcRange))
        {
            // Casting between same-sized types is a no-op,
            // given we have proven this cast cannot overflow.
            if (genActualType(cast) == genActualType(src))
            {
                return src;
            }

            cast->ClearOverflow();
            cast->SetAllEffectsFlags(src);

            // Try and see if we can make this cast into a cheaper zero-extending version.
            if (genActualTypeIsInt(src) && cast->TypeIs(TYP_LONG) && srcRange.IsNonNegative())
            {
                cast->SetUnsigned();
            }
        }

        // For checked casts, we're done.
        if (cast->gtOverflow())
        {
            return cast;
        }

        var_types castToType = cast->CastToType();

        // For indir-like nodes, we may be able to change their type to satisfy (and discard) the cast.
        if (varTypeIsSmall(castToType) && (genTypeSize(castToType) == genTypeSize(src)) &&
            src->OperIs(GT_IND, GT_LCL_FLD))
        {
            // We're changing the type here so we need to update the VN;
            // in other cases we discard the cast without modifying src
            // so the VN doesn't change.

            src->ChangeType(castToType);
            src->SetVNsFromNode(cast);

            return src;
        }

        // Try to narrow the operand of the cast and discard the cast.
        if (opts.OptEnabled(CLFLG_TREETRANS) && (genTypeSize(src) > genTypeSize(castToType)) &&
            optNarrowTree(src, src->TypeGet(), castToType, cast->gtVNPair, false))
        {
            optNarrowTree(src, src->TypeGet(), castToType, cast->gtVNPair, true);

            // "optNarrowTree" may leave a dead cast behind.
            if (src->OperIs(GT_CAST) && (src->AsCast()->CastToType() == genActualType(src->AsCast()->CastOp())))
            {
                src = src->AsCast()->CastOp();
            }

            return src;
        }

        // Check for two consecutive casts, we may be able to discard the intermediate one.
        if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && src->OperIs(GT_CAST) && !src->gtOverflow())
        {
            var_types dstCastToType = castToType;
            var_types srcCastToType = src->AsCast()->CastToType();

            // CAST(ubyte <- CAST(short <- X)): CAST(ubyte <- X).
            // CAST(ushort <- CAST(short <- X)): CAST(ushort <- X).
            if (varTypeIsSmall(srcCastToType) && (genTypeSize(dstCastToType) <= genTypeSize(srcCastToType)))
            {
                cast->CastOp() = src->AsCast()->CastOp();
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(src);
            }
        }
    }

    return cast;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeCastOnAssignment: Optimizes the supplied GT_ASG tree with a GT_CAST node.
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - the cast tree to optimize
//
// Return Value:
//    The optimized tree (must be GT_ASG).
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeCastOnAssignment(GenTreeOp* asg)
{
    assert(asg->OperIs(GT_ASG));

    GenTree* const op1 = asg->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* const op2 = asg->gtGetOp2();

    assert(op2->OperIs(GT_CAST));

    GenTree* const effectiveOp1 = op1->gtEffectiveVal();

    if (!effectiveOp1->OperIs(GT_IND, GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD))
        return asg;

    if (effectiveOp1->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) &&
        !lvaGetDesc(effectiveOp1->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum())->lvNormalizeOnLoad())
        return asg;

    if (op2->gtOverflow())
        return asg;

    if (gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(op2))
        return asg;

    GenTreeCast* cast         = op2->AsCast();
    var_types    castToType   = cast->CastToType();
    var_types    castFromType = cast->CastFromType();

    if (gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(cast->CastOp()))
        return asg;

    if (!varTypeIsSmall(effectiveOp1))
        return asg;

    if (!varTypeIsSmall(castToType))
        return asg;

    if (!varTypeIsIntegral(castFromType))
        return asg;

    // If we are performing a narrowing cast and
    // castToType is larger or the same as op1's type
    // then we can discard the cast.
    if (genTypeSize(castToType) < genTypeSize(effectiveOp1))
        return asg;

    if (genActualType(castFromType) == genActualType(castToType))
    {
        // Removes the cast.
        asg->gtOp2 = cast->CastOp();
    }
    else
    {
        // This is a type-changing cast so we cannot remove it entirely.
        cast->gtCastType = genActualType(castToType);
    }

    return asg;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeEqualityComparisonWithConst: optimizes various EQ/NE(OP, CONST) patterns.
//
// Arguments:
//    cmp - The GT_NE/GT_EQ tree the second operand of which is an integral constant
//
// Return Value:
//    The optimized tree, "cmp" in case no optimizations were done.
//    Currently only returns relop trees.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeEqualityComparisonWithConst(GenTreeOp* cmp)
{
    assert(cmp->OperIs(GT_EQ, GT_NE));
    assert(cmp->gtGetOp2()->IsIntegralConst());
    assert(!optValnumCSE_phase);

    GenTree*             op1 = cmp->gtGetOp1();
    GenTreeIntConCommon* op2 = cmp->gtGetOp2()->AsIntConCommon();

    // Check for "(expr +/- icon1) ==/!= (non-zero-icon2)".
    if (op2->IsCnsIntOrI() && (op2->IconValue() != 0))
    {
        // Since this can occur repeatedly we use a while loop.
        while (op1->OperIs(GT_ADD, GT_SUB) && op1->AsOp()->gtGetOp2()->IsCnsIntOrI() && op1->TypeIs(TYP_INT) &&
               !op1->gtOverflow())
        {
            // Got it; change "x + icon1 == icon2" to "x == icon2 - icon1".
            ssize_t op1Value = op1->AsOp()->gtGetOp2()->AsIntCon()->IconValue();
            ssize_t op2Value = op2->IconValue();

            if (op1->OperIs(GT_ADD))
            {
                op2Value -= op1Value;
            }
            else
            {
                op2Value += op1Value;
            }

            op1 = op1->AsOp()->gtGetOp1();
            op2->SetIconValue(static_cast<int32_t>(op2Value));
        }

        cmp->gtOp1 = op1;
        fgUpdateConstTreeValueNumber(op2);
    }

    // Here we look for the following tree
    //
    //                        EQ/NE
    //                        /  \.
    //                      op1   CNS 0/1
    //
    if (op2->IsIntegralConst(0) || op2->IsIntegralConst(1))
    {
        ssize_t op2Value = static_cast<ssize_t>(op2->IntegralValue());

        if (op1->OperIsCompare())
        {
            // Here we look for the following tree
            //
            //                        EQ/NE           ->      RELOP/!RELOP
            //                        /  \                       /    \.
            //                     RELOP  CNS 0/1
            //                     /   \.
            //
            // Note that we will remove/destroy the EQ/NE node and move
            // the RELOP up into it's location.

            // Here we reverse the RELOP if necessary.

            bool reverse = ((op2Value == 0) == (cmp->OperIs(GT_EQ)));

            if (reverse)
            {
                gtReverseCond(op1);
            }

            noway_assert((op1->gtFlags & GTF_RELOP_JMP_USED) == 0);
            op1->gtFlags |= cmp->gtFlags & (GTF_RELOP_JMP_USED | GTF_DONT_CSE);
            op1->SetVNsFromNode(cmp);

            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(cmp);
            return op1;
        }

        //
        // Now we check for a compare with the result of an '&' operator
        //
        // Here we look for the following transformation (canonicalization):
        //
        //                        EQ/NE                  EQ/NE
        //                        /  \                   /  \.
        //                      AND   CNS 0/1  ->      AND   CNS 0
        //                     /   \                  /   \.
        //                RSZ/RSH   CNS 1            x     LSH  (folded if 'y' is constant)
        //                  /  \                          /   \.
        //                 x    y                        1     y

        if (fgGlobalMorph && op1->OperIs(GT_AND) && op1->AsOp()->gtGetOp1()->OperIs(GT_RSZ, GT_RSH))
        {
            GenTreeOp* andOp    = op1->AsOp();
            GenTreeOp* rshiftOp = andOp->gtGetOp1()->AsOp();

            if (!andOp->gtGetOp2()->IsIntegralConst(1))
            {
                goto SKIP;
            }

            // If the shift is constant, we can fold the mask and delete the shift node:
            //   -> AND(x, CNS(1 << y)) EQ/NE 0
            if (rshiftOp->gtGetOp2()->IsCnsIntOrI())
            {
                ssize_t shiftAmount = rshiftOp->gtGetOp2()->AsIntCon()->IconValue();

                if (shiftAmount < 0)
                {
                    goto SKIP;
                }

                GenTreeIntConCommon* andMask = andOp->gtGetOp2()->AsIntConCommon();

                if (andOp->TypeIs(TYP_INT) && shiftAmount < 32)
                {
                    andMask->SetIconValue(static_cast<int32_t>(1 << shiftAmount));
                }
                else if (andOp->TypeIs(TYP_LONG) && shiftAmount < 64)
                {
                    andMask->SetLngValue(1LL << shiftAmount);
                }
                else
                {
                    goto SKIP; // Unsupported type or invalid shift amount.
                }
                andOp->gtOp1 = rshiftOp->gtGetOp1();

                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(rshiftOp->gtGetOp2());
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(rshiftOp);
            }
            // Otherwise, if the shift is not constant, just rewire the nodes and reverse the shift op:
            //   AND(RSH(x, y), 1)  ->  AND(x, LSH(1, y))
            //
            // On ARM/BMI2 the original pattern should result in smaller code when comparing to non-zero,
            // the other case where this transform is worth is if the compare is being used by a jump.
            //
            else
            {
                if (!(cmp->gtFlags & GTF_RELOP_JMP_USED) &&
                    ((op2Value == 0 && cmp->OperIs(GT_NE)) || (op2Value == 1 && cmp->OperIs(GT_EQ))))
                {
                    goto SKIP;
                }

                andOp->gtOp1    = rshiftOp->gtGetOp1();
                rshiftOp->gtOp1 = andOp->gtGetOp2();
                andOp->gtOp2    = rshiftOp;

                rshiftOp->SetOper(GT_LSH);
                gtUpdateNodeSideEffects(rshiftOp);
            }

            // Reverse the condition if necessary.
            if (op2Value == 1)
            {
                gtReverseCond(cmp);
                op2->SetIntegralValue(0);
            }
        }
    }

SKIP:

    // Now check for compares with small constant longs that can be cast to int.
    // Note that we filter out negative values here so that the transformations
    // below are correct. E. g. "EQ(-1L, CAST_UN(int))" is always "false", but were
    // we to make it into "EQ(-1, int)", "true" becomes possible for negative inputs.
    if (!op2->TypeIs(TYP_LONG) || ((op2->LngValue() >> 31) != 0))
    {
        return cmp;
    }

    if (!op1->OperIs(GT_AND))
    {
        // Another interesting case: cast from int.
        if (op1->OperIs(GT_CAST) && op1->AsCast()->CastOp()->TypeIs(TYP_INT) && !op1->gtOverflow())
        {
            // Simply make this into an integer comparison.
            cmp->gtOp1 = op1->AsCast()->CastOp();

            op2->BashToConst(static_cast<int32_t>(op2->LngValue()));
            fgUpdateConstTreeValueNumber(op2);
        }

        return cmp;
    }

    // Now we perform the following optimization:
    // EQ/NE(AND(OP long, CNS_LNG), CNS_LNG) =>
    // EQ/NE(AND(CAST(int <- OP), CNS_INT), CNS_INT)
    // when the constants are sufficiently small.
    // This transform cannot preserve VNs.
    if (fgGlobalMorph)
    {
        assert(op1->TypeIs(TYP_LONG) && op1->OperIs(GT_AND));

        // Is the result of the mask effectively an INT?
        GenTreeOp* andOp = op1->AsOp();
        if (!andOp->gtGetOp2()->OperIs(GT_CNS_NATIVELONG))
        {
            return cmp;
        }

        GenTreeIntConCommon* andMask = andOp->gtGetOp2()->AsIntConCommon();
        if ((andMask->LngValue() >> 32) != 0)
        {
            return cmp;
        }

        // Now we narrow the first operand of AND to int.
        if (optNarrowTree(andOp->gtGetOp1(), TYP_LONG, TYP_INT, ValueNumPair(), false))
        {
            optNarrowTree(andOp->gtGetOp1(), TYP_LONG, TYP_INT, ValueNumPair(), true);
        }
        else
        {
            andOp->gtOp1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, andOp->gtGetOp1(), false, TYP_INT);
        }

        assert(andMask == andOp->gtGetOp2());

        // Now replace the mask node.
        andMask->BashToConst(static_cast<int32_t>(andMask->LngValue()));

        // Now change the type of the AND node.
        andOp->ChangeType(TYP_INT);

        // Finally we replace the comparand.
        op2->BashToConst(static_cast<int32_t>(op2->LngValue()));
    }

    return cmp;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeRelationalComparisonWithFullRangeConst: optimizes a comparison operation.
//
// Recognizes "Always false"/"Always true" comparisons against various full range constant operands and morphs
// them into zero/one.
//
// Arguments:
//   cmp - the GT_LT/GT_GT tree to morph.
//
// Return Value:
//   1. The unmodified "cmp" tree.
//   2. A CNS_INT node containing zero.
//   3. A CNS_INT node containing one.
// Assumptions:
//   The second operand is an integral constant or the first operand is an integral constant.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeRelationalComparisonWithFullRangeConst(GenTreeOp* cmp)
{
    if (gtTreeHasSideEffects(cmp, GTF_SIDE_EFFECT))
    {
        return cmp;
    }

    int64_t lhsMin;
    int64_t lhsMax;
    if (cmp->gtGetOp1()->IsIntegralConst())
    {
        lhsMin = cmp->gtGetOp1()->AsIntConCommon()->IntegralValue();
        lhsMax = lhsMin;
    }
    else
    {
        IntegralRange lhsRange = IntegralRange::ForNode(cmp->gtGetOp1(), this);
        lhsMin                 = IntegralRange::SymbolicToRealValue(lhsRange.GetLowerBound());
        lhsMax                 = IntegralRange::SymbolicToRealValue(lhsRange.GetUpperBound());
    }

    int64_t rhsMin;
    int64_t rhsMax;
    if (cmp->gtGetOp2()->IsIntegralConst())
    {
        rhsMin = cmp->gtGetOp2()->AsIntConCommon()->IntegralValue();
        rhsMax = rhsMin;
    }
    else
    {
        IntegralRange rhsRange = IntegralRange::ForNode(cmp->gtGetOp2(), this);
        rhsMin                 = IntegralRange::SymbolicToRealValue(rhsRange.GetLowerBound());
        rhsMax                 = IntegralRange::SymbolicToRealValue(rhsRange.GetUpperBound());
    }

    genTreeOps op = cmp->gtOper;
    if ((op != GT_LT) && (op != GT_LE))
    {
        op = GenTree::SwapRelop(op);
        std::swap(lhsMin, rhsMin);
        std::swap(lhsMax, rhsMax);
    }

    GenTree* ret = nullptr;

    if (cmp->IsUnsigned())
    {
        if ((lhsMin < 0) && (lhsMax >= 0))
        {
            // [0, (uint64_t)lhsMax] U [(uint64_t)lhsMin, MaxValue]
            lhsMin = 0;
            lhsMax = -1;
        }

        if ((rhsMin < 0) && (rhsMax >= 0))
        {
            // [0, (uint64_t)rhsMax] U [(uint64_t)rhsMin, MaxValue]
            rhsMin = 0;
            rhsMax = -1;
        }

        if (((op == GT_LT) && ((uint64_t)lhsMax < (uint64_t)rhsMin)) ||
            ((op == GT_LE) && ((uint64_t)lhsMax <= (uint64_t)rhsMin)))
        {
            ret = gtNewOneConNode(TYP_INT);
        }
        else if (((op == GT_LT) && ((uint64_t)lhsMin >= (uint64_t)rhsMax)) ||
                 ((op == GT_LE) && ((uint64_t)lhsMin > (uint64_t)rhsMax)))
        {
            ret = gtNewZeroConNode(TYP_INT);
        }
    }
    else
    {
        //  [x0, x1] <  [y0, y1] is false if x0 >= y1
        //  [x0, x1] <= [y0, y1] is false if x0 > y1
        if (((op == GT_LT) && (lhsMin >= rhsMax)) || (((op == GT_LE) && (lhsMin > rhsMax))))
        {
            ret = gtNewZeroConNode(TYP_INT);
        }
        // [x0, x1] < [y0, y1] is true if x1 < y0
        // [x0, x1] <= [y0, y1] is true if x1 <= y0
        else if (((op == GT_LT) && (lhsMax < rhsMin)) || ((op == GT_LE) && (lhsMax <= rhsMin)))
        {
            ret = gtNewOneConNode(TYP_INT);
        }
    }

    if (ret != nullptr)
    {
        fgUpdateConstTreeValueNumber(ret);

        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(cmp);

        INDEBUG(ret->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);

        return ret;
    }

    return cmp;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeRelationalComparisonWithConst: optimizes a comparison operation.
//
// Recognizes comparisons against various constant operands and morphs
// them, if possible, into comparisons against zero.
//
// Arguments:
//   cmp - the GT_LE/GT_LT/GT_GE/GT_GT tree to morph.
//
// Return Value:
//   The "cmp" tree, possibly with a modified oper.
//   The second operand's constant value may be modified as well.
//
// Assumptions:
//   The operands have been swapped so that any constants are on the right.
//   The second operand is an integral constant.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeRelationalComparisonWithConst(GenTreeOp* cmp)
{
    assert(cmp->OperIs(GT_LE, GT_LT, GT_GE, GT_GT));
    assert(cmp->gtGetOp2()->IsIntegralConst());
    assert(!gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(cmp->gtGetOp2()));

    GenTree*             op1 = cmp->gtGetOp1();
    GenTreeIntConCommon* op2 = cmp->gtGetOp2()->AsIntConCommon();

    assert(genActualType(op1) == genActualType(op2));

    genTreeOps oper     = cmp->OperGet();
    int64_t    op2Value = op2->IntegralValue();

    if (op2Value == 1)
    {
        // Check for "expr >= 1".
        if (oper == GT_GE)
        {
            // Change to "expr != 0" for unsigned and "expr > 0" for signed.
            oper = cmp->IsUnsigned() ? GT_NE : GT_GT;
        }
        // Check for "expr < 1".
        else if (oper == GT_LT)
        {
            // Change to "expr == 0" for unsigned and "expr <= 0".
            oper = cmp->IsUnsigned() ? GT_EQ : GT_LE;
        }
    }
    // Check for "expr relop -1".
    else if (!cmp->IsUnsigned() && (op2Value == -1))
    {
        // Check for "expr <= -1".
        if (oper == GT_LE)
        {
            // Change to "expr < 0".
            oper = GT_LT;
        }
        // Check for "expr > -1".
        else if (oper == GT_GT)
        {
            // Change to "expr >= 0".
            oper = GT_GE;
        }
    }
    else if (cmp->IsUnsigned())
    {
        if ((oper == GT_LE) || (oper == GT_GT))
        {
            if (op2Value == 0)
            {
                // IL doesn't have a cne instruction so compilers use cgt.un instead. The JIT
                // recognizes certain patterns that involve GT_NE (e.g (x & 4) != 0) and fails
                // if GT_GT is used instead. Transform (x GT_GT.unsigned 0) into (x GT_NE 0)
                // and (x GT_LE.unsigned 0) into (x GT_EQ 0). The later case is rare, it sometimes
                // occurs as a result of branch inversion.
                oper = (oper == GT_LE) ? GT_EQ : GT_NE;
                cmp->gtFlags &= ~GTF_UNSIGNED;
            }
            // LE_UN/GT_UN(expr, int/long.MaxValue) => GE/LT(expr, 0).
            else if (((op1->TypeIs(TYP_LONG) && (op2Value == INT64_MAX))) ||
                     ((genActualType(op1) == TYP_INT) && (op2Value == INT32_MAX)))
            {
                oper = (oper == GT_LE) ? GT_GE : GT_LT;
                cmp->gtFlags &= ~GTF_UNSIGNED;
            }
        }
    }

    if (!cmp->OperIs(oper))
    {
        // Keep the old ValueNumber for 'tree' as the new expr
        // will still compute the same value as before.
        cmp->SetOper(oper, GenTree::PRESERVE_VN);
        op2->SetIntegralValue(0);
        fgUpdateConstTreeValueNumber(op2);
    }

    return cmp;
}

#ifdef FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeHWIntrinsic: optimize a HW intrinsic node
//
// Arguments:
//    node - HWIntrinsic node to examine
//
// Returns:
//    The original node if no optimization happened or if tree bashing occurred.
//    An alternative tree if an optimization happened.
//
// Notes:
//    Checks for HWIntrinsic nodes: Vector64.Create/Vector128.Create/Vector256.Create,
//    and if the call is one of these, attempt to optimize.
//    This is post-order, meaning that it will not morph the children.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeHWIntrinsic(GenTreeHWIntrinsic* node)
{
    assert(!optValnumCSE_phase);

    if (opts.OptimizationDisabled())
    {
        return node;
    }

    simd_t simdVal = {};

    if (GenTreeVecCon::IsHWIntrinsicCreateConstant<simd_t>(node, simdVal))
    {
        GenTreeVecCon* vecCon = gtNewVconNode(node->TypeGet());

        for (GenTree* arg : node->Operands())
        {
            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(arg);
        }

        vecCon->gtSimdVal = simdVal;
        INDEBUG(vecCon->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);
        return vecCon;
    }

    NamedIntrinsic intrinsicId = node->GetHWIntrinsicId();

    switch (intrinsicId)
    {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM64)
        case NI_Vector64_Create:
#endif // TARGET_ARM64
        case NI_Vector128_Create:
        {
            // The `Dot` API returns a scalar. However, many common usages require it to
            // be then immediately broadcast back to a vector so that it can be used in
            // a subsequent operation. One of the most common is normalizing a vector
            // which is effectively `value / value.Length` where `Length` is
            // `Sqrt(Dot(value, value))`
            //
            // In order to ensure that developers can still utilize this efficiently, we
            // will look for two common patterns:
            //  * Create(Dot(..., ...))
            //  * Create(Sqrt(Dot(..., ...)))
            //
            // When these exist, we'll avoid converting to a scalar at all and just
            // keep everything as a vector. However, we only do this for Vector64/Vector128
            // and only for float/double.
            //
            // We don't do this for Vector256 since that is xarch only and doesn't trivially
            // support operations which cross the upper and lower 128-bit lanes

            if (node->GetOperandCount() != 1)
            {
                break;
            }

            if (!varTypeIsFloating(node->GetSimdBaseType()))
            {
                break;
            }

            GenTree* op1  = node->Op(1);
            GenTree* sqrt = nullptr;

            if (op1->OperIs(GT_INTRINSIC))
            {
                if (op1->AsIntrinsic()->gtIntrinsicName != NI_System_Math_Sqrt)
                {
                    break;
                }

                sqrt = op1;
                op1  = op1->gtGetOp1();
            }

            if (!op1->OperIs(GT_HWINTRINSIC))
            {
                break;
            }

            GenTreeHWIntrinsic* hwop1 = op1->AsHWIntrinsic();

#if defined(TARGET_ARM64)
            if ((hwop1->GetHWIntrinsicId() != NI_Vector64_Dot) && (hwop1->GetHWIntrinsicId() != NI_Vector128_Dot))
#else
            if (hwop1->GetHWIntrinsicId() != NI_Vector128_Dot)
#endif
            {
                break;
            }

            unsigned  simdSize = node->GetSimdSize();
            var_types simdType = getSIMDTypeForSize(simdSize);

            hwop1->gtType = simdType;

            if (sqrt != nullptr)
            {
                CorInfoType simdBaseJitType = node->GetSimdBaseJitType();
                node = gtNewSimdSqrtNode(simdType, hwop1, simdBaseJitType, simdSize, node->IsSimdAsHWIntrinsic())
                           ->AsHWIntrinsic();
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(sqrt);
            }
            else
            {
                node = hwop1;
            }

            INDEBUG(node->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);
            return node;
        }

        default:
        {
            break;
        }
    }

    return node;
}

#endif

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeCommutativeArithmetic: Optimizes commutative operations.
//
// Arguments:
//   tree - the unchecked GT_ADD/GT_MUL/GT_OR/GT_XOR/GT_AND tree to optimize.
//
// Return Value:
//   The optimized tree that can have any shape.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeCommutativeArithmetic(GenTreeOp* tree)
{
    assert(tree->OperIs(GT_ADD, GT_MUL, GT_OR, GT_XOR, GT_AND));
    assert(!tree->gtOverflowEx());

    // Commute constants to the right.
    if (tree->gtGetOp1()->OperIsConst() && !tree->gtGetOp1()->TypeIs(TYP_REF))
    {
        // TODO-Review: We used to assert here that "(!op2->OperIsConst() || !opts.OptEnabled(CLFLG_CONSTANTFOLD))".
        // This may indicate a missed "remorph". Task is to re-enable this assertion and investigate.
        std::swap(tree->gtOp1, tree->gtOp2);
    }

    if (fgOperIsBitwiseRotationRoot(tree->OperGet()))
    {
        GenTree* rotationTree = fgRecognizeAndMorphBitwiseRotation(tree);
        if (rotationTree != nullptr)
        {
            return rotationTree;
        }
    }

    if (fgGlobalMorph && tree->OperIs(GT_AND, GT_OR, GT_XOR))
    {
        GenTree* castTree = fgMorphCastedBitwiseOp(tree->AsOp());
        if (castTree != nullptr)
        {
            return castTree;
        }
    }

    if (varTypeIsIntegralOrI(tree))
    {
        genTreeOps oldTreeOper   = tree->OperGet();
        GenTreeOp* optimizedTree = fgMorphCommutative(tree->AsOp());
        if (optimizedTree != nullptr)
        {
            if (!optimizedTree->OperIs(oldTreeOper))
            {
                // "optimizedTree" could end up being a COMMA.
                return optimizedTree;
            }

            tree = optimizedTree;
        }
    }

    if (!optValnumCSE_phase)
    {
        GenTree* optimizedTree = nullptr;
        if (tree->OperIs(GT_ADD))
        {
            optimizedTree = fgOptimizeAddition(tree);
        }
        else if (tree->OperIs(GT_MUL))
        {
            optimizedTree = fgOptimizeMultiply(tree);
        }
        else if (tree->OperIs(GT_AND))
        {
            optimizedTree = fgOptimizeBitwiseAnd(tree);
        }
        else if (tree->OperIs(GT_XOR))
        {
            optimizedTree = fgOptimizeBitwiseXor(tree);
        }

        if (optimizedTree != nullptr)
        {
            return optimizedTree;
        }
    }

    return tree;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeAddition: optimizes addition.
//
// Arguments:
//   add - the unchecked GT_ADD tree to optimize.
//
// Return Value:
//   The optimized tree, that can have any shape, in case any transformations
//   were performed. Otherwise, "nullptr", guaranteeing no state change.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeAddition(GenTreeOp* add)
{
    assert(add->OperIs(GT_ADD) && !add->gtOverflow());
    assert(!optValnumCSE_phase);

    GenTree* op1 = add->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* op2 = add->gtGetOp2();

    // Fold "((x + icon1) + (y + icon2))" to ((x + y) + (icon1 + icon2))".
    // Be careful not to create a byref pointer that may point outside of the ref object.
    // Only do this in global morph as we don't recompute the VN for "(x + y)", the new "op2".
    if (op1->OperIs(GT_ADD) && op2->OperIs(GT_ADD) && !op1->gtOverflow() && !op2->gtOverflow() &&
        op1->AsOp()->gtGetOp2()->IsCnsIntOrI() && op2->AsOp()->gtGetOp2()->IsCnsIntOrI() &&
        !varTypeIsGC(op1->AsOp()->gtGetOp1()) && !varTypeIsGC(op2->AsOp()->gtGetOp1()) && fgGlobalMorph)
    {
        GenTreeOp*     addOne   = op1->AsOp();
        GenTreeOp*     addTwo   = op2->AsOp();
        GenTreeIntCon* constOne = addOne->gtGetOp2()->AsIntCon();
        GenTreeIntCon* constTwo = addTwo->gtGetOp2()->AsIntCon();

        addOne->gtOp2 = addTwo->gtGetOp1();
        addOne->SetAllEffectsFlags(addOne->gtGetOp1(), addOne->gtGetOp2());
        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(addTwo);

        constOne->SetValueTruncating(constOne->IconValue() + constTwo->IconValue());
        op2        = constOne;
        add->gtOp2 = constOne;
        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(constTwo);
    }

    // Fold (x + 0) - given it won't change the tree type.
    if (op2->IsIntegralConst(0) && (genActualType(add) == genActualType(op1)))
    {
        // Keep the offset nodes with annotations for value numbering purposes.
        if (!op2->IsCnsIntOrI() || (op2->AsIntCon()->gtFieldSeq == nullptr))
        {
            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);
            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(add);

            return op1;
        }

        // Communicate to CSE that this addition is a no-op.
        add->SetDoNotCSE();
    }

    if (opts.OptimizationEnabled())
    {
        // Reduce local addresses: "ADD(LCL_ADDR, OFFSET)" => "LCL_FLD_ADDR".
        //
        if (op1->OperIsLocalAddr() && op2->IsCnsIntOrI())
        {
            GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclAddrNode = op1->AsLclVarCommon();
            GenTreeIntCon*       offsetNode  = op2->AsIntCon();
            if (FitsIn<uint16_t>(offsetNode->IconValue()))
            {
                unsigned offset = lclAddrNode->GetLclOffs() + static_cast<uint16_t>(offsetNode->IconValue());

                // Note: the emitter does not expect out-of-bounds access for LCL_FLD_ADDR.
                if (FitsIn<uint16_t>(offset) && (offset < lvaLclExactSize(lclAddrNode->GetLclNum())))
                {
                    lclAddrNode->SetOper(GT_LCL_FLD_ADDR);
                    lclAddrNode->AsLclFld()->SetLclOffs(offset);
                    assert(lvaGetDesc(lclAddrNode)->lvDoNotEnregister);

                    lclAddrNode->SetVNsFromNode(add);

                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(offsetNode);
                    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(add);

                    return lclAddrNode;
                }
            }
        }

        // - a + b = > b - a
        // ADD((NEG(a), b) => SUB(b, a)

        // Do not do this if "op2" is constant for canonicalization purposes.
        if (op1->OperIs(GT_NEG) && !op2->OperIs(GT_NEG) && !op2->IsIntegralConst() && gtCanSwapOrder(op1, op2))
        {
            add->SetOper(GT_SUB);
            add->gtOp1 = op2;
            add->gtOp2 = op1->AsOp()->gtGetOp1();

            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op1);

            return add;
        }

        // a + -b = > a - b
        // ADD(a, (NEG(b)) => SUB(a, b)
        if (!op1->OperIs(GT_NEG) && op2->OperIs(GT_NEG))
        {
            add->SetOper(GT_SUB);
            add->gtOp2 = op2->AsOp()->gtGetOp1();

            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);

            return add;
        }

        // Fold (~x + 1) to -x.
        if (op1->OperIs(GT_NOT) && op2->IsIntegralConst(1))
        {
            op1->SetOper(GT_NEG);
            op1->SetVNsFromNode(add);
            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);
            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(add);
            return op1;
        }
    }

    return nullptr;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeMultiply: optimizes multiplication.
//
// Arguments:
//   mul - the unchecked TYP_I_IMPL/TYP_INT GT_MUL tree to optimize.
//
// Return Value:
//   The optimized tree, that can have any shape, in case any transformations
//   were performed. Otherwise, "nullptr", guaranteeing no state change.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeMultiply(GenTreeOp* mul)
{
    assert(mul->OperIs(GT_MUL));
    assert(varTypeIsIntOrI(mul) || varTypeIsFloating(mul));
    assert(!mul->gtOverflow());
    assert(!optValnumCSE_phase);

    GenTree* op1 = mul->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* op2 = mul->gtGetOp2();

    assert(mul->TypeGet() == genActualType(op1));
    assert(mul->TypeGet() == genActualType(op2));

    if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && op2->IsCnsFltOrDbl())
    {
        double multiplierValue = op2->AsDblCon()->DconValue();

        if (multiplierValue == 1.0)
        {
            // Fold "x * 1.0" to "x".
            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);
            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(mul);

            return op1;
        }

        // Fold "x * 2.0" to "x + x".
        // If op1 is not a local we will have to introduce a temporary via GT_COMMA.
        // Unfortunately, it's not optHoistLoopCode-friendly (yet), so we'll only do
        // this for locals / after hoisting has run (when rationalization remorphs
        // math INTRINSICSs into calls...).
        if ((multiplierValue == 2.0) && (op1->IsLocal() || (fgOrder == FGOrderLinear)))
        {
            op2          = fgMakeMultiUse(&op1);
            GenTree* add = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, mul->TypeGet(), op1, op2);
            INDEBUG(add->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);

            return add;
        }
    }

    if (op2->IsIntegralConst())
    {
        // We should not get here for 64-bit multiplications on 32-bit.
        assert(op2->IsCnsIntOrI());

        // MUL(NEG(a), C) => MUL(a, NEG(C))
        if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && op1->OperIs(GT_NEG) && !op2->IsIconHandle())
        {
            mul->gtOp1                 = op1->AsUnOp()->gtGetOp1();
            op2->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal = -op2->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal;
            fgUpdateConstTreeValueNumber(op2);
            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op1);

            op1 = mul->gtOp1;
        }

        ssize_t mult = op2->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue();

        if (mult == 0)
        {
            // We may be able to throw away op1 (unless it has side-effects)

            if ((op1->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) == 0)
            {
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op1);
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(mul);

                return op2; // Just return the "0" node
            }

            // We need to keep op1 for the side-effects. Hang it off a GT_COMMA node.
            mul->ChangeOper(GT_COMMA, GenTree::PRESERVE_VN);
            return mul;
        }

#ifdef TARGET_XARCH
        // Should we try to replace integer multiplication with lea/add/shift sequences?
        bool mulShiftOpt = compCodeOpt() != SMALL_CODE;
#else  // !TARGET_XARCH
        bool mulShiftOpt = false;
#endif // !TARGET_XARCH

        size_t abs_mult      = (mult >= 0) ? mult : -mult;
        size_t lowestBit     = genFindLowestBit(abs_mult);
        bool   changeToShift = false;

        // is it a power of two? (positive or negative)
        if (abs_mult == lowestBit)
        {
            // if negative negate (min-int does not need negation)
            if (mult < 0 && mult != SSIZE_T_MIN)
            {
                op1        = gtNewOperNode(GT_NEG, genActualType(op1), op1);
                mul->gtOp1 = op1;
                fgMorphTreeDone(op1);
            }

            if (abs_mult == 1)
            {
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(mul);
                return op1;
            }

            // Change the multiplication into a shift by log2(val) bits.
            op2->AsIntConCommon()->SetIconValue(genLog2(abs_mult));
            changeToShift = true;
        }
        else if (mulShiftOpt && (lowestBit > 1) && jitIsScaleIndexMul(lowestBit))
        {
            int     shift  = genLog2(lowestBit);
            ssize_t factor = abs_mult >> shift;

            if (factor == 3 || factor == 5 || factor == 9)
            {
                // if negative negate (min-int does not need negation)
                if (mult < 0 && mult != SSIZE_T_MIN)
                {
                    op1        = gtNewOperNode(GT_NEG, genActualType(op1), op1);
                    mul->gtOp1 = op1;
                    fgMorphTreeDone(op1);
                }

                // change the multiplication into a smaller multiplication (by 3, 5 or 9) and a shift
                op1        = gtNewOperNode(GT_MUL, mul->TypeGet(), op1, gtNewIconNode(factor, mul->TypeGet()));
                mul->gtOp1 = op1;
                fgMorphTreeDone(op1);

                op2->AsIntConCommon()->SetIconValue(shift);
                changeToShift = true;
            }
        }

        if (changeToShift)
        {
            fgUpdateConstTreeValueNumber(op2);
            mul->ChangeOper(GT_LSH, GenTree::PRESERVE_VN);

            return mul;
        }
    }

    return nullptr;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeBitwiseAnd: optimizes the "and" operation.
//
// Arguments:
//   andOp - the GT_AND tree to optimize.
//
// Return Value:
//   The optimized tree, currently always a relop, in case any transformations
//   were performed. Otherwise, "nullptr", guaranteeing no state change.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeBitwiseAnd(GenTreeOp* andOp)
{
    assert(andOp->OperIs(GT_AND));
    assert(!optValnumCSE_phase);

    GenTree* op1 = andOp->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* op2 = andOp->gtGetOp2();

    // Fold "cmp & 1" to just "cmp".
    if (andOp->TypeIs(TYP_INT) && op1->OperIsCompare() && op2->IsIntegralConst(1))
    {
        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);
        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(andOp);

        return op1;
    }

    return nullptr;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOptimizeRelationalComparisonWithCasts: Recognizes comparisons against
//   various cast operands and tries to remove them. E.g.:
//
//   *  GE        int
//   +--*  CAST      long <- ulong <- uint
//   |  \--*  X         int
//   \--*  CNS_INT   long
//
//   to:
//
//   *  GE_un     int
//   +--*  X         int
//   \--*  CNS_INT   int
//
//   same for:
//
//   *  GE        int
//   +--*  CAST      long <- ulong <- uint
//   |  \--*  X         int
//   \--*  CAST      long <- [u]long <- int
//      \--*  ARR_LEN   int
//
//   These patterns quite often show up along with index checks
//
// Arguments:
//   cmp - the GT_LE/GT_LT/GT_GE/GT_GT tree to morph.
//
// Return Value:
//   Returns the same tree where operands might have narrower types
//
// Notes:
//   TODO-Casts: consider unifying this function with "optNarrowTree"
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeRelationalComparisonWithCasts(GenTreeOp* cmp)
{
    assert(cmp->OperIs(GT_LE, GT_LT, GT_GE, GT_GT));
    assert(!optValnumCSE_phase);

    GenTree* op1 = cmp->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* op2 = cmp->gtGetOp2();

    // Caller is expected to call this function only if we have at least one CAST node
    assert(op1->OperIs(GT_CAST) || op2->OperIs(GT_CAST));

    assert(genActualType(op1) == genActualType(op2));

    if (!op1->TypeIs(TYP_LONG))
    {
        return cmp;
    }

    auto supportedOp = [](GenTree* op) {
        if (op->IsIntegralConst())
        {
            return true;
        }

        if (op->OperIs(GT_CAST))
        {
            if (op->gtOverflow())
            {
                return false;
            }

            if (genActualType(op->CastFromType()) != TYP_INT)
            {
                return false;
            }

            assert(varTypeIsLong(op->CastToType()));
            return true;
        }

        return false;
    };

    if (!supportedOp(op1) || !supportedOp(op2))
    {
        return cmp;
    }

    auto isUpperZero = [this](GenTree* op) {
        if (op->IsIntegralConst())
        {
            int64_t lng = op->AsIntConCommon()->LngValue();
            return (lng >= 0) && (lng <= UINT_MAX);
        }

        assert(op->OperIs(GT_CAST));
        if (op->AsCast()->IsUnsigned())
        {
            return true;
        }

        return IntegralRange::ForNode(op->AsCast()->CastOp(), this).IsNonNegative();
    };

    // If both operands have zero as the upper half then any signed/unsigned
    // 64-bit comparison is equivalent to the same unsigned 32-bit comparison.
    if (isUpperZero(op1) && isUpperZero(op2))
    {
        JITDUMP("Removing redundant cast(s) for:\n")
        DISPTREE(cmp)
        JITDUMP("\n\nto:\n\n")

        cmp->SetUnsigned();

        auto transform = [this](GenTree** use) {
            if ((*use)->IsIntegralConst())
            {
                (*use)->BashToConst(static_cast<int>((*use)->AsIntConCommon()->LngValue()));
                fgUpdateConstTreeValueNumber(*use);
            }
            else
            {
                assert((*use)->OperIs(GT_CAST));
                GenTreeCast* cast = (*use)->AsCast();
                *use              = cast->CastOp();
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(cast);
            }
        };

        transform(&cmp->gtOp1);
        transform(&cmp->gtOp2);

        assert((genActualType(cmp->gtOp1) == TYP_INT) && (genActualType(cmp->gtOp2) == TYP_INT));

        DISPTREE(cmp)
        JITDUMP("\n")
    }
    return cmp;
}

// fgOptimizeBitwiseXor: optimizes the "xor" operation.
//
// Arguments:
//   xorOp - the GT_XOR tree to optimize.
//
// Return Value:
//   The optimized tree, currently always a local variable, in case any transformations
//   were performed. Otherwise, "nullptr", guaranteeing no state change.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgOptimizeBitwiseXor(GenTreeOp* xorOp)
{
    assert(xorOp->OperIs(GT_XOR));
    assert(!optValnumCSE_phase);

    GenTree* op1 = xorOp->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* op2 = xorOp->gtGetOp2();

    if (op2->IsIntegralConst(0))
    {
        /* "x ^ 0" is "x" */
        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(xorOp, op2);
        return op1;
    }
    else if (op2->IsIntegralConst(-1))
    {
        /* "x ^ -1" is "~x" */
        xorOp->ChangeOper(GT_NOT);
        xorOp->gtOp2 = nullptr;
        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);

        return xorOp;
    }
    else if (op2->IsIntegralConst(1) && op1->OperIsCompare())
    {
        /* "binaryVal ^ 1" is "!binaryVal" */
        gtReverseCond(op1);
        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);
        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(xorOp);

        return op1;
    }

    return nullptr;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgPropagateCommaThrow: propagate a "comma throw" up the tree.
//
// "Comma throws" in the compiler represent the canonical form of an always
// throwing expression. They have the shape of COMMA(THROW, ZERO), to satisfy
// the semantic that the original expression produced some value and are
// generated by "gtFoldExprConst" when it encounters checked arithmetic that
// will determinably overflow.
//
// In the global morphing phase, "comma throws" are "propagated" up the tree,
// in post-order, to eliminate nodes that will never execute. This method,
// called by "fgMorphSmpOp", encapsulates this optimization.
//
// Arguments:
//   parent               - the node currently being processed.
//   commaThrow           - the comma throw in question, "parent"'s operand.
//   precedingSideEffects - side effects of nodes preceding "comma" in execution order.
//
// Return Value:
//   If "parent" is to be replaced with a comma throw, i. e. the propagation was successful,
//   the new "parent", otherwise "nullptr", guaranteeing no state change, with one exception:
//   the "fgRemoveRestOfBlock" "global" may be set. Note that the new returned tree does not
//   have to be a "comma throw", it can be "bare" throw call if the "parent" node did not
//   produce any value.
//
// Notes:
//   "Comma throws" are very rare.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgPropagateCommaThrow(GenTree* parent, GenTreeOp* commaThrow, GenTreeFlags precedingSideEffects)
{
    // Comma throw propagation does not preserve VNs, and deletes nodes.
    assert(fgGlobalMorph);
    assert(fgIsCommaThrow(commaThrow));

    if ((commaThrow->gtFlags & GTF_COLON_COND) == 0)
    {
        fgRemoveRestOfBlock = true;
    }

    if ((precedingSideEffects & GTF_ALL_EFFECT) == 0)
    {
        if (parent->TypeIs(TYP_VOID))
        {
            // Return the throw node as the new tree.
            return commaThrow->gtGetOp1();
        }

        // Fix up the COMMA's type if needed.
        if (genActualType(parent) != genActualType(commaThrow))
        {
            commaThrow->gtGetOp2()->BashToZeroConst(genActualType(parent));
            commaThrow->ChangeType(genActualType(parent));
        }

        return commaThrow;
    }

    return nullptr;
}

//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphRetInd: Try to get rid of extra local indirections in a return tree.
//
// Arguments:
//    node - The return node that uses an local field.
//
// Return Value:
//    the original op1 of the ret if there was no optimization or an optimized new op1.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphRetInd(GenTreeUnOp* ret)
{
    assert(ret->OperIs(GT_RETURN));
    assert(ret->gtGetOp1()->OperIs(GT_LCL_FLD));
    GenTreeLclFld* lclFld = ret->gtGetOp1()->AsLclFld();
    unsigned       lclNum = lclFld->GetLclNum();

    if (fgGlobalMorph && varTypeIsStruct(lclFld) && !lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(lclNum))
    {
        LclVarDsc* varDsc     = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);
        unsigned   indSize    = lclFld->GetSize();
        unsigned   lclVarSize = lvaLclExactSize(lclNum);

        // TODO: change conditions in `canFold` to `indSize <= lclVarSize`, but currently do not support `BITCAST
        // int<-SIMD16` etc. Note this will also require the offset of the field to be zero.
        assert(indSize <= lclVarSize);

#if defined(TARGET_64BIT)
        bool canFold = (indSize == lclVarSize);
#else // !TARGET_64BIT
        // TODO: improve 32 bit targets handling for LONG returns if necessary, nowadays we do not support `BITCAST
        // long<->double` there.
        bool canFold = (indSize == lclVarSize) && (lclVarSize <= REGSIZE_BYTES);
#endif

        // TODO: support `genReturnBB != nullptr`, it requires #11413 to avoid `Incompatible types for
        // gtNewTempAssign`.
        if (canFold && (genReturnBB == nullptr))
        {
            // Fold even if types do not match, lowering will handle it. This allows the local
            // to remain DNER-free and be enregistered.
            assert(lclFld->GetLclOffs() == 0);
            lclFld->ChangeType(varDsc->TypeGet());
            lclFld->SetOper(GT_LCL_VAR);
        }
        else if (!varDsc->lvDoNotEnregister)
        {
            lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(lclNum DEBUGARG(DoNotEnregisterReason::BlockOpRet));
        }
    }

    return lclFld;
}

#ifdef _PREFAST_
#pragma warning(pop)
#endif
//-------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphSmpOpOptional: optional post-order morping of some SMP trees
//
// Arguments:
//   tree - tree to morph
//   optAssertionPropDone - [out, optional] set true if local assertions were
//      killed/genned by the optional morphing
//
// Returns:
//    Tree, possibly updated
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphSmpOpOptional(GenTreeOp* tree, bool* optAssertionPropDone)
{
    genTreeOps oper = tree->gtOper;
    GenTree*   op1  = tree->gtOp1;
    GenTree*   op2  = tree->gtOp2;
    var_types  typ  = tree->TypeGet();

    if (fgGlobalMorph && GenTree::OperIsCommutative(oper))
    {
        /* Swap the operands so that the more expensive one is 'op1' */

        if (tree->gtFlags & GTF_REVERSE_OPS)
        {
            tree->gtOp1 = op2;
            tree->gtOp2 = op1;

            op2 = op1;
            op1 = tree->gtOp1;

            tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_REVERSE_OPS;
        }

        if (oper == op2->gtOper)
        {
            /*  Reorder nested operators at the same precedence level to be
                left-recursive. For example, change "(a+(b+c))" to the
                equivalent expression "((a+b)+c)".
             */

            /* Things are handled differently for floating-point operators */

            if (!varTypeIsFloating(tree->TypeGet()))
            {
                fgMoveOpsLeft(tree);
                op1 = tree->gtOp1;
                op2 = tree->gtOp2;
            }
        }
    }

#if REARRANGE_ADDS

    /* Change "((x+icon)+y)" to "((x+y)+icon)"
       Don't reorder floating-point operations */

    if (fgGlobalMorph && (oper == GT_ADD) && !tree->gtOverflow() && (op1->gtOper == GT_ADD) && !op1->gtOverflow() &&
        varTypeIsIntegralOrI(typ))
    {
        GenTree* ad1 = op1->AsOp()->gtOp1;
        GenTree* ad2 = op1->AsOp()->gtOp2;

        if (!op2->OperIsConst() && ad2->OperIsConst())
        {
            //  This takes
            //        + (tree)
            //       / \.
            //      /   \.
            //     /     \.
            //    + (op1) op2
            //   / \.
            //  /   \.
            // ad1  ad2
            //
            // and it swaps ad2 and op2.

            // Don't create a byref pointer that may point outside of the ref object.
            // If a GC happens, the byref won't get updated. This can happen if one
            // of the int components is negative. It also requires the address generation
            // be in a fully-interruptible code region.
            if (!varTypeIsGC(ad1->TypeGet()) && !varTypeIsGC(op2->TypeGet()))
            {
                tree->gtOp2 = ad2;

                op1->AsOp()->gtOp2 = op2;
                op1->gtFlags |= op2->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;

                op2 = tree->gtOp2;
            }
        }
    }

#endif

    /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
     * Perform optional oper-specific postorder morphing
     */

    switch (oper)
    {
        case GT_ASG:
            // Make sure we're allowed to do this.
            if (optValnumCSE_phase)
            {
                // It is not safe to reorder/delete CSE's
                break;
            }

            if (varTypeIsStruct(typ) && !tree->IsPhiDefn())
            {
                // Block ops handle assertion kill/gen specially.
                // See PrepareDst and PropagateAssertions
                //
                if (optAssertionPropDone != nullptr)
                {
                    *optAssertionPropDone = true;
                }

                if (tree->OperIsCopyBlkOp())
                {
                    return fgMorphCopyBlock(tree);
                }
                else
                {
                    return fgMorphInitBlock(tree);
                }
            }

            if (typ == TYP_LONG)
            {
                break;
            }

            if (op2->gtFlags & GTF_ASG)
            {
                break;
            }

            if ((op2->gtFlags & GTF_CALL) && (op1->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT))
            {
                break;
            }

            /* Special case: a cast that can be thrown away */

            // TODO-Cleanup: fgMorphSmp does a similar optimization. However, it removes only
            // one cast and sometimes there is another one after it that gets removed by this
            // code. fgMorphSmp should be improved to remove all redundant casts so this code
            // can be removed.

            if (op1->gtOper == GT_IND && op2->gtOper == GT_CAST && !op2->gtOverflow())
            {
                var_types srct;
                var_types cast;
                var_types dstt;

                srct = op2->AsCast()->CastOp()->TypeGet();
                cast = (var_types)op2->CastToType();
                dstt = op1->TypeGet();

                /* Make sure these are all ints and precision is not lost */

                if (genTypeSize(cast) >= genTypeSize(dstt) && dstt <= TYP_INT && srct <= TYP_INT)
                {
                    op2 = tree->gtOp2 = op2->AsCast()->CastOp();
                }
            }

            break;

        case GT_MUL:

            /* Check for the case "(val + icon) * icon" */

            if (op2->gtOper == GT_CNS_INT && op1->gtOper == GT_ADD)
            {
                GenTree* add = op1->AsOp()->gtOp2;

                if (add->IsCnsIntOrI() && (op2->GetScaleIndexMul() != 0))
                {
                    if (tree->gtOverflow() || op1->gtOverflow())
                    {
                        break;
                    }

                    ssize_t imul = op2->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal;
                    ssize_t iadd = add->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal;

                    /* Change '(val + iadd) * imul' -> '(val * imul) + (iadd * imul)' */

                    oper = GT_ADD;
                    tree->ChangeOper(oper);

                    op2->AsIntCon()->SetValueTruncating(iadd * imul);

                    op1->ChangeOper(GT_MUL);

                    add->AsIntCon()->SetIconValue(imul);
                }
            }

            break;

        case GT_DIV:

            /* For "val / 1", just return "val" */

            if (op2->IsIntegralConst(1))
            {
                DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);
                return op1;
            }
            break;

        case GT_UDIV:
        case GT_UMOD:
            tree->CheckDivideByConstOptimized(this);
            break;

        case GT_LSH:

            /* Check for the case "(val + icon) << icon" */

            if (!optValnumCSE_phase && op2->IsCnsIntOrI() && op1->gtOper == GT_ADD && !op1->gtOverflow())
            {
                GenTree* cns = op1->AsOp()->gtOp2;

                if (cns->IsCnsIntOrI() && (op2->GetScaleIndexShf() != 0))
                {
                    ssize_t ishf = op2->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue();
                    ssize_t iadd = cns->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue();

                    // printf("Changing '(val+icon1)<<icon2' into '(val<<icon2+icon1<<icon2)'\n");

                    /* Change "(val + iadd) << ishf" into "(val<<ishf + iadd<<ishf)" */

                    tree->ChangeOper(GT_ADD);

                    // we are reusing the shift amount node here, but the type we want is that of the shift result
                    op2->gtType = op1->gtType;
                    op2->AsIntConCommon()->SetValueTruncating(iadd << ishf);
                    op1->ChangeOper(GT_LSH);
                    cns->AsIntConCommon()->SetIconValue(ishf);
                }
            }

            break;

        case GT_INIT_VAL:
            // Initialization values for initBlk have special semantics - their lower
            // byte is used to fill the struct. However, we allow 0 as a "bare" value,
            // which enables them to get a VNForZero, and be propagated.
            if (op1->IsIntegralConst(0))
            {
                return op1;
            }
            break;

        default:
            break;
    }
    return tree;
}

#if defined(FEATURE_SIMD) || defined(FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphMultiOp: Morph a GenTreeMultiOp (SIMD/HWINTRINSIC) tree.
//
// Arguments:
//    multiOp - The tree to morph
//
// Return Value:
//    The fully morphed tree.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphMultiOp(GenTreeMultiOp* multiOp)
{
    gtUpdateNodeOperSideEffects(multiOp);

    bool dontCseConstArguments = false;
#if defined(FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS)
    // Opportunistically, avoid unexpected CSE for hw intrinsics with IMM arguments
    if (multiOp->OperIs(GT_HWINTRINSIC))
    {
        NamedIntrinsic hwIntrinsic = multiOp->AsHWIntrinsic()->GetHWIntrinsicId();
#if defined(TARGET_XARCH)
        if (HWIntrinsicInfo::lookupCategory(hwIntrinsic) == HW_Category_IMM)
        {
            dontCseConstArguments = true;
        }
#elif defined(TARGET_ARMARCH)
        if (HWIntrinsicInfo::HasImmediateOperand(hwIntrinsic))
        {
            dontCseConstArguments = true;
        }
#endif
    }
#endif

    for (GenTree** use : multiOp->UseEdges())
    {
        *use = fgMorphTree(*use);

        GenTree* operand = *use;
        multiOp->gtFlags |= (operand->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);

        if (dontCseConstArguments && operand->OperIsConst())
        {
            operand->SetDoNotCSE();
        }

        // Promoted structs after morph must be in one of two states:
        //  a) Fully eliminated from the IR (independent promotion) OR only be
        //     used by "special" nodes (e. g. LHS of ASGs for multi-reg structs).
        //  b) Marked as do-not-enregister (dependent promotion).
        //
        // So here we preserve this invariant and mark any promoted structs as do-not-enreg.
        //
        if (operand->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && lvaGetDesc(operand->AsLclVar())->lvPromoted)
        {
            lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(operand->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum()
                                         DEBUGARG(DoNotEnregisterReason::SimdUserForcesDep));
        }
    }

#if defined(FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS)
    if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && multiOp->OperIs(GT_HWINTRINSIC))
    {
        GenTreeHWIntrinsic* hw = multiOp->AsHWIntrinsic();

        // Move constant vectors from op1 to op2 for commutative and compare operations
        if ((hw->GetOperandCount() == 2) && hw->Op(1)->IsVectorConst() &&
            HWIntrinsicInfo::IsCommutative(hw->GetHWIntrinsicId()))
        {
            std::swap(hw->Op(1), hw->Op(2));
        }

        switch (hw->GetHWIntrinsicId())
        {
#if defined(TARGET_XARCH)
            case NI_SSE_Xor:
            case NI_SSE2_Xor:
            case NI_AVX_Xor:
            case NI_AVX2_Xor:
            {
                // Transform XOR(X, 0) to X for vectors
                GenTree* op1 = hw->Op(1);
                GenTree* op2 = hw->Op(2);
                if (!gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(hw))
                {
                    if (op2->IsVectorZero() && !gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(op2))
                    {
                        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(hw);
                        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(op2);
                        return op1;
                    }
                }
                break;
            }
#endif

            default:
                break;
        }
    }
#endif // defined(FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS) && defined(TARGET_XARCH)

    if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && multiOp->IsVectorCreate())
    {
        bool allArgsAreConst = true;
        for (GenTree* arg : multiOp->Operands())
        {
            if (!arg->OperIsConst())
            {
                allArgsAreConst = false;
                break;
            }
        }

        // Avoid unexpected CSE for constant arguments for Vector_.Create
        // but only if all arguments are constants.
        if (allArgsAreConst)
        {
            for (GenTree* arg : multiOp->Operands())
            {
                arg->SetDoNotCSE();
            }
        }
    }

#ifdef FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS
    if (multiOp->OperIsHWIntrinsic() && !optValnumCSE_phase)
    {
        return fgOptimizeHWIntrinsic(multiOp->AsHWIntrinsic());
    }
#endif

    return multiOp;
}
#endif // defined(FEATURE_SIMD) || defined(FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS)

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphModToZero: Transform 'a % 1' into the equivalent '0'.
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - The GT_MOD/GT_UMOD tree to morph
//
// Returns:
//    The morphed tree, will be a GT_COMMA or a zero constant node.
//    Can return null if the transformation did not happen.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphModToZero(GenTreeOp* tree)
{
    assert(tree->OperIs(GT_MOD, GT_UMOD));
    assert(tree->gtOp2->IsIntegralConst(1));

    if (opts.OptimizationDisabled())
        return nullptr;

    // Do not transform this if there are side effects and we are not in global morph.
    // If we want to allow this, we need to update value numbers for the GT_COMMA.
    if (!fgGlobalMorph && ((tree->gtGetOp1()->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) != 0))
        return nullptr;

    JITDUMP("\nMorphing MOD/UMOD [%06u] to Zero\n", dspTreeID(tree));

    GenTree* op1 = tree->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* op2 = tree->gtGetOp2();

    op2->AsIntConCommon()->SetIntegralValue(0);
    fgUpdateConstTreeValueNumber(op2);

    GenTree* const zero = op2;

    GenTree* op1SideEffects = nullptr;
    gtExtractSideEffList(op1, &op1SideEffects, GTF_ALL_EFFECT);
    if (op1SideEffects != nullptr)
    {
        GenTree* comma = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, zero->TypeGet(), op1SideEffects, zero);
        INDEBUG(comma->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);

        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);

        return comma;
    }
    else
    {
        INDEBUG(zero->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);

        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree->gtOp1);
        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);

        return zero;
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphModToSubMulDiv: Transform a % b into the equivalent a - (a / b) * b
// (see ECMA III 3.55 and III.3.56).
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - The GT_MOD/GT_UMOD tree to morph
//
// Returns:
//    The morphed tree
//
// Notes:
//    For ARM64 we don't have a remainder instruction so this transform is
//    always done. For XARCH this transform is done if we know that magic
//    division will be used, in that case this transform allows CSE to
//    eliminate the redundant div from code like "x = a / 3; y = a % 3;".
//
//    Before:
//        *  RETURN    int
//        \--*  MOD       int
//           +--*  MUL       int
//           |  +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V00 arg0
//           |  \--*  LCL_VAR   int    V00 arg0
//           \--*  LCL_VAR   int    V01 arg1
//    After:
//        *  RETURN    int
//        \--*  COMMA     int
//           +--*  ASG       int
//           |  +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V03 tmp1
//           |  \--*  MUL       int
//           |     +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V00 arg0
//           |     \--*  LCL_VAR   int    V00 arg0
//           \--*  SUB       int
//              +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V03 tmp1
//              \--*  MUL       int
//                 +--*  DIV       int
//                 |  +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V03 tmp1
//                 |  \--*  LCL_VAR   int    V01 arg1
//                 \--*  LCL_VAR   int    V01 arg1
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphModToSubMulDiv(GenTreeOp* tree)
{
    JITDUMP("\nMorphing MOD/UMOD [%06u] to Sub/Mul/Div\n", dspTreeID(tree));

    if (tree->OperGet() == GT_MOD)
    {
        tree->SetOper(GT_DIV);
    }
    else if (tree->OperGet() == GT_UMOD)
    {
        tree->SetOper(GT_UDIV);
    }
    else
    {
        noway_assert(!"Illegal gtOper in fgMorphModToSubMulDiv");
    }

    GenTreeOp* const div = tree;

    GenTree* opA = div->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* opB = div->gtGetOp2();
    if (div->IsReverseOp())
    {
        std::swap(opA, opB);
    }

    TempInfo tempInfos[2];
    int      tempInfoCount = 0;

    // This transform runs in pre-morph so we cannot rely on GTF_GLOB_REF.
    // Furthermore, this logic is somewhat complicated since the divisor and
    // dividend are arbitrary nodes. For instance, if we spill the divisor and
    // the dividend is a local, we need to spill the dividend too unless the
    // divisor could not cause it to be reassigned.
    // There is even more complexity due to needing to handle GTF_REVERSE_OPS.
    //
    // This could be slightly better via GTF_CALL and GTF_ASG checks on the
    // divisor but the diffs of this were minor and the extra complexity seemed
    // not worth it.
    bool spillA;
    bool spillB;
    if (opB->IsInvariant() || opB->OperIsLocal())
    {
        spillB = false;
        spillA = !opA->IsInvariant() && !opA->OperIsLocal();
    }
    else
    {
        spillB = true;
        spillA = !opA->IsInvariant();
    }

    if (spillA)
    {
        tempInfos[tempInfoCount] = fgMakeTemp(opA);
        opA                      = tempInfos[tempInfoCount].load;
        tempInfoCount++;
    }

    if (spillB)
    {
        tempInfos[tempInfoCount] = fgMakeTemp(opB);
        opB                      = tempInfos[tempInfoCount].load;
        tempInfoCount++;
    }

    GenTree* dividend = div->IsReverseOp() ? opB : opA;
    GenTree* divisor  = div->IsReverseOp() ? opA : opB;

    div->gtOp1 = gtCloneExpr(dividend);
    div->gtOp2 = gtCloneExpr(divisor);

    var_types      type = div->gtType;
    GenTree* const mul  = gtNewOperNode(GT_MUL, type, div, divisor);
    GenTree* const sub  = gtNewOperNode(GT_SUB, type, dividend, mul);

    GenTree* result = sub;
    // We loop backwards as it is easier to create new commas
    // within one another for their sequence order.
    for (int i = tempInfoCount - 1; i >= 0; i--)
    {
        result = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, type, tempInfos[i].asg, result);
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    result->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
#endif

    div->CheckDivideByConstOptimized(this);

    return result;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphUModToAndSub: Transform a % b into the equivalent a & (b - 1).
// '%' must be unsigned (GT_UMOD).
// 'a' and 'b' must be integers.
// 'b' must be a constant and a power of two.
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - The GT_UMOD tree to morph
//
// Returns:
//    The morphed tree
//
// Notes:
//    This is more optimized than calling fgMorphModToSubMulDiv.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphUModToAndSub(GenTreeOp* tree)
{
    JITDUMP("\nMorphing UMOD [%06u] to And/Sub\n", dspTreeID(tree));

    assert(tree->OperIs(GT_UMOD));
    assert(tree->gtOp2->IsIntegralConstUnsignedPow2());

    const var_types type = tree->TypeGet();

    const size_t   cnsValue = (static_cast<size_t>(tree->gtOp2->AsIntConCommon()->IntegralValue())) - 1;
    GenTree* const newTree  = gtNewOperNode(GT_AND, type, tree->gtOp1, gtNewIconNode(cnsValue, type));

    INDEBUG(newTree->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);

    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree->gtOp2);
    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);

    return newTree;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgOperIsBitwiseRotationRoot : Check if the operation can be a root of a bitwise rotation tree.
//
//
// Arguments:
//    oper  - Operation to check
//
// Return Value:
//    True if the operation can be a root of a bitwise rotation tree; false otherwise.

bool Compiler::fgOperIsBitwiseRotationRoot(genTreeOps oper)
{
    return (oper == GT_OR) || (oper == GT_XOR);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgRecognizeAndMorphBitwiseRotation : Check if the tree represents a left or right rotation. If so, return
//                                      an equivalent GT_ROL or GT_ROR tree; otherwise, return the original tree.
//
// Arguments:
//    tree  - tree to check for a rotation pattern
//
// Return Value:
//    An equivalent GT_ROL or GT_ROR tree if a pattern is found; "nullptr" otherwise.
//
// Assumption:
//    The input is a GT_OR or a GT_XOR tree.

GenTree* Compiler::fgRecognizeAndMorphBitwiseRotation(GenTree* tree)
{
    //
    // Check for a rotation pattern, e.g.,
    //
    //                         OR                      ROL
    //                      /      \                   / \.
    //                    LSH      RSZ      ->        x   y
    //                    / \      / \.
    //                   x  AND   x  AND
    //                      / \      / \.
    //                     y  31   ADD  31
    //                             / \.
    //                            NEG 32
    //                             |
    //                             y
    // The patterns recognized:
    // (x << (y & M)) op (x >>> ((-y + N) & M))
    // (x >>> ((-y + N) & M)) op (x << (y & M))
    //
    // (x << y) op (x >>> (-y + N))
    // (x >> > (-y + N)) op (x << y)
    //
    // (x >>> (y & M)) op (x << ((-y + N) & M))
    // (x << ((-y + N) & M)) op (x >>> (y & M))
    //
    // (x >>> y) op (x << (-y + N))
    // (x << (-y + N)) op (x >>> y)
    //
    // (x << c1) op (x >>> c2)
    // (x >>> c1) op (x << c2)
    //
    // where
    // c1 and c2 are const
    // c1 + c2 == bitsize(x)
    // N == bitsize(x)
    // M is const
    // M & (N - 1) == N - 1
    // op is either | or ^

    if (((tree->gtFlags & GTF_PERSISTENT_SIDE_EFFECTS) != 0) || ((tree->gtFlags & GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF) != 0))
    {
        // We can't do anything if the tree has assignments, calls, or volatile
        // reads. Note that we allow GTF_EXCEPT side effect since any exceptions
        // thrown by the original tree will be thrown by the transformed tree as well.
        return nullptr;
    }

    genTreeOps oper = tree->OperGet();
    assert(fgOperIsBitwiseRotationRoot(oper));

    // Check if we have an LSH on one side of the OR and an RSZ on the other side.
    GenTree* op1            = tree->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* op2            = tree->gtGetOp2();
    GenTree* leftShiftTree  = nullptr;
    GenTree* rightShiftTree = nullptr;
    if ((op1->OperGet() == GT_LSH) && (op2->OperGet() == GT_RSZ))
    {
        leftShiftTree  = op1;
        rightShiftTree = op2;
    }
    else if ((op1->OperGet() == GT_RSZ) && (op2->OperGet() == GT_LSH))
    {
        leftShiftTree  = op2;
        rightShiftTree = op1;
    }
    else
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    // Check if the trees representing the value to shift are identical.
    // We already checked that there are no side effects above.
    if (GenTree::Compare(leftShiftTree->gtGetOp1(), rightShiftTree->gtGetOp1()))
    {
        GenTree*  rotatedValue           = leftShiftTree->gtGetOp1();
        var_types rotatedValueActualType = genActualType(rotatedValue->gtType);
        ssize_t   rotatedValueBitSize    = genTypeSize(rotatedValueActualType) * 8;
        noway_assert((rotatedValueBitSize == 32) || (rotatedValueBitSize == 64));
        GenTree* leftShiftIndex  = leftShiftTree->gtGetOp2();
        GenTree* rightShiftIndex = rightShiftTree->gtGetOp2();

        // The shift index may be masked. At least (rotatedValueBitSize - 1) lower bits
        // shouldn't be masked for the transformation to be valid. If additional
        // higher bits are not masked, the transformation is still valid since the result
        // of MSIL shift instructions is unspecified if the shift amount is greater or equal
        // than the width of the value being shifted.
        ssize_t minimalMask    = rotatedValueBitSize - 1;
        ssize_t leftShiftMask  = -1;
        ssize_t rightShiftMask = -1;

        if ((leftShiftIndex->OperGet() == GT_AND))
        {
            if (leftShiftIndex->gtGetOp2()->IsCnsIntOrI())
            {
                leftShiftMask  = leftShiftIndex->gtGetOp2()->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal;
                leftShiftIndex = leftShiftIndex->gtGetOp1();
            }
            else
            {
                return nullptr;
            }
        }

        if ((rightShiftIndex->OperGet() == GT_AND))
        {
            if (rightShiftIndex->gtGetOp2()->IsCnsIntOrI())
            {
                rightShiftMask  = rightShiftIndex->gtGetOp2()->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal;
                rightShiftIndex = rightShiftIndex->gtGetOp1();
            }
            else
            {
                return nullptr;
            }
        }

        if (((minimalMask & leftShiftMask) != minimalMask) || ((minimalMask & rightShiftMask) != minimalMask))
        {
            // The shift index is overmasked, e.g., we have
            // something like (x << y & 15) or
            // (x >> (32 - y) & 15 with 32 bit x.
            // The transformation is not valid.
            return nullptr;
        }

        GenTree*   shiftIndexWithAdd    = nullptr;
        GenTree*   shiftIndexWithoutAdd = nullptr;
        genTreeOps rotateOp             = GT_NONE;
        GenTree*   rotateIndex          = nullptr;

        if (leftShiftIndex->OperGet() == GT_ADD)
        {
            shiftIndexWithAdd    = leftShiftIndex;
            shiftIndexWithoutAdd = rightShiftIndex;
            rotateOp             = GT_ROR;
        }
        else if (rightShiftIndex->OperGet() == GT_ADD)
        {
            shiftIndexWithAdd    = rightShiftIndex;
            shiftIndexWithoutAdd = leftShiftIndex;
            rotateOp             = GT_ROL;
        }

        if (shiftIndexWithAdd != nullptr)
        {
            if (shiftIndexWithAdd->gtGetOp2()->IsCnsIntOrI())
            {
                if (shiftIndexWithAdd->gtGetOp2()->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal == rotatedValueBitSize)
                {
                    if (shiftIndexWithAdd->gtGetOp1()->OperGet() == GT_NEG)
                    {
                        if (GenTree::Compare(shiftIndexWithAdd->gtGetOp1()->gtGetOp1(), shiftIndexWithoutAdd))
                        {
                            // We found one of these patterns:
                            // (x << (y & M)) | (x >>> ((-y + N) & M))
                            // (x << y) | (x >>> (-y + N))
                            // (x >>> (y & M)) | (x << ((-y + N) & M))
                            // (x >>> y) | (x << (-y + N))
                            // where N == bitsize(x), M is const, and
                            // M & (N - 1) == N - 1
                            CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
                            if (!shiftIndexWithoutAdd->IsCnsIntOrI() && (rotatedValueBitSize == 64))
                            {
                                // TODO-X86-CQ: we need to handle variable-sized long shifts specially on x86.
                                // GT_LSH, GT_RSH, and GT_RSZ have helpers for this case. We may need
                                // to add helpers for GT_ROL and GT_ROR.
                                return nullptr;
                            }
#endif

                            rotateIndex = shiftIndexWithoutAdd;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        else if ((leftShiftIndex->IsCnsIntOrI() && rightShiftIndex->IsCnsIntOrI()))
        {
            if (leftShiftIndex->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal + rightShiftIndex->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal == rotatedValueBitSize)
            {
                // We found this pattern:
                // (x << c1) | (x >>> c2)
                // where c1 and c2 are const and c1 + c2 == bitsize(x)
                rotateOp    = GT_ROL;
                rotateIndex = leftShiftIndex;
            }
        }

        if (rotateIndex != nullptr)
        {
            noway_assert(GenTree::OperIsRotate(rotateOp));

            GenTreeFlags inputTreeEffects = tree->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;

            // We can use the same tree only during global morph; reusing the tree in a later morph
            // may invalidate value numbers.
            if (fgGlobalMorph)
            {
                tree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = rotatedValue;
                tree->AsOp()->gtOp2 = rotateIndex;
                tree->ChangeOper(rotateOp);

                unsigned childFlags = 0;
                for (GenTree* op : tree->Operands())
                {
                    childFlags |= (op->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);
                }

                // The parent's flags should be a superset of its operands' flags
                noway_assert((inputTreeEffects & childFlags) == childFlags);
            }
            else
            {
                tree = gtNewOperNode(rotateOp, rotatedValueActualType, rotatedValue, rotateIndex);
                noway_assert(inputTreeEffects == (tree->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT));
            }

            return tree;
        }
    }

    return nullptr;
}

#if !defined(TARGET_64BIT)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgRecognizeAndMorphLongMul : Check for and morph long multiplication with 32 bit operands.
//
// Uses "GenTree::IsValidLongMul" to check for the long multiplication pattern. Will swap
// operands if the first one is a constant and the second one is not, even for trees which
// end up not being eligibile for long multiplication.
//
// Arguments:
//    mul  -  GT_MUL tree to check for a long multiplication opportunity
//
// Return Value:
//    The original tree, with operands possibly swapped, if it is not eligible for long multiplication.
//    Tree with GTF_MUL_64RSLT set, side effect flags propagated, and children morphed if it is.
//
GenTreeOp* Compiler::fgRecognizeAndMorphLongMul(GenTreeOp* mul)
{
    assert(mul->OperIs(GT_MUL));
    assert(mul->TypeIs(TYP_LONG));

    GenTree* op1 = mul->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* op2 = mul->gtGetOp2();

    // "IsValidLongMul" and decomposition do not handle constant op1.
    if (op1->IsIntegralConst())
    {
        std::swap(op1, op2);
        mul->gtOp1 = op1;
        mul->gtOp2 = op2;
    }

    if (!mul->IsValidLongMul())
    {
        return mul;
    }

    // MUL_LONG needs to do the work the casts would have done.
    mul->ClearUnsigned();
    if (op1->IsUnsigned())
    {
        mul->SetUnsigned();
    }

    // "IsValidLongMul" returned "true", so this GT_MUL cannot overflow.
    mul->ClearOverflow();
    mul->Set64RsltMul();

    return fgMorphLongMul(mul);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphLongMul : Morphs GT_MUL nodes marked with GTF_MUL_64RSLT.
//
// Morphs *only* the operands of casts that compose the long mul to
// avoid them being folded always.
//
// Arguments:
//    mul  -  GT_MUL tree to morph operands of
//
// Return Value:
//    The original tree, with operands morphed and flags propagated.
//
GenTreeOp* Compiler::fgMorphLongMul(GenTreeOp* mul)
{
    INDEBUG(mul->DebugCheckLongMul());

    GenTree* op1 = mul->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* op2 = mul->gtGetOp2();

    // Morph the operands. We cannot allow the casts to go away, so we morph their operands directly.
    op1->AsCast()->CastOp() = fgMorphTree(op1->AsCast()->CastOp());
    op1->SetAllEffectsFlags(op1->AsCast()->CastOp());

    if (op2->OperIs(GT_CAST))
    {
        op2->AsCast()->CastOp() = fgMorphTree(op2->AsCast()->CastOp());
        op2->SetAllEffectsFlags(op2->AsCast()->CastOp());
    }

    mul->SetAllEffectsFlags(op1, op2);
    op1->SetDoNotCSE();
    op2->SetDoNotCSE();

    return mul;
}
#endif // !defined(TARGET_64BIT)

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Transform the given tree for code generation and return an equivalent tree.
 */

GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphTree(GenTree* tree, MorphAddrContext* mac)
{
    assert(tree);

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        if ((unsigned)JitConfig.JitBreakMorphTree() == tree->gtTreeID)
        {
            noway_assert(!"JitBreakMorphTree hit");
        }
    }
#endif

#ifdef DEBUG
    int thisMorphNum = 0;
    if (verbose && treesBeforeAfterMorph)
    {
        thisMorphNum = morphNum++;
        printf("\nfgMorphTree (before %d):\n", thisMorphNum);
        gtDispTree(tree);
    }
#endif

    bool optAssertionPropDone = false;

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * fgMorphTree() can potentially replace a tree with another, and the
 * caller has to store the return value correctly.
 * Turn this on to always make copy of "tree" here to shake out
 * hidden/unupdated references.
 */

#ifdef DEBUG

    if (compStressCompile(STRESS_GENERIC_CHECK, 0))
    {
        GenTree* copy;

        if (GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[tree->gtOper] == TREE_NODE_SZ_SMALL)
        {
            copy = gtNewLargeOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_INT);
        }
        else
        {
            copy = new (this, GT_CALL) GenTreeCall(TYP_INT);
        }

        copy->ReplaceWith(tree, this);

#if defined(LATE_DISASM)
        // GT_CNS_INT is considered small, so ReplaceWith() won't copy all fields
        if (tree->IsIconHandle())
        {
            copy->AsIntCon()->gtCompileTimeHandle = tree->AsIntCon()->gtCompileTimeHandle;
        }
#endif

        DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);
        tree = copy;
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    if (fgGlobalMorph)
    {
        /* Ensure that we haven't morphed this node already */
        assert(((tree->gtDebugFlags & GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED) == 0) && "ERROR: Already morphed this node!");

        /* Before morphing the tree, we try to propagate any active assertions */
        if (optLocalAssertionProp)
        {
            /* Do we have any active assertions? */

            if (optAssertionCount > 0)
            {
                GenTree* newTree = tree;
                while (newTree != nullptr)
                {
                    tree = newTree;
                    /* newTree is non-Null if we propagated an assertion */
                    newTree = optAssertionProp(apFull, tree, nullptr, nullptr);
                }
                assert(tree != nullptr);
            }
        }
        PREFAST_ASSUME(tree != nullptr);
    }

    /* Save the original un-morphed tree for fgMorphTreeDone */

    GenTree* const oldTree = tree;

    /* Figure out what kind of a node we have */

    unsigned const kind = tree->OperKind();

    /* Is this a constant node? */

    if (tree->OperIsConst())
    {
        tree = fgMorphConst(tree);
        goto DONE;
    }

    /* Is this a leaf node? */

    if (kind & GTK_LEAF)
    {
        tree = fgMorphLeaf(tree);
        goto DONE;
    }

    /* Is it a 'simple' unary/binary operator? */

    if (kind & GTK_SMPOP)
    {
        tree = fgMorphSmpOp(tree, mac, &optAssertionPropDone);
        goto DONE;
    }

    /* See what kind of a special operator we have here */

    switch (tree->OperGet())
    {
        case GT_CALL:
            if (tree->OperMayThrow(this))
            {
                tree->gtFlags |= GTF_EXCEPT;
            }
            else
            {
                tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_EXCEPT;
            }
            tree = fgMorphCall(tree->AsCall());
            break;

#if defined(FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS)
        case GT_HWINTRINSIC:
            tree = fgMorphMultiOp(tree->AsMultiOp());
            break;
#endif // FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS

        case GT_ARR_ELEM:
            tree->AsArrElem()->gtArrObj = fgMorphTree(tree->AsArrElem()->gtArrObj);

            unsigned dim;
            for (dim = 0; dim < tree->AsArrElem()->gtArrRank; dim++)
            {
                tree->AsArrElem()->gtArrInds[dim] = fgMorphTree(tree->AsArrElem()->gtArrInds[dim]);
            }

            tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_CALL;

            tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsArrElem()->gtArrObj->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;

            for (dim = 0; dim < tree->AsArrElem()->gtArrRank; dim++)
            {
                tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsArrElem()->gtArrInds[dim]->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            }

            if (fgGlobalMorph)
            {
                fgSetRngChkTarget(tree, false);
            }
            break;

        case GT_ARR_OFFSET:
            tree->AsArrOffs()->gtOffset = fgMorphTree(tree->AsArrOffs()->gtOffset);
            tree->AsArrOffs()->gtIndex  = fgMorphTree(tree->AsArrOffs()->gtIndex);
            tree->AsArrOffs()->gtArrObj = fgMorphTree(tree->AsArrOffs()->gtArrObj);

            tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_CALL;
            tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsArrOffs()->gtOffset->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsArrOffs()->gtIndex->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsArrOffs()->gtArrObj->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            if (fgGlobalMorph)
            {
                fgSetRngChkTarget(tree, false);
            }
            break;

        case GT_PHI:
            tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            for (GenTreePhi::Use& use : tree->AsPhi()->Uses())
            {
                use.SetNode(fgMorphTree(use.GetNode()));
                tree->gtFlags |= use.GetNode()->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            }
            break;

        case GT_FIELD_LIST:
            tree->gtFlags &= ~GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            for (GenTreeFieldList::Use& use : tree->AsFieldList()->Uses())
            {
                use.SetNode(fgMorphTree(use.GetNode()));
                tree->gtFlags |= (use.GetNode()->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT);
            }
            break;

        case GT_CMPXCHG:
            tree->AsCmpXchg()->gtOpLocation  = fgMorphTree(tree->AsCmpXchg()->gtOpLocation);
            tree->AsCmpXchg()->gtOpValue     = fgMorphTree(tree->AsCmpXchg()->gtOpValue);
            tree->AsCmpXchg()->gtOpComparand = fgMorphTree(tree->AsCmpXchg()->gtOpComparand);

            tree->gtFlags &= (~GTF_EXCEPT & ~GTF_CALL);

            tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsCmpXchg()->gtOpLocation->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsCmpXchg()->gtOpValue->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsCmpXchg()->gtOpComparand->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            break;

        case GT_STORE_DYN_BLK:
            tree = fgMorphStoreDynBlock(tree->AsStoreDynBlk());
            break;

        case GT_SELECT:
            tree->AsConditional()->gtCond = fgMorphTree(tree->AsConditional()->gtCond);
            tree->AsConditional()->gtOp1  = fgMorphTree(tree->AsConditional()->gtOp1);
            tree->AsConditional()->gtOp2  = fgMorphTree(tree->AsConditional()->gtOp2);

            tree->gtFlags &= (~GTF_EXCEPT & ~GTF_CALL);

            tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsConditional()->gtCond->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsConditional()->gtOp1->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
            tree->gtFlags |= tree->AsConditional()->gtOp2->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;

            if (opts.OptimizationEnabled())
            {
                // Try to fold away any constants etc.
                tree = gtFoldExpr(tree);
            }

            break;

        default:
#ifdef DEBUG
            gtDispTree(tree);
#endif
            noway_assert(!"unexpected operator");
    }
DONE:

    const bool isNewTree = (oldTree != tree);
    fgMorphTreeDone(tree, optAssertionPropDone, isNewTree DEBUGARG(thisMorphNum));

    return tree;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgKillDependentAssertionsSingle: Kill all assertions specific to lclNum
//
// Arguments:
//    lclNum - The varNum of the lclVar for which we're killing assertions.
//    tree   - (DEBUG only) the tree responsible for killing its assertions.
//
void Compiler::fgKillDependentAssertionsSingle(unsigned lclNum DEBUGARG(GenTree* tree))
{
    /* All dependent assertions are killed here */

    ASSERT_TP killed = BitVecOps::MakeCopy(apTraits, GetAssertionDep(lclNum));

    if (killed)
    {
        AssertionIndex index = optAssertionCount;
        while (killed && (index > 0))
        {
            if (BitVecOps::IsMember(apTraits, killed, index - 1))
            {
#ifdef DEBUG
                AssertionDsc* curAssertion = optGetAssertion(index);
                noway_assert((curAssertion->op1.lcl.lclNum == lclNum) ||
                             ((curAssertion->op2.kind == O2K_LCLVAR_COPY) && (curAssertion->op2.lcl.lclNum == lclNum)));
                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("\nThe assignment ");
                    printTreeID(tree);
                    printf(" using V%02u removes: ", curAssertion->op1.lcl.lclNum);
                    optPrintAssertion(curAssertion);
                }
#endif
                // Remove this bit from the killed mask
                BitVecOps::RemoveElemD(apTraits, killed, index - 1);

                optAssertionRemove(index);
            }

            index--;
        }

        // killed mask should now be zero
        noway_assert(BitVecOps::IsEmpty(apTraits, killed));
    }
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgKillDependentAssertions: Kill all dependent assertions with regard to lclNum.
//
// Arguments:
//    lclNum - The varNum of the lclVar for which we're killing assertions.
//    tree   - (DEBUG only) the tree responsible for killing its assertions.
//
// Notes:
//    For structs and struct fields, it will invalidate the children and parent
//    respectively.
//    Calls fgKillDependentAssertionsSingle to kill the assertions for a single lclVar.
//
void Compiler::fgKillDependentAssertions(unsigned lclNum DEBUGARG(GenTree* tree))
{
    LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);

    if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
    {
        noway_assert(varTypeIsStruct(varDsc));

        // Kill the field locals.
        for (unsigned i = varDsc->lvFieldLclStart; i < varDsc->lvFieldLclStart + varDsc->lvFieldCnt; ++i)
        {
            fgKillDependentAssertionsSingle(i DEBUGARG(tree));
        }

        // Kill the struct local itself.
        fgKillDependentAssertionsSingle(lclNum DEBUGARG(tree));
    }
    else if (varDsc->lvIsStructField)
    {
        // Kill the field local.
        fgKillDependentAssertionsSingle(lclNum DEBUGARG(tree));

        // Kill the parent struct.
        fgKillDependentAssertionsSingle(varDsc->lvParentLcl DEBUGARG(tree));
    }
    else
    {
        fgKillDependentAssertionsSingle(lclNum DEBUGARG(tree));
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphTreeDone: complete the morphing of a tree node
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - the tree after morphing
//
// Notes:
//    Simple version where the tree has not been marked
//    as morphed, and where assertion kill/gen has not yet been done.
//
void Compiler::fgMorphTreeDone(GenTree* tree)
{
    fgMorphTreeDone(tree, false, false);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphTreeDone: complete the morphing of a tree node
//
// Arguments:
//   tree - the tree after morphing
//   optAssertionPropDone - true if local assertion prop was done already
//   isMorphedTree - true if caller should have marked tree as morphed
//   morphNum - counts invocations of fgMorphTree
//
// Notes:
//  This function is called to complete the morphing of a tree node
//  It should only be called once for each node.
//  If DEBUG is defined the flag GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED is checked and updated,
//  to enforce the invariant that each node is only morphed once.
//
//  When local assertion prop is active assertions are killed and generated
//  based on tree (unless optAssertionPropDone is true).
//
void Compiler::fgMorphTreeDone(GenTree* tree, bool optAssertionPropDone, bool isMorphedTree DEBUGARG(int morphNum))
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose && treesBeforeAfterMorph)
    {
        printf("\nfgMorphTree (after %d):\n", morphNum);
        gtDispTree(tree);
        printf(""); // in our logic this causes a flush
    }
#endif

    if (!fgGlobalMorph)
    {
        return;
    }

    if (isMorphedTree)
    {
        // caller should have set the morphed flag
        //
        assert((tree->gtDebugFlags & GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED) && "ERROR: Did not morph this node!");
    }
    else
    {
        // caller should not have set the morphed flag
        //
        assert(((tree->gtDebugFlags & GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED) == 0) && "ERROR: Already morphed this node!");
        INDEBUG(tree->gtDebugFlags |= GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED);
    }

    // Note "tree" may generate new assertions that we
    // miss if we did them early... perhaps we should skip
    // kills but rerun gens.
    //
    if (tree->OperIsConst() || !optLocalAssertionProp || optAssertionPropDone)
    {
        return;
    }

    // Kill active assertions
    //
    if (optAssertionCount > 0)
    {
        GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclVarTree = nullptr;

        // The check below will miss LIR-style assignments.
        //
        // But we shouldn't be running local assertion prop on these,
        // as local prop gets disabled when we run global prop.
        assert(!tree->OperIs(GT_STORE_LCL_VAR, GT_STORE_LCL_FLD));

        // DefinesLocal can return true for some BLK op uses, so
        // check what gets assigned only when we're at an assignment.
        //
        if (tree->OperIsSsaDef() && tree->DefinesLocal(this, &lclVarTree))
        {
            const unsigned lclNum = lclVarTree->GetLclNum();
            noway_assert(lclNum < lvaCount);
            fgKillDependentAssertions(lclNum DEBUGARG(tree));
        }
    }

    // Generate new assertions
    //
    optAssertionGen(tree);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgFoldConditional: try and fold conditionals and optimize BBJ_COND or
//   BBJ_SWITCH blocks.
//
// Arguments:
//   block - block to examine
//
// Returns:
//   FoldResult indicating what changes were made, if any
//
Compiler::FoldResult Compiler::fgFoldConditional(BasicBlock* block)
{
    FoldResult result = FoldResult::FOLD_DID_NOTHING;

    // We don't want to make any code unreachable
    //
    if (opts.OptimizationDisabled())
    {
        return result;
    }

    if (block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_COND)
    {
        noway_assert(block->bbStmtList != nullptr && block->bbStmtList->GetPrevStmt() != nullptr);

        Statement* lastStmt = block->lastStmt();

        noway_assert(lastStmt->GetNextStmt() == nullptr);

        if (lastStmt->GetRootNode()->gtOper == GT_CALL)
        {
            noway_assert(fgRemoveRestOfBlock);

            // Unconditional throw - transform the basic block into a BBJ_THROW
            //
            fgConvertBBToThrowBB(block);
            result = FoldResult::FOLD_CHANGED_CONTROL_FLOW;
            JITDUMP("\nConditional folded at " FMT_BB "\n", block->bbNum);
            JITDUMP(FMT_BB " becomes a BBJ_THROW\n", block->bbNum);

            return result;
        }

        noway_assert(lastStmt->GetRootNode()->gtOper == GT_JTRUE);

        /* Did we fold the conditional */

        noway_assert(lastStmt->GetRootNode()->AsOp()->gtOp1);
        GenTree* condTree;
        condTree = lastStmt->GetRootNode()->AsOp()->gtOp1;
        GenTree* cond;
        cond = condTree->gtEffectiveVal(true);

        if (cond->OperIsConst())
        {
            /* Yupee - we folded the conditional!
             * Remove the conditional statement */

            noway_assert(cond->gtOper == GT_CNS_INT);
            noway_assert((block->bbNext->countOfInEdges() > 0) && (block->bbJumpDest->countOfInEdges() > 0));

            if (condTree != cond)
            {
                // Preserve any side effects
                assert(condTree->OperIs(GT_COMMA));
                lastStmt->SetRootNode(condTree);
                result = FoldResult::FOLD_ALTERED_LAST_STMT;
            }
            else
            {
                // no side effects, remove the jump entirely
                fgRemoveStmt(block, lastStmt);
                result = FoldResult::FOLD_REMOVED_LAST_STMT;
            }
            // block is a BBJ_COND that we are folding the conditional for.
            // bTaken is the path that will always be taken from block.
            // bNotTaken is the path that will never be taken from block.
            //
            BasicBlock* bTaken;
            BasicBlock* bNotTaken;

            if (cond->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal != 0)
            {
                /* JTRUE 1 - transform the basic block into a BBJ_ALWAYS */
                block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_ALWAYS;
                bTaken            = block->bbJumpDest;
                bNotTaken         = block->bbNext;
            }
            else
            {
                /* Unmark the loop if we are removing a backwards branch */
                /* dest block must also be marked as a loop head and     */
                /* We must be able to reach the backedge block           */
                if ((block->bbJumpDest->isLoopHead()) && (block->bbJumpDest->bbNum <= block->bbNum) &&
                    fgReachable(block->bbJumpDest, block))
                {
                    optUnmarkLoopBlocks(block->bbJumpDest, block);
                }

                /* JTRUE 0 - transform the basic block into a BBJ_NONE   */
                block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_NONE;
                bTaken            = block->bbNext;
                bNotTaken         = block->bbJumpDest;
            }

            if (fgHaveValidEdgeWeights)
            {
                // We are removing an edge from block to bNotTaken
                // and we have already computed the edge weights, so
                // we will try to adjust some of the weights
                //
                FlowEdge*   edgeTaken = fgGetPredForBlock(bTaken, block);
                BasicBlock* bUpdated  = nullptr; // non-NULL if we updated the weight of an internal block

                // We examine the taken edge (block -> bTaken)
                // if block has valid profile weight and bTaken does not we try to adjust bTaken's weight
                // else if bTaken has valid profile weight and block does not we try to adjust block's weight
                // We can only adjust the block weights when (the edge block -> bTaken) is the only edge into bTaken
                //
                if (block->hasProfileWeight())
                {
                    // The edge weights for (block -> bTaken) are 100% of block's weight

                    edgeTaken->setEdgeWeights(block->bbWeight, block->bbWeight, bTaken);

                    if (!bTaken->hasProfileWeight())
                    {
                        if ((bTaken->countOfInEdges() == 1) || (bTaken->bbWeight < block->bbWeight))
                        {
                            // Update the weight of bTaken
                            bTaken->inheritWeight(block);
                            bUpdated = bTaken;
                        }
                    }
                }
                else if (bTaken->hasProfileWeight())
                {
                    if (bTaken->countOfInEdges() == 1)
                    {
                        // There is only one in edge to bTaken
                        edgeTaken->setEdgeWeights(bTaken->bbWeight, bTaken->bbWeight, bTaken);

                        // Update the weight of block
                        block->inheritWeight(bTaken);
                        bUpdated = block;
                    }
                }

                if (bUpdated != nullptr)
                {
                    weight_t newMinWeight;
                    weight_t newMaxWeight;

                    FlowEdge* edge;
                    // Now fix the weights of the edges out of 'bUpdated'
                    switch (bUpdated->bbJumpKind)
                    {
                        case BBJ_NONE:
                            edge         = fgGetPredForBlock(bUpdated->bbNext, bUpdated);
                            newMaxWeight = bUpdated->bbWeight;
                            newMinWeight = min(edge->edgeWeightMin(), newMaxWeight);
                            edge->setEdgeWeights(newMinWeight, newMaxWeight, bUpdated->bbNext);
                            break;

                        case BBJ_COND:
                            edge         = fgGetPredForBlock(bUpdated->bbNext, bUpdated);
                            newMaxWeight = bUpdated->bbWeight;
                            newMinWeight = min(edge->edgeWeightMin(), newMaxWeight);
                            edge->setEdgeWeights(newMinWeight, newMaxWeight, bUpdated->bbNext);
                            FALLTHROUGH;

                        case BBJ_ALWAYS:
                            edge         = fgGetPredForBlock(bUpdated->bbJumpDest, bUpdated);
                            newMaxWeight = bUpdated->bbWeight;
                            newMinWeight = min(edge->edgeWeightMin(), newMaxWeight);
                            edge->setEdgeWeights(newMinWeight, newMaxWeight, bUpdated->bbNext);
                            break;

                        default:
                            // We don't handle BBJ_SWITCH
                            break;
                    }
                }
            }

            /* modify the flow graph */

            /* Remove 'block' from the predecessor list of 'bNotTaken' */
            fgRemoveRefPred(bNotTaken, block);

#ifdef DEBUG
            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("\nConditional folded at " FMT_BB "\n", block->bbNum);
                printf(FMT_BB " becomes a %s", block->bbNum,
                       block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_ALWAYS ? "BBJ_ALWAYS" : "BBJ_NONE");
                if (block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_ALWAYS)
                {
                    printf(" to " FMT_BB, block->bbJumpDest->bbNum);
                }
                printf("\n");
            }
#endif

            // Handle updates to the loop table.
            // Note this is distinct from the check for BBF_LOOP_HEAD above.
            //
            if (optLoopTableValid)
            {
                for (unsigned loopNum = 0; loopNum < optLoopCount; loopNum++)
                {
                    LoopDsc& loop = optLoopTable[loopNum];

                    // Some loops may have been already removed by
                    // loop unrolling or conditional folding
                    //
                    if (loop.lpIsRemoved())
                    {
                        continue;
                    }

                    // Removed edge from bottom -> entry?
                    //
                    if ((loop.lpBottom == block) && (loop.lpEntry == bNotTaken))
                    {
                        // This either destroyed the loop or lessened its extent.
                        // We currently ignore the latter.
                        //
                        if (loop.lpEntry->countOfInEdges() == 1)
                        {
                            // We removed the only backedge.
                            //
                            JITDUMP("Removing loop " FMT_LP " (from " FMT_BB " to " FMT_BB
                                    ") -- no longer has a backedge\n\n",
                                    loopNum, loop.lpTop->bbNum, loop.lpBottom->bbNum);

                            optMarkLoopRemoved(loopNum);
                            loop.lpTop->unmarkLoopAlign(this DEBUG_ARG("removed loop"));
                        }
                    }

                    // Removed edge from head -> entry?
                    //
                    if ((loop.lpHead == block) && (loop.lpEntry == bNotTaken))
                    {
                        // Loop is no longer reachable from outside
                        //
                        JITDUMP("Removing loop " FMT_LP " (from " FMT_BB " to " FMT_BB ") -- no longer reachable\n\n",
                                loopNum, loop.lpTop->bbNum, loop.lpBottom->bbNum);

                        optMarkLoopRemoved(loopNum);
                        loop.lpTop->unmarkLoopAlign(this DEBUG_ARG("removed loop"));
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
    else if (block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_SWITCH)
    {
        noway_assert(block->bbStmtList != nullptr && block->bbStmtList->GetPrevStmt() != nullptr);

        Statement* lastStmt = block->lastStmt();

        noway_assert(lastStmt->GetNextStmt() == nullptr);

        if (lastStmt->GetRootNode()->gtOper == GT_CALL)
        {
            noway_assert(fgRemoveRestOfBlock);

            // Unconditional throw - transform the basic block into a BBJ_THROW
            //
            fgConvertBBToThrowBB(block);
            result = FoldResult::FOLD_CHANGED_CONTROL_FLOW;
            JITDUMP("\nConditional folded at " FMT_BB "\n", block->bbNum);
            JITDUMP(FMT_BB " becomes a BBJ_THROW\n", block->bbNum);

            return result;
        }

        noway_assert(lastStmt->GetRootNode()->gtOper == GT_SWITCH);

        // Did we fold the conditional

        noway_assert(lastStmt->GetRootNode()->AsOp()->gtOp1);
        GenTree* condTree = lastStmt->GetRootNode()->AsOp()->gtOp1;
        GenTree* cond     = condTree->gtEffectiveVal(true);

        if (cond->OperIsConst())
        {
            // Yupee - we folded the conditional!
            // Remove the conditional statement

            noway_assert(cond->gtOper == GT_CNS_INT);

            if (condTree != cond)
            {
                // Preserve any side effects
                assert(condTree->OperIs(GT_COMMA));
                lastStmt->SetRootNode(condTree);
                result = FoldResult::FOLD_ALTERED_LAST_STMT;
            }
            else
            {
                // no side effects, remove the switch entirely
                fgRemoveStmt(block, lastStmt);
                result = FoldResult::FOLD_REMOVED_LAST_STMT;
            }

            // modify the flow graph

            // Find the actual jump target
            size_t       switchVal = (size_t)cond->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal;
            unsigned     jumpCnt   = block->bbJumpSwt->bbsCount;
            BasicBlock** jumpTab   = block->bbJumpSwt->bbsDstTab;
            bool         foundVal  = false;

            for (unsigned val = 0; val < jumpCnt; val++, jumpTab++)
            {
                BasicBlock* curJump = *jumpTab;

                assert(curJump->countOfInEdges() > 0);

                // If val matches switchVal or we are at the last entry and
                // we never found the switch value then set the new jump dest

                if ((val == switchVal) || (!foundVal && (val == jumpCnt - 1)))
                {
                    if (curJump != block->bbNext)
                    {
                        // transform the basic block into a BBJ_ALWAYS
                        block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_ALWAYS;
                        block->bbJumpDest = curJump;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        // transform the basic block into a BBJ_NONE
                        block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_NONE;
                    }
                    foundVal = true;
                }
                else
                {
                    // Remove 'block' from the predecessor list of 'curJump'
                    fgRemoveRefPred(curJump, block);
                }
            }

            assert(foundVal);

#ifdef DEBUG
            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("\nConditional folded at " FMT_BB "\n", block->bbNum);
                printf(FMT_BB " becomes a %s", block->bbNum,
                       block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_ALWAYS ? "BBJ_ALWAYS" : "BBJ_NONE");
                if (block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_ALWAYS)
                {
                    printf(" to " FMT_BB, block->bbJumpDest->bbNum);
                }
                printf("\n");
            }
#endif
        }
    }
    return result;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphBlockStmt: morph a single statement in a block.
//
// Arguments:
//    block - block containing the statement
//    stmt - statement to morph
//    msg - string to identify caller in a dump
//
// Returns:
//    true if 'stmt' was removed from the block.
//  s false if 'stmt' is still in the block (even if other statements were removed).
//
// Notes:
//   Can be called anytime, unlike fgMorphStmts() which should only be called once.
//
bool Compiler::fgMorphBlockStmt(BasicBlock* block, Statement* stmt DEBUGARG(const char* msg))
{
    assert(block != nullptr);
    assert(stmt != nullptr);

    // Reset some ambient state
    fgRemoveRestOfBlock = false;
    compCurBB           = block;
    compCurStmt         = stmt;

    GenTree* morph = fgMorphTree(stmt->GetRootNode());

    // Bug 1106830 - During the CSE phase we can't just remove
    // morph->AsOp()->gtOp2 as it could contain CSE expressions.
    // This leads to a noway_assert in OptCSE.cpp when
    // searching for the removed CSE ref. (using gtFindLink)
    //
    if (!optValnumCSE_phase)
    {
        // Check for morph as a GT_COMMA with an unconditional throw
        if (fgIsCommaThrow(morph, true))
        {
#ifdef DEBUG
            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("Folding a top-level fgIsCommaThrow stmt\n");
                printf("Removing op2 as unreachable:\n");
                gtDispTree(morph->AsOp()->gtOp2);
                printf("\n");
            }
#endif
            // Use the call as the new stmt
            morph = morph->AsOp()->gtOp1;
            noway_assert(morph->gtOper == GT_CALL);
        }

        // we can get a throw as a statement root
        if (fgIsThrow(morph))
        {
#ifdef DEBUG
            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("We have a top-level fgIsThrow stmt\n");
                printf("Removing the rest of block as unreachable:\n");
            }
#endif
            noway_assert((morph->gtFlags & GTF_COLON_COND) == 0);
            fgRemoveRestOfBlock = true;
        }
    }

    stmt->SetRootNode(morph);

    // Can the entire tree be removed?
    bool removedStmt = false;

    // Defer removing statements during CSE so we don't inadvertently remove any CSE defs.
    if (!optValnumCSE_phase)
    {
        removedStmt = fgCheckRemoveStmt(block, stmt);
    }

    // Or this is the last statement of a conditional branch that was just folded?
    if (!removedStmt && (stmt->GetNextStmt() == nullptr) && !fgRemoveRestOfBlock)
    {
        FoldResult const fr = fgFoldConditional(block);
        removedStmt         = (fr == FoldResult::FOLD_REMOVED_LAST_STMT);
    }

    if (!removedStmt)
    {
        // Have to re-do the evaluation order since for example some later code does not expect constants as op1
        gtSetStmtInfo(stmt);

        // This may be called both when the nodes are linked and when they aren't.
        if (fgNodeThreading == NodeThreading::AllTrees)
        {
            fgSetStmtSeq(stmt);
        }
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("%s %s tree:\n", msg, (removedStmt ? "removed" : "morphed"));
        gtDispTree(morph);
        printf("\n");
    }
#endif

    if (fgRemoveRestOfBlock)
    {
        // Remove the rest of the stmts in the block
        for (Statement* removeStmt : StatementList(stmt->GetNextStmt()))
        {
            fgRemoveStmt(block, removeStmt);
        }

        // The rest of block has been removed and we will always throw an exception.
        //
        // For compDbgCode, we prepend an empty BB as the firstBB, it is BBJ_NONE.
        // We should not convert it to a ThrowBB.
        if ((block != fgFirstBB) || ((fgFirstBB->bbFlags & BBF_INTERNAL) == 0))
        {
            // Convert block to a throw bb
            fgConvertBBToThrowBB(block);
        }

#ifdef DEBUG
        if (verbose)
        {
            printf("\n%s Block " FMT_BB " becomes a throw block.\n", msg, block->bbNum);
        }
#endif
        fgRemoveRestOfBlock = false;
    }

    return removedStmt;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphStmtBlockOps: Morph all block ops in the specified statement.
//
// Arguments:
//    stmt - the statement
//
void Compiler::fgMorphStmtBlockOps(BasicBlock* block, Statement* stmt)
{
    struct Visitor : GenTreeVisitor<Visitor>
    {
        enum
        {
            DoPostOrder = true,
        };

        Visitor(Compiler* comp) : GenTreeVisitor(comp)
        {
        }

        fgWalkResult PostOrderVisit(GenTree** use, GenTree* user)
        {
            if ((*use)->OperIsBlkOp())
            {
                if ((*use)->OperIs(GT_STORE_DYN_BLK))
                {
                    *use = m_compiler->fgMorphStoreDynBlock((*use)->AsStoreDynBlk());
                }
                else if ((*use)->OperIsInitBlkOp())
                {
                    *use = m_compiler->fgMorphInitBlock(*use);
                }
                else
                {
                    *use = m_compiler->fgMorphCopyBlock(*use);
                }
            }

            return WALK_CONTINUE;
        }
    };

    compCurBB   = block;
    compCurStmt = stmt;
    Visitor visitor(this);
    visitor.WalkTree(stmt->GetRootNodePointer(), nullptr);

    gtSetStmtInfo(stmt);

    if (fgNodeThreading == NodeThreading::AllTrees)
    {
        fgSetStmtSeq(stmt);
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Morph the statements of the given block.
 *  This function should be called just once for a block. Use fgMorphBlockStmt()
 *  for reentrant calls.
 */

void Compiler::fgMorphStmts(BasicBlock* block)
{
    fgRemoveRestOfBlock = false;
    fgRemarkGlobalUses  = false;

    for (Statement* const stmt : block->Statements())
    {
        if (fgRemoveRestOfBlock)
        {
            fgRemoveStmt(block, stmt);
            continue;
        }

        fgMorphStmt      = stmt;
        compCurStmt      = stmt;
        GenTree* oldTree = stmt->GetRootNode();

#ifdef DEBUG

        unsigned oldHash = verbose ? gtHashValue(oldTree) : DUMMY_INIT(~0);

        if (verbose)
        {
            printf("\nfgMorphTree " FMT_BB ", " FMT_STMT " (before)\n", block->bbNum, stmt->GetID());
            gtDispTree(oldTree);
        }
#endif

        /* Morph this statement tree */

        GenTree* morphedTree = fgMorphTree(oldTree);

        // Has fgMorphStmt been sneakily changed ?

        if ((stmt->GetRootNode() != oldTree) || (block != compCurBB))
        {
            if (stmt->GetRootNode() != oldTree)
            {
                /* This must be tailcall. Ignore 'morphedTree' and carry on with
                the tail-call node */

                morphedTree = stmt->GetRootNode();
            }
            else
            {
                /* This must be a tailcall that caused a GCPoll to get
                injected. We haven't actually morphed the call yet
                but the flag still got set, clear it here...  */
                CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#ifdef DEBUG
                morphedTree->gtDebugFlags &= ~GTF_DEBUG_NODE_MORPHED;
#endif
            }

            noway_assert(compTailCallUsed);
            noway_assert(morphedTree->gtOper == GT_CALL);
            GenTreeCall* call = morphedTree->AsCall();
            // Could be
            //   - a fast call made as jmp in which case block will be ending with
            //   BBJ_RETURN (as we need epilog) and marked as containing a jmp.
            //   - a tailcall dispatched via JIT helper, on x86, in which case
            //   block will be ending with BBJ_THROW.
            //   - a tail call dispatched via runtime help (IL stubs), in which
            //   case there will not be any tailcall and the block will be ending
            //   with BBJ_RETURN (as normal control flow)
            noway_assert((call->IsFastTailCall() && (compCurBB->bbJumpKind == BBJ_RETURN) &&
                          ((compCurBB->bbFlags & BBF_HAS_JMP)) != 0) ||
                         (call->IsTailCallViaJitHelper() && (compCurBB->bbJumpKind == BBJ_THROW)) ||
                         (!call->IsTailCall() && (compCurBB->bbJumpKind == BBJ_RETURN)));
        }

#ifdef DEBUG
        if (compStressCompile(STRESS_CLONE_EXPR, 30))
        {
            // Clone all the trees to stress gtCloneExpr()

            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("\nfgMorphTree (stressClone from):\n");
                gtDispTree(morphedTree);
            }

            morphedTree = gtCloneExpr(morphedTree);
            noway_assert(morphedTree != nullptr);

            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("\nfgMorphTree (stressClone to):\n");
                gtDispTree(morphedTree);
            }
        }

        /* If the hash value changes. we modified the tree during morphing */
        if (verbose)
        {
            unsigned newHash = gtHashValue(morphedTree);
            if (newHash != oldHash)
            {
                printf("\nfgMorphTree " FMT_BB ", " FMT_STMT " (after)\n", block->bbNum, stmt->GetID());
                gtDispTree(morphedTree);
            }
        }
#endif

        /* Check for morphedTree as a GT_COMMA with an unconditional throw */
        if (!gtIsActiveCSE_Candidate(morphedTree) && fgIsCommaThrow(morphedTree, true))
        {
            /* Use the call as the new stmt */
            morphedTree = morphedTree->AsOp()->gtOp1;
            noway_assert(morphedTree->gtOper == GT_CALL);
            noway_assert((morphedTree->gtFlags & GTF_COLON_COND) == 0);

            fgRemoveRestOfBlock = true;
        }

        stmt->SetRootNode(morphedTree);

        if (fgRemarkGlobalUses)
        {
            fgMarkGlobalUses(stmt);
            fgRemarkGlobalUses = false;
        }

        if (fgRemoveRestOfBlock)
        {
            continue;
        }

        /* Has the statement been optimized away */

        if (fgCheckRemoveStmt(block, stmt))
        {
            continue;
        }

        /* Check if this block ends with a conditional branch that can be folded */

        if (fgFoldConditional(block) != FoldResult::FOLD_DID_NOTHING)
        {
            continue;
        }

        if (ehBlockHasExnFlowDsc(block))
        {
            continue;
        }
    }

    if (fgRemoveRestOfBlock)
    {
        if ((block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_COND) || (block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_SWITCH))
        {
            Statement* first = block->firstStmt();
            noway_assert(first);
            Statement* lastStmt = block->lastStmt();
            noway_assert(lastStmt && lastStmt->GetNextStmt() == nullptr);
            GenTree* last = lastStmt->GetRootNode();

            if (((block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_COND) && (last->gtOper == GT_JTRUE)) ||
                ((block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_SWITCH) && (last->gtOper == GT_SWITCH)))
            {
                GenTree* op1 = last->AsOp()->gtOp1;

                if (op1->OperIsCompare())
                {
                    /* Unmark the comparison node with GTF_RELOP_JMP_USED */
                    op1->gtFlags &= ~GTF_RELOP_JMP_USED;
                }

                lastStmt->SetRootNode(fgMorphTree(op1));
            }
        }

        /* Mark block as a BBJ_THROW block */
        fgConvertBBToThrowBB(block);
    }

#if FEATURE_FASTTAILCALL
    GenTree* recursiveTailCall = nullptr;
    if (block->endsWithTailCallConvertibleToLoop(this, &recursiveTailCall))
    {
        fgMorphRecursiveFastTailCallIntoLoop(block, recursiveTailCall->AsCall());
    }
#endif

    // Reset this back so that it doesn't leak out impacting other blocks
    fgRemoveRestOfBlock = false;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Morph the blocks of the method.
 *  Returns true if the basic block list is modified.
 *  This function should be called just once.
 */

void Compiler::fgMorphBlocks()
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\n*************** In fgMorphBlocks()\n");
    }
#endif

    /* Since fgMorphTree can be called after various optimizations to re-arrange
     * the nodes we need a global flag to signal if we are during the one-pass
     * global morphing */

    fgGlobalMorph = true;

    //
    // Local assertion prop is enabled if we are optimized
    //
    optLocalAssertionProp = opts.OptimizationEnabled();

    if (optLocalAssertionProp)
    {
        //
        // Initialize for local assertion prop
        //
        optAssertionInit(true);
    }

    if (!compEnregLocals())
    {
        // Morph is checking if lvDoNotEnregister is already set for some optimizations.
        // If we are running without `CLFLG_REGVAR` flag set (`compEnregLocals() == false`)
        // then we already know that we won't enregister any locals and it is better to set
        // this flag before we start reading it.
        // The main reason why this flag is not set is that we are running in minOpts.
        lvSetMinOptsDoNotEnreg();
    }

    /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
     * Process all basic blocks in the function
     */

    BasicBlock* block = fgFirstBB;
    noway_assert(block);

    do
    {
#ifdef DEBUG
        if (verbose)
        {
            printf("\nMorphing " FMT_BB " of '%s'\n", block->bbNum, info.compFullName);
        }
#endif

        if (optLocalAssertionProp)
        {
            //
            // Clear out any currently recorded assertion candidates
            // before processing each basic block,
            // also we must  handle QMARK-COLON specially
            //
            optAssertionReset(0);
        }

        // Make the current basic block address available globally.
        compCurBB = block;

        // Process all statement trees in the basic block.
        fgMorphStmts(block);

        // Do we need to merge the result of this block into a single return block?
        if ((block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_RETURN) && ((block->bbFlags & BBF_HAS_JMP) == 0))
        {
            if ((genReturnBB != nullptr) && (genReturnBB != block))
            {
                fgMergeBlockReturn(block);
            }
        }

        block = block->bbNext;
    } while (block != nullptr);

    // We are done with the global morphing phase
    fgGlobalMorph = false;
    compCurBB     = nullptr;

    // Under OSR, we no longer need to specially protect the original method entry
    //
    if (opts.IsOSR() && (fgEntryBB != nullptr))
    {
        if (fgOSROriginalEntryBBProtected)
        {
            JITDUMP("OSR: un-protecting original method entry " FMT_BB "\n", fgEntryBB->bbNum);
            assert(fgEntryBB->bbRefs > 0);
            fgEntryBB->bbRefs--;
        }

        // And we don't need to remember this block anymore.
        fgEntryBB = nullptr;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verboseTrees)
    {
        fgDispBasicBlocks(true);
    }
#endif
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMergeBlockReturn: assign the block return value (if any) into the single return temp
//   and branch to the single return block.
//
// Arguments:
//   block - the block to process.
//
// Notes:
//   A block is not guaranteed to have a last stmt if its jump kind is BBJ_RETURN.
//   For example a method returning void could have an empty block with jump kind BBJ_RETURN.
//   Such blocks do materialize as part of in-lining.
//
//   A block with jump kind BBJ_RETURN does not necessarily need to end with GT_RETURN.
//   It could end with a tail call or rejected tail call or monitor.exit or a GT_INTRINSIC.
//   For now it is safe to explicitly check whether last stmt is GT_RETURN if genReturnLocal
//   is BAD_VAR_NUM.
//
void Compiler::fgMergeBlockReturn(BasicBlock* block)
{
    assert((block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_RETURN) && ((block->bbFlags & BBF_HAS_JMP) == 0));
    assert((genReturnBB != nullptr) && (genReturnBB != block));

    // TODO: Need to characterize the last top level stmt of a block ending with BBJ_RETURN.

    Statement* lastStmt = block->lastStmt();
    GenTree*   ret      = (lastStmt != nullptr) ? lastStmt->GetRootNode() : nullptr;

    if ((ret != nullptr) && (ret->OperGet() == GT_RETURN) && ((ret->gtFlags & GTF_RET_MERGED) != 0))
    {
        // This return was generated during epilog merging, so leave it alone
    }
    else
    {
        // We'll jump to the genReturnBB.
        CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#if !defined(TARGET_X86)
        if (info.compFlags & CORINFO_FLG_SYNCH)
        {
            fgConvertSyncReturnToLeave(block);
        }
        else
#endif // !TARGET_X86
        {
            block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_ALWAYS;
            block->bbJumpDest = genReturnBB;
            fgAddRefPred(genReturnBB, block);
            fgReturnCount--;
        }
        if (genReturnLocal != BAD_VAR_NUM)
        {
            // replace the GT_RETURN node to be a GT_ASG that stores the return value into genReturnLocal.

            // Method must be returning a value other than TYP_VOID.
            noway_assert(compMethodHasRetVal());

            // This block must be ending with a GT_RETURN
            noway_assert(lastStmt != nullptr);
            noway_assert(lastStmt->GetNextStmt() == nullptr);
            noway_assert(ret != nullptr);

            // GT_RETURN must have non-null operand as the method is returning the value assigned to
            // genReturnLocal
            noway_assert(ret->OperGet() == GT_RETURN);
            noway_assert(ret->gtGetOp1() != nullptr);

            Statement*       pAfterStatement = lastStmt;
            const DebugInfo& di              = lastStmt->GetDebugInfo();
            GenTree*         tree = gtNewTempAssign(genReturnLocal, ret->gtGetOp1(), &pAfterStatement, di, block);
            if (tree->OperIsCopyBlkOp())
            {
                tree = fgMorphCopyBlock(tree);
            }
            else if (tree->OperIsInitBlkOp())
            {
                tree = fgMorphInitBlock(tree);
            }

            if (pAfterStatement == lastStmt)
            {
                lastStmt->SetRootNode(tree);
            }
            else
            {
                // gtNewTempAssign inserted additional statements after last
                fgRemoveStmt(block, lastStmt);
                Statement* newStmt = gtNewStmt(tree, di);
                fgInsertStmtAfter(block, pAfterStatement, newStmt);
                lastStmt = newStmt;
            }
        }
        else if (ret != nullptr && ret->OperGet() == GT_RETURN)
        {
            // This block ends with a GT_RETURN
            noway_assert(lastStmt != nullptr);
            noway_assert(lastStmt->GetNextStmt() == nullptr);

            // Must be a void GT_RETURN with null operand; delete it as this block branches to oneReturn
            // block
            noway_assert(ret->TypeGet() == TYP_VOID);
            noway_assert(ret->gtGetOp1() == nullptr);

            fgRemoveStmt(block, lastStmt);
        }

        JITDUMP("\nUpdate " FMT_BB " to jump to common return block.\n", block->bbNum);
        DISPBLOCK(block);

        if (block->hasProfileWeight())
        {
            weight_t const oldWeight = genReturnBB->hasProfileWeight() ? genReturnBB->bbWeight : BB_ZERO_WEIGHT;
            weight_t const newWeight = oldWeight + block->bbWeight;

            JITDUMP("merging profile weight " FMT_WT " from " FMT_BB " to common return " FMT_BB "\n", block->bbWeight,
                    block->bbNum, genReturnBB->bbNum);

            genReturnBB->setBBProfileWeight(newWeight);
            DISPBLOCK(genReturnBB);
        }
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Make some decisions about the kind of code to generate.
 */

void Compiler::fgSetOptions()
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    /* Should we force fully interruptible code ? */
    if (JitConfig.JitFullyInt() || compStressCompile(STRESS_GENERIC_VARN, 30))
    {
        noway_assert(!codeGen->isGCTypeFixed());
        SetInterruptible(true);
    }
#endif

    if (opts.compDbgCode)
    {
        assert(!codeGen->isGCTypeFixed());
        SetInterruptible(true); // debugging is easier this way ...
    }

    /* Assume we won't need an explicit stack frame if this is allowed */

    if (compLocallocUsed)
    {
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequired(true);
    }

#ifdef TARGET_X86

    if (compTailCallUsed)
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequired(true);

#endif // TARGET_X86

    if (!opts.genFPopt)
    {
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequired(true);
    }

    // Assert that the EH table has been initialized by now. Note that
    // compHndBBtabAllocCount never decreases; it is a high-water mark
    // of table allocation. In contrast, compHndBBtabCount does shrink
    // if we delete a dead EH region, and if it shrinks to zero, the
    // table pointer compHndBBtab is unreliable.
    assert(compHndBBtabAllocCount >= info.compXcptnsCount);

#ifdef TARGET_X86

    // Note: this case, and the !X86 case below, should both use the
    // !X86 path. This would require a few more changes for X86 to use
    // compHndBBtabCount (the current number of EH clauses) instead of
    // info.compXcptnsCount (the number of EH clauses in IL), such as
    // in ehNeedsShadowSPslots(). This is because sometimes the IL has
    // an EH clause that we delete as statically dead code before we
    // get here, leaving no EH clauses left, and thus no requirement
    // to use a frame pointer because of EH. But until all the code uses
    // the same test, leave info.compXcptnsCount here.
    if (info.compXcptnsCount > 0)
    {
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequiredEH(true);
    }

#else // !TARGET_X86

    if (compHndBBtabCount > 0)
    {
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequiredEH(true);
    }

#endif // TARGET_X86

#ifdef UNIX_X86_ABI
    if (info.compXcptnsCount > 0)
    {
        assert(!codeGen->isGCTypeFixed());
        // Enforce fully interruptible codegen for funclet unwinding
        SetInterruptible(true);
    }
#endif // UNIX_X86_ABI

    if (compMethodRequiresPInvokeFrame())
    {
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequired(true); // Setup of Pinvoke frame currently requires an EBP style frame
    }

    if (info.compPublishStubParam)
    {
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequiredGCInfo(true);
    }

    if (compIsProfilerHookNeeded())
    {
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequired(true);
    }

    if (info.compIsVarArgs)
    {
        // Code that initializes lvaVarargsBaseOfStkArgs requires this to be EBP relative.
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequiredGCInfo(true);
    }

    if (lvaReportParamTypeArg())
    {
        codeGen->setFramePointerRequiredGCInfo(true);
    }

    // printf("method will %s be fully interruptible\n", GetInterruptible() ? "   " : "not");
}

/*****************************************************************************/

GenTree* Compiler::fgInitThisClass()
{
    noway_assert(!compIsForInlining());

    CORINFO_LOOKUP_KIND kind;
    info.compCompHnd->getLocationOfThisType(info.compMethodHnd, &kind);

    if (!kind.needsRuntimeLookup)
    {
        return fgGetSharedCCtor(info.compClassHnd);
    }
    else
    {
#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
        // Only NativeAOT understands CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_GENERIC_STATIC_BASE. Don't do this on CoreCLR.
        if (opts.IsReadyToRun() && IsTargetAbi(CORINFO_NATIVEAOT_ABI))
        {
            CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN resolvedToken;
            memset(&resolvedToken, 0, sizeof(resolvedToken));

            // We are in a shared method body, but maybe we don't need a runtime lookup after all.
            // This covers the case of a generic method on a non-generic type.
            if (!(info.compClassAttr & CORINFO_FLG_SHAREDINST))
            {
                resolvedToken.hClass = info.compClassHnd;
                fgSetPreferredInitCctor();
                return impReadyToRunHelperToTree(&resolvedToken, m_preferredInitCctor, TYP_BYREF);
            }

            // We need a runtime lookup.
            GenTree* ctxTree = getRuntimeContextTree(kind.runtimeLookupKind);

            // CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_GENERIC_STATIC_BASE with a zeroed out resolvedToken means "get the static
            // base of the class that owns the method being compiled". If we're in this method, it means we're not
            // inlining and there's no ambiguity.
            return impReadyToRunHelperToTree(&resolvedToken, CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_GENERIC_STATIC_BASE, TYP_BYREF,
                                             &kind, ctxTree);
        }
#endif

        // Collectible types requires that for shared generic code, if we use the generic context parameter
        // that we report it. (This is a conservative approach, we could detect some cases particularly when the
        // context parameter is this that we don't need the eager reporting logic.)
        lvaGenericsContextInUse = true;

        switch (kind.runtimeLookupKind)
        {
            case CORINFO_LOOKUP_THISOBJ:
            {
                // This code takes a this pointer; but we need to pass the static method desc to get the right point in
                // the hierarchy
                GenTree* vtTree = gtNewLclvNode(info.compThisArg, TYP_REF);
                vtTree->gtFlags |= GTF_VAR_CONTEXT;
                // Vtable pointer of this object
                vtTree             = gtNewMethodTableLookup(vtTree);
                GenTree* methodHnd = gtNewIconEmbMethHndNode(info.compMethodHnd);

                return gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_INITINSTCLASS, TYP_VOID, vtTree, methodHnd);
            }

            case CORINFO_LOOKUP_CLASSPARAM:
            {
                GenTree* vtTree = gtNewLclvNode(info.compTypeCtxtArg, TYP_I_IMPL);
                vtTree->gtFlags |= GTF_VAR_CONTEXT;
                return gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_INITCLASS, TYP_VOID, vtTree);
            }

            case CORINFO_LOOKUP_METHODPARAM:
            {
                GenTree* methHndTree = gtNewLclvNode(info.compTypeCtxtArg, TYP_I_IMPL);
                methHndTree->gtFlags |= GTF_VAR_CONTEXT;
                return gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_INITINSTCLASS, TYP_VOID, gtNewIconNode(0), methHndTree);
            }

            default:
                noway_assert(!"Unknown LOOKUP_KIND");
                UNREACHABLE();
        }
    }
}

#ifdef DEBUG

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgPreExpandQmarkChecks: Verify that the importer has created GT_QMARK nodes
// in a way we can process them. The following
//
// Returns:
//    Suitable phase status.
//
// Remarks:
//   The following is allowed:
//   1. A top level qmark. Top level qmark is of the form:
//       a) (bool) ? (void) : (void) OR
//       b) V0N = (bool) ? (type) : (type)
//
//   2. Recursion is allowed at the top level, i.e., a GT_QMARK can be a child
//      of either op1 of colon or op2 of colon but not a child of any other
//      operator.
//
void Compiler::fgPreExpandQmarkChecks(GenTree* expr)
{
    GenTree* topQmark = fgGetTopLevelQmark(expr);

    // If the top level Qmark is null, then scan the tree to make sure
    // there are no qmarks within it.
    if (topQmark == nullptr)
    {
        assert(!gtTreeContainsOper(expr, GT_QMARK) && "Illegal QMARK");
    }
    else
    {
        // We could probably expand the cond node also, but don't think the extra effort is necessary,
        // so let's just assert the cond node of a top level qmark doesn't have further top level qmarks.
        assert(!gtTreeContainsOper(topQmark->gtGetOp1(), GT_QMARK) && "Illegal QMARK");

        fgPreExpandQmarkChecks(topQmark->gtGetOp2()->gtGetOp1());
        fgPreExpandQmarkChecks(topQmark->gtGetOp2()->gtGetOp2());
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgPostExpandQmarkChecks: Make sure we don't have any more GT_QMARK nodes.
//
void Compiler::fgPostExpandQmarkChecks()
{
    for (BasicBlock* const block : Blocks())
    {
        for (Statement* const stmt : block->Statements())
        {
            GenTree* expr = stmt->GetRootNode();
            assert(!gtTreeContainsOper(expr, GT_QMARK) && "QMARKs are disallowed beyond morph");
        }
    }
}

#endif // DEBUG

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgGetTopLevelQmark:
//    Get the top level GT_QMARK node in a given expression.
//
// Arguments:
//    expr  - the tree, a root node that may contain a top level qmark.
//    ppDst - [optional] if the top level GT_QMARK node is assigned ot a
//            GT_LCL_VAR, then this is that local node. Otherwise nullptr.
//
// Returns:
//    The GT_QMARK node, or nullptr if there is no top level qmark.
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgGetTopLevelQmark(GenTree* expr, GenTree** ppDst /* = NULL */)
{
    if (ppDst != nullptr)
    {
        *ppDst = nullptr;
    }

    GenTree* topQmark = nullptr;

    if (expr->gtOper == GT_QMARK)
    {
        topQmark = expr;
    }
    else if (expr->OperIs(GT_ASG) && expr->gtGetOp2()->OperIs(GT_QMARK) &&
             expr->gtGetOp1()->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD))
    {
        topQmark = expr->gtGetOp2();

        if (ppDst != nullptr)
        {
            *ppDst = expr->gtGetOp1();
        }
    }

    return topQmark;
}

/*********************************************************************************
 *
 *  For a castclass helper call,
 *  Importer creates the following tree:
 *      tmp = (op1 == null) ? op1 : ((*op1 == (cse = op2, cse)) ? op1 : helper());
 *
 *  This method splits the qmark expression created by the importer into the
 *  following blocks: (block, asg, cond1, cond2, helper, remainder)
 *  Notice that op1 is the result for both the conditions. So we coalesce these
 *  assignments into a single block instead of two blocks resulting a nested diamond.
 *
 *                       +---------->-----------+
 *                       |          |           |
 *                       ^          ^           v
 *                       |          |           |
 *  block-->asg-->cond1--+-->cond2--+-->helper--+-->remainder
 *
 *  We expect to achieve the following codegen:
 *     mov      rsi, rdx                           tmp = op1                  // asgBlock
 *     test     rsi, rsi                           goto skip if tmp == null ? // cond1Block
 *     je       SKIP
 *     mov      rcx, 0x76543210                    cns = op2                  // cond2Block
 *     cmp      qword ptr [rsi], rcx               goto skip if *tmp == op2
 *     je       SKIP
 *     call     CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTCLASS_SPECIAL  tmp = helper(cns, tmp)     // helperBlock
 *     mov      rsi, rax
 *  SKIP:                                                                     // remainderBlock
 *     tmp has the result.
 *
 */
void Compiler::fgExpandQmarkForCastInstOf(BasicBlock* block, Statement* stmt)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nExpanding CastInstOf qmark in " FMT_BB " (before)\n", block->bbNum);
        fgDispBasicBlocks(block, block, true);
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    GenTree* expr = stmt->GetRootNode();

    GenTree* dst   = nullptr;
    GenTree* qmark = fgGetTopLevelQmark(expr, &dst);

    noway_assert(dst != nullptr);
    assert(dst->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD));

    assert(qmark->gtFlags & GTF_QMARK_CAST_INSTOF);

    // Get cond, true, false exprs for the qmark.
    GenTree* condExpr  = qmark->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* trueExpr  = qmark->gtGetOp2()->AsColon()->ThenNode();
    GenTree* falseExpr = qmark->gtGetOp2()->AsColon()->ElseNode();

    // Get cond, true, false exprs for the nested qmark.
    GenTree* nestedQmark = falseExpr;
    GenTree* cond2Expr;
    GenTree* true2Expr;
    GenTree* false2Expr;

    if (nestedQmark->gtOper == GT_QMARK)
    {
        cond2Expr  = nestedQmark->gtGetOp1();
        true2Expr  = nestedQmark->gtGetOp2()->AsColon()->ThenNode();
        false2Expr = nestedQmark->gtGetOp2()->AsColon()->ElseNode();
    }
    else
    {
        // This is a rare case that arises when we are doing minopts and encounter isinst of null
        // gtFoldExpr was still is able to optimize away part of the tree (but not all).
        // That means it does not match our pattern.

        // Rather than write code to handle this case, just fake up some nodes to make it match the common
        // case.  Synthesize a comparison that is always true, and for the result-on-true, use the
        // entire subtree we expected to be the nested question op.

        cond2Expr  = gtNewOperNode(GT_EQ, TYP_INT, gtNewIconNode(0, TYP_I_IMPL), gtNewIconNode(0, TYP_I_IMPL));
        true2Expr  = nestedQmark;
        false2Expr = gtNewIconNode(0, TYP_I_IMPL);
    }
    assert(false2Expr->OperGet() == trueExpr->OperGet());

    // Create the chain of blocks. See method header comment.
    // The order of blocks after this is the following:
    //     block ... asgBlock ... cond1Block ... cond2Block ... helperBlock ... remainderBlock
    //
    // We need to remember flags that exist on 'block' that we want to propagate to 'remainderBlock',
    // if they are going to be cleared by fgSplitBlockAfterStatement(). We currently only do this only
    // for the GC safe point bit, the logic being that if 'block' was marked gcsafe, then surely
    // remainderBlock will still be GC safe.
    BasicBlockFlags propagateFlags = block->bbFlags & BBF_GC_SAFE_POINT;
    BasicBlock*     remainderBlock = fgSplitBlockAfterStatement(block, stmt);
    fgRemoveRefPred(remainderBlock, block); // We're going to put more blocks between block and remainderBlock.

    BasicBlock* helperBlock = fgNewBBafter(BBJ_NONE, block, true);
    BasicBlock* cond2Block  = fgNewBBafter(BBJ_COND, block, true);
    BasicBlock* cond1Block  = fgNewBBafter(BBJ_COND, block, true);
    BasicBlock* asgBlock    = fgNewBBafter(BBJ_NONE, block, true);

    remainderBlock->bbFlags |= propagateFlags;

    // These blocks are only internal if 'block' is (but they've been set as internal by fgNewBBafter).
    // If they're not internal, mark them as imported to avoid asserts about un-imported blocks.
    if ((block->bbFlags & BBF_INTERNAL) == 0)
    {
        helperBlock->bbFlags &= ~BBF_INTERNAL;
        cond2Block->bbFlags &= ~BBF_INTERNAL;
        cond1Block->bbFlags &= ~BBF_INTERNAL;
        asgBlock->bbFlags &= ~BBF_INTERNAL;
        helperBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;
        cond2Block->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;
        cond1Block->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;
        asgBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;
    }

    // Chain the flow correctly.
    fgAddRefPred(asgBlock, block);
    fgAddRefPred(cond1Block, asgBlock);
    fgAddRefPred(cond2Block, cond1Block);
    fgAddRefPred(helperBlock, cond2Block);
    fgAddRefPred(remainderBlock, helperBlock);
    fgAddRefPred(remainderBlock, cond1Block);
    fgAddRefPred(remainderBlock, cond2Block);

    cond1Block->bbJumpDest = remainderBlock;
    cond2Block->bbJumpDest = remainderBlock;

    // Set the weights; some are guesses.
    asgBlock->inheritWeight(block);
    cond1Block->inheritWeight(block);
    cond2Block->inheritWeightPercentage(cond1Block, 50);
    helperBlock->inheritWeightPercentage(cond2Block, 50);

    // Append cond1 as JTRUE to cond1Block
    GenTree*   jmpTree = gtNewOperNode(GT_JTRUE, TYP_VOID, condExpr);
    Statement* jmpStmt = fgNewStmtFromTree(jmpTree, stmt->GetDebugInfo());
    fgInsertStmtAtEnd(cond1Block, jmpStmt);

    // Append cond2 as JTRUE to cond2Block
    jmpTree = gtNewOperNode(GT_JTRUE, TYP_VOID, cond2Expr);
    jmpStmt = fgNewStmtFromTree(jmpTree, stmt->GetDebugInfo());
    fgInsertStmtAtEnd(cond2Block, jmpStmt);

    // AsgBlock should get tmp = op1 assignment.
    trueExpr            = gtNewAssignNode(gtClone(dst), trueExpr);
    Statement* trueStmt = fgNewStmtFromTree(trueExpr, stmt->GetDebugInfo());
    fgInsertStmtAtEnd(asgBlock, trueStmt);

    // Since we are adding helper in the JTRUE false path, reverse the cond2 and add the helper.
    gtReverseCond(cond2Expr);
    GenTree*   helperExpr = gtNewAssignNode(gtClone(dst), true2Expr);
    Statement* helperStmt = fgNewStmtFromTree(helperExpr, stmt->GetDebugInfo());
    fgInsertStmtAtEnd(helperBlock, helperStmt);

    // Finally remove the nested qmark stmt.
    fgRemoveStmt(block, stmt);

    if (true2Expr->OperIs(GT_CALL) && (true2Expr->AsCall()->gtCallMoreFlags & GTF_CALL_M_DOES_NOT_RETURN))
    {
        fgConvertBBToThrowBB(helperBlock);
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nExpanding CastInstOf qmark in " FMT_BB " (after)\n", block->bbNum);
        fgDispBasicBlocks(block, remainderBlock, true);
    }
#endif // DEBUG
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Expand a statement with a top level qmark node. There are three cases, based
 *  on whether the qmark has both "true" and "false" arms, or just one of them.
 *
 *     S0;
 *     C ? T : F;
 *     S1;
 *
 *     Generates ===>
 *
 *                       bbj_always
 *                       +---->------+
 *                 false |           |
 *     S0 -->-- ~C -->-- T   F -->-- S1
 *              |            |
 *              +--->--------+
 *              bbj_cond(true)
 *
 *     -----------------------------------------
 *
 *     S0;
 *     C ? T : NOP;
 *     S1;
 *
 *     Generates ===>
 *
 *                 false
 *     S0 -->-- ~C -->-- T -->-- S1
 *              |                |
 *              +-->-------------+
 *              bbj_cond(true)
 *
 *     -----------------------------------------
 *
 *     S0;
 *     C ? NOP : F;
 *     S1;
 *
 *     Generates ===>
 *
 *                false
 *     S0 -->-- C -->-- F -->-- S1
 *              |               |
 *              +-->------------+
 *              bbj_cond(true)
 *
 *  If the qmark assigns to a variable, then create tmps for "then"
 *  and "else" results and assign the temp to the variable as a writeback step.
 */
void Compiler::fgExpandQmarkStmt(BasicBlock* block, Statement* stmt)
{
    GenTree* expr = stmt->GetRootNode();

    // Retrieve the Qmark node to be expanded.
    GenTree* dst   = nullptr;
    GenTree* qmark = fgGetTopLevelQmark(expr, &dst);
    if (qmark == nullptr)
    {
        return;
    }

    if (qmark->gtFlags & GTF_QMARK_CAST_INSTOF)
    {
        fgExpandQmarkForCastInstOf(block, stmt);
        return;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nExpanding top-level qmark in " FMT_BB " (before)\n", block->bbNum);
        fgDispBasicBlocks(block, block, true);
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    // Retrieve the operands.
    GenTree* condExpr  = qmark->gtGetOp1();
    GenTree* trueExpr  = qmark->gtGetOp2()->AsColon()->ThenNode();
    GenTree* falseExpr = qmark->gtGetOp2()->AsColon()->ElseNode();

    assert(!varTypeIsFloating(condExpr->TypeGet()));

    bool hasTrueExpr  = (trueExpr->OperGet() != GT_NOP);
    bool hasFalseExpr = (falseExpr->OperGet() != GT_NOP);
    assert(hasTrueExpr || hasFalseExpr); // We expect to have at least one arm of the qmark!

    // Create remainder, cond and "else" blocks. After this, the blocks are in this order:
    //     block ... condBlock ... elseBlock ... remainderBlock
    //
    // We need to remember flags that exist on 'block' that we want to propagate to 'remainderBlock',
    // if they are going to be cleared by fgSplitBlockAfterStatement(). We currently only do this only
    // for the GC safe point bit, the logic being that if 'block' was marked gcsafe, then surely
    // remainderBlock will still be GC safe.
    BasicBlockFlags propagateFlagsToRemainder = block->bbFlags & BBF_GC_SAFE_POINT;
    // Conservatively propagate BBF_COPY_PROPAGATE flags to all blocks
    BasicBlockFlags propagateFlagsToAll = block->bbFlags & BBF_COPY_PROPAGATE;
    BasicBlock*     remainderBlock      = fgSplitBlockAfterStatement(block, stmt);
    fgRemoveRefPred(remainderBlock, block); // We're going to put more blocks between block and remainderBlock.

    BasicBlock* condBlock = fgNewBBafter(BBJ_COND, block, true);
    BasicBlock* elseBlock = fgNewBBafter(BBJ_NONE, condBlock, true);

    // These blocks are only internal if 'block' is (but they've been set as internal by fgNewBBafter).
    // If they're not internal, mark them as imported to avoid asserts about un-imported blocks.
    if ((block->bbFlags & BBF_INTERNAL) == 0)
    {
        condBlock->bbFlags &= ~BBF_INTERNAL;
        elseBlock->bbFlags &= ~BBF_INTERNAL;
        condBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;
        elseBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;
    }

    remainderBlock->bbFlags |= (propagateFlagsToRemainder | propagateFlagsToAll);

    condBlock->inheritWeight(block);

    fgAddRefPred(condBlock, block);
    fgAddRefPred(elseBlock, condBlock);
    fgAddRefPred(remainderBlock, elseBlock);

    condBlock->bbFlags |= propagateFlagsToAll;
    elseBlock->bbFlags |= propagateFlagsToAll;

    BasicBlock* thenBlock = nullptr;
    if (hasTrueExpr && hasFalseExpr)
    {
        //                       bbj_always
        //                       +---->------+
        //                 false |           |
        //     S0 -->-- ~C -->-- T   F -->-- S1
        //              |            |
        //              +--->--------+
        //              bbj_cond(true)
        //
        gtReverseCond(condExpr);
        condBlock->bbJumpDest = elseBlock;

        thenBlock             = fgNewBBafter(BBJ_ALWAYS, condBlock, true);
        thenBlock->bbJumpDest = remainderBlock;
        thenBlock->bbFlags |= propagateFlagsToAll;
        if ((block->bbFlags & BBF_INTERNAL) == 0)
        {
            thenBlock->bbFlags &= ~BBF_INTERNAL;
            thenBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;
        }

        fgAddRefPred(thenBlock, condBlock);
        fgAddRefPred(remainderBlock, thenBlock);

        thenBlock->inheritWeightPercentage(condBlock, 50);
        elseBlock->inheritWeightPercentage(condBlock, 50);
    }
    else if (hasTrueExpr)
    {
        //                 false
        //     S0 -->-- ~C -->-- T -->-- S1
        //              |                |
        //              +-->-------------+
        //              bbj_cond(true)
        //
        gtReverseCond(condExpr);
        condBlock->bbJumpDest = remainderBlock;
        fgAddRefPred(remainderBlock, condBlock);
        // Since we have no false expr, use the one we'd already created.
        thenBlock = elseBlock;
        elseBlock = nullptr;

        thenBlock->inheritWeightPercentage(condBlock, 50);
    }
    else if (hasFalseExpr)
    {
        //                false
        //     S0 -->-- C -->-- F -->-- S1
        //              |               |
        //              +-->------------+
        //              bbj_cond(true)
        //
        condBlock->bbJumpDest = remainderBlock;
        fgAddRefPred(remainderBlock, condBlock);

        elseBlock->inheritWeightPercentage(condBlock, 50);
    }

    GenTree*   jmpTree = gtNewOperNode(GT_JTRUE, TYP_VOID, qmark->gtGetOp1());
    Statement* jmpStmt = fgNewStmtFromTree(jmpTree, stmt->GetDebugInfo());
    fgInsertStmtAtEnd(condBlock, jmpStmt);

    // Remove the original qmark statement.
    fgRemoveStmt(block, stmt);

    // Since we have top level qmarks, we either have a dst for it in which case
    // we need to create tmps for true and falseExprs, else just don't bother
    // assigning.
    if (dst != nullptr)
    {
        assert(dst->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD));
    }
    else
    {
        assert(qmark->TypeGet() == TYP_VOID);
    }

    if (hasTrueExpr)
    {
        if (dst != nullptr)
        {
            trueExpr = gtNewAssignNode(gtClone(dst), trueExpr);
        }
        Statement* trueStmt = fgNewStmtFromTree(trueExpr, stmt->GetDebugInfo());
        fgInsertStmtAtEnd(thenBlock, trueStmt);
    }

    // Assign the falseExpr into the dst or tmp, insert in elseBlock
    if (hasFalseExpr)
    {
        if (dst != nullptr)
        {
            falseExpr = gtNewAssignNode(gtClone(dst), falseExpr);
        }
        Statement* falseStmt = fgNewStmtFromTree(falseExpr, stmt->GetDebugInfo());
        fgInsertStmtAtEnd(elseBlock, falseStmt);
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nExpanding top-level qmark in " FMT_BB " (after)\n", block->bbNum);
        fgDispBasicBlocks(block, remainderBlock, true);
    }
#endif // DEBUG
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Expand GT_QMARK nodes from the flow graph into basic blocks.
 *
 */

void Compiler::fgExpandQmarkNodes()
{
    if (compQmarkUsed)
    {
        for (BasicBlock* const block : Blocks())
        {
            for (Statement* const stmt : block->Statements())
            {
                GenTree* expr = stmt->GetRootNode();
#ifdef DEBUG
                fgPreExpandQmarkChecks(expr);
#endif
                fgExpandQmarkStmt(block, stmt);
            }
        }
#ifdef DEBUG
        fgPostExpandQmarkChecks();
#endif
    }
    compQmarkRationalized = true;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgPromoteStructs: promote structs to collections of per-field locals
//
// Returns:
//    Suitable phase status.
//
PhaseStatus Compiler::fgPromoteStructs()
{
    if (!opts.OptEnabled(CLFLG_STRUCTPROMOTE))
    {
        JITDUMP("  promotion opt flag not enabled\n");
        return PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_NOTHING;
    }

    if (fgNoStructPromotion)
    {
        JITDUMP("  promotion disabled by JitNoStructPromotion\n");
        return PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_NOTHING;
    }

#if 0
    // The code in this #if has been useful in debugging struct promotion issues, by
    // enabling selective enablement of the struct promotion optimization according to
    // method hash.
#ifdef DEBUG
    unsigned methHash = info.compMethodHash();
    char* lostr = getenv("structpromohashlo");
    unsigned methHashLo = 0;
    if (lostr != NULL)
    {
        sscanf_s(lostr, "%x", &methHashLo);
    }
    char* histr = getenv("structpromohashhi");
    unsigned methHashHi = UINT32_MAX;
    if (histr != NULL)
    {
        sscanf_s(histr, "%x", &methHashHi);
    }
    if (methHash < methHashLo || methHash > methHashHi)
    {
        return PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_NOTHING;
    }
    else
    {
        printf("Promoting structs for method %s, hash = 0x%x.\n",
               info.compFullName, info.compMethodHash());
        printf("");         // in our logic this causes a flush
    }
#endif // DEBUG
#endif // 0

    if (info.compIsVarArgs)
    {
        JITDUMP("  promotion disabled because of varargs\n");
        return PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_NOTHING;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nlvaTable before fgPromoteStructs\n");
        lvaTableDump();
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    // The lvaTable might grow as we grab temps. Make a local copy here.
    unsigned startLvaCount = lvaCount;

    //
    // Loop through the original lvaTable. Looking for struct locals to be promoted.
    //
    lvaStructPromotionInfo structPromotionInfo;
    bool                   tooManyLocalsReported = false;
    bool                   madeChanges           = false;

    // Clear the structPromotionHelper, since it is used during inlining, at which point it
    // may be conservative about looking up SIMD info.
    // We don't want to preserve those conservative decisions for the actual struct promotion.
    structPromotionHelper->Clear();

    for (unsigned lclNum = 0; lclNum < startLvaCount; lclNum++)
    {
        // Whether this var got promoted
        bool       promotedVar = false;
        LclVarDsc* varDsc      = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);

        // If we have marked this as lvUsedInSIMDIntrinsic, then we do not want to promote
        // its fields.  Instead, we will attempt to enregister the entire struct.
        if (varTypeIsSIMD(varDsc) && (varDsc->lvIsUsedInSIMDIntrinsic() || isOpaqueSIMDLclVar(varDsc)))
        {
            varDsc->lvRegStruct = true;
        }
        // Don't promote if we have reached the tracking limit.
        else if (lvaHaveManyLocals())
        {
            // Print the message first time when we detected this condition
            if (!tooManyLocalsReported)
            {
                JITDUMP("Stopped promoting struct fields, due to too many locals.\n");
            }
            tooManyLocalsReported = true;
        }
        else if (varTypeIsStruct(varDsc))
        {
            assert(structPromotionHelper != nullptr);
            promotedVar = structPromotionHelper->TryPromoteStructVar(lclNum);
        }

        madeChanges |= promotedVar;

        if (!promotedVar && varTypeIsSIMD(varDsc) && !varDsc->lvFieldAccessed)
        {
            // Even if we have not used this in a SIMD intrinsic, if it is not being promoted,
            // we will treat it as a reg struct.
            varDsc->lvRegStruct = true;
        }
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose && madeChanges)
    {
        printf("\nlvaTable after fgPromoteStructs\n");
        lvaTableDump();
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    return madeChanges ? PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_EVERYTHING : PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_NOTHING;
}

void Compiler::fgMorphLocalField(GenTree* tree, GenTree* parent)
{
    noway_assert(tree->OperGet() == GT_LCL_FLD);

    unsigned   lclNum = tree->AsLclFld()->GetLclNum();
    LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);

    if (varTypeIsStruct(varDsc))
    {
        if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
        {
            // Promoted struct
            unsigned   fldOffset     = tree->AsLclFld()->GetLclOffs();
            unsigned   fieldLclIndex = 0;
            LclVarDsc* fldVarDsc     = nullptr;

            if (fldOffset != BAD_VAR_NUM)
            {
                fieldLclIndex = lvaGetFieldLocal(varDsc, fldOffset);
                noway_assert(fieldLclIndex != BAD_VAR_NUM);
                fldVarDsc = lvaGetDesc(fieldLclIndex);
            }

            var_types treeType  = tree->TypeGet();
            var_types fieldType = fldVarDsc->TypeGet();
            if (fldOffset != BAD_VAR_NUM &&
                ((genTypeSize(fieldType) == genTypeSize(treeType)) || (varDsc->lvFieldCnt == 1)))
            {
                // There is an existing sub-field we can use.
                tree->AsLclFld()->SetLclNum(fieldLclIndex);

                // The field must be an enregisterable type; otherwise it would not be a promoted field.
                // The tree type may not match, e.g. for return types that have been morphed, but both
                // must be enregisterable types.
                assert(varTypeIsEnregisterable(treeType) && varTypeIsEnregisterable(fieldType));

                tree->ChangeOper(GT_LCL_VAR);
                assert(tree->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum() == fieldLclIndex);
                tree->gtType = fldVarDsc->TypeGet();

                if ((parent->gtOper == GT_ASG) && (parent->AsOp()->gtOp1 == tree))
                {
                    tree->gtFlags |= GTF_VAR_DEF;
                    tree->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;
                }
                JITDUMP("Replacing the GT_LCL_FLD in promoted struct with local var V%02u\n", fieldLclIndex);
            }
            else
            {
#ifdef DEBUG
                // We can't convert this guy to a float because he really does have his
                // address taken..
                varDsc->lvKeepType = 1;
#endif // DEBUG
            }
        }
    }

    // If we haven't replaced the field, make sure to set DNER on the local.
    if (tree->OperIs(GT_LCL_FLD))
    {
        lvaSetVarDoNotEnregister(lclNum DEBUGARG(DoNotEnregisterReason::LocalField));
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgRetypeImplicitByRefArgs: Update the types on implicit byref parameters' `LclVarDsc`s (from
//                            struct to pointer).  Also choose (based on address-exposed analysis)
//                            which struct promotions of implicit byrefs to keep or discard.
//                            For those which are kept, insert the appropriate initialization code.
//                            For those which are to be discarded, annotate the promoted field locals
//                            so that fgMorphExpandImplicitByRefArg will know to rewrite their
//                            appearances using indirections off the pointer parameters.
//
// Returns:
//    Suitable phase status
//
PhaseStatus Compiler::fgRetypeImplicitByRefArgs()
{
    bool madeChanges = false;

#if FEATURE_IMPLICIT_BYREFS

    for (unsigned lclNum = 0; lclNum < info.compArgsCount; lclNum++)
    {
        LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);

        if (lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(lclNum))
        {
            madeChanges = true;

            if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
            {
                // This implicit-by-ref was promoted; create a new temp to represent the
                // promoted struct before rewriting this parameter as a pointer.
                unsigned newLclNum = lvaGrabTemp(false DEBUGARG("Promoted implicit byref"));
                // Update varDsc since lvaGrabTemp might have re-allocated the var dsc array.
                varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);

                lvaSetStruct(newLclNum, varDsc->GetLayout(), true);
                if (info.compIsVarArgs)
                {
                    lvaSetStructUsedAsVarArg(newLclNum);
                }

                // Copy the struct promotion annotations to the new temp.
                LclVarDsc* newVarDsc       = lvaGetDesc(newLclNum);
                newVarDsc->lvPromoted      = true;
                newVarDsc->lvFieldLclStart = varDsc->lvFieldLclStart;
                newVarDsc->lvFieldCnt      = varDsc->lvFieldCnt;
                newVarDsc->lvContainsHoles = varDsc->lvContainsHoles;
                newVarDsc->lvCustomLayout  = varDsc->lvCustomLayout;
#ifdef DEBUG
                newVarDsc->lvKeepType = true;
#endif // DEBUG

                // Propagate address-taken-ness and do-not-enregister-ness.
                newVarDsc->SetAddressExposed(varDsc->IsAddressExposed() DEBUGARG(varDsc->GetAddrExposedReason()));
                newVarDsc->lvDoNotEnregister       = varDsc->lvDoNotEnregister;
                newVarDsc->lvLiveInOutOfHndlr      = varDsc->lvLiveInOutOfHndlr;
                newVarDsc->lvSingleDef             = varDsc->lvSingleDef;
                newVarDsc->lvSingleDefRegCandidate = varDsc->lvSingleDefRegCandidate;
                newVarDsc->lvSpillAtSingleDef      = varDsc->lvSpillAtSingleDef;
#ifdef DEBUG
                newVarDsc->SetDoNotEnregReason(varDsc->GetDoNotEnregReason());
#endif // DEBUG

                // If the promotion is dependent, the promoted temp would just be committed
                // to memory anyway, so we'll rewrite its appearances to be indirections
                // through the pointer parameter, the same as we'd do for this
                // parameter if it weren't promoted at all (otherwise the initialization
                // of the new temp would just be a needless memcpy at method entry).
                //
                // Otherwise, see how many appearances there are. We keep two early ref counts: total
                // number of references to the struct or some field, and how many of these are
                // arguments to calls. We undo promotion unless we see enough non-call uses.
                //
                const unsigned totalAppearances = varDsc->lvRefCnt(RCS_EARLY);
                const unsigned callAppearances  = (unsigned)varDsc->lvRefCntWtd(RCS_EARLY);
                assert(totalAppearances >= callAppearances);
                const unsigned nonCallAppearances = totalAppearances - callAppearances;

                bool undoPromotion = ((lvaGetPromotionType(newVarDsc) == PROMOTION_TYPE_DEPENDENT) ||
                                      (nonCallAppearances <= varDsc->lvFieldCnt));

#ifdef DEBUG
                // Above is a profitability heurisic; either value of
                // undoPromotion should lead to correct code. So,
                // under stress, make different decisions at times.
                if (compStressCompile(STRESS_BYREF_PROMOTION, 25))
                {
                    undoPromotion = !undoPromotion;
                    JITDUMP("Stress -- changing byref undo promotion for V%02u to %s undo\n", lclNum,
                            undoPromotion ? "" : "NOT");
                }
#endif // DEBUG

                JITDUMP("%s promotion of implicit by-ref V%02u: %s total: %u non-call: %u fields: %u\n",
                        undoPromotion ? "Undoing" : "Keeping", lclNum,
                        (lvaGetPromotionType(newVarDsc) == PROMOTION_TYPE_DEPENDENT) ? "dependent;" : "",
                        totalAppearances, nonCallAppearances, varDsc->lvFieldCnt);

                if (!undoPromotion)
                {
                    // Insert IR that initializes the temp from the parameter.
                    // LHS is a simple reference to the temp.
                    fgEnsureFirstBBisScratch();
                    GenTree* lhs = gtNewLclvNode(newLclNum, varDsc->lvType);
                    // RHS is an indirection (using GT_OBJ) off the parameter.
                    GenTree* addr = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, TYP_BYREF);
                    GenTree* rhs  = (varDsc->TypeGet() == TYP_STRUCT) ? gtNewObjNode(varDsc->GetLayout(), addr)
                                                                     : gtNewIndir(varDsc->TypeGet(), addr);
                    GenTree* assign = gtNewAssignNode(lhs, rhs);
                    fgNewStmtAtBeg(fgFirstBB, assign);
                }

                // Update the locals corresponding to the promoted fields.
                unsigned fieldLclStart = varDsc->lvFieldLclStart;
                unsigned fieldCount    = varDsc->lvFieldCnt;
                unsigned fieldLclStop  = fieldLclStart + fieldCount;

                for (unsigned fieldLclNum = fieldLclStart; fieldLclNum < fieldLclStop; ++fieldLclNum)
                {
                    LclVarDsc* fieldVarDsc = lvaGetDesc(fieldLclNum);

                    if (undoPromotion)
                    {
                        // Leave lvParentLcl pointing to the parameter so that fgMorphExpandImplicitByRefArg
                        // will know to rewrite appearances of this local.
                        assert(fieldVarDsc->lvParentLcl == lclNum);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        // Set the new parent.
                        fieldVarDsc->lvParentLcl = newLclNum;
                    }

                    fieldVarDsc->lvIsParam = false;
                    // The fields shouldn't inherit any register preferences from
                    // the parameter which is really a pointer to the struct.
                    fieldVarDsc->lvIsRegArg      = false;
                    fieldVarDsc->lvIsMultiRegArg = false;
                    fieldVarDsc->SetArgReg(REG_NA);
#if FEATURE_MULTIREG_ARGS
                    fieldVarDsc->SetOtherArgReg(REG_NA);
#endif
                    // Promoted fields of implicit byrefs can't be OSR locals.
                    //
                    if (fieldVarDsc->lvIsOSRLocal)
                    {
                        assert(opts.IsOSR());
                        fieldVarDsc->lvIsOSRLocal = false;
                    }
                }

                // Hijack lvFieldLclStart to record the new temp number.
                // It will get fixed up in fgMarkDemotedImplicitByRefArgs.
                varDsc->lvFieldLclStart = newLclNum;
                // Go ahead and clear lvFieldCnt -- either we're promoting
                // a replacement temp or we're not promoting this arg, and
                // in either case the parameter is now a pointer that doesn't
                // have these fields.
                varDsc->lvFieldCnt = 0;

                // Hijack lvPromoted to communicate to fgMorphExpandImplicitByRefArg
                // whether references to the struct should be rewritten as
                // indirections off the pointer (not promoted) or references
                // to the new struct local (promoted).
                varDsc->lvPromoted = !undoPromotion;
            }
            else
            {
                // The "undo promotion" path above clears lvPromoted for args that struct
                // promotion wanted to promote but that aren't considered profitable to
                // rewrite.  It hijacks lvFieldLclStart to communicate to
                // fgMarkDemotedImplicitByRefArgs that it needs to clean up annotations left
                // on such args for fgMorphExpandImplicitByRefArg to consult in the interim.
                // Here we have an arg that was simply never promoted, so make sure it doesn't
                // have nonzero lvFieldLclStart, since that would confuse the aforementioned
                // functions.
                assert(varDsc->lvFieldLclStart == 0);
            }

            // Since the parameter in this position is really a pointer, its type is TYP_BYREF.
            varDsc->lvType = TYP_BYREF;

            // The struct parameter may have had its address taken, but the pointer parameter
            // cannot -- any uses of the struct parameter's address are uses of the pointer
            // parameter's value, and there's no way for the MSIL to reference the pointer
            // parameter's address.  So clear the address-taken bit for the parameter.
            varDsc->CleanAddressExposed();
            varDsc->lvDoNotEnregister = 0;

#ifdef DEBUG
            // This should not be converted to a double in stress mode,
            // because it is really a pointer
            varDsc->lvKeepType = 1;

            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("Changing the lvType for struct parameter V%02d to TYP_BYREF.\n", lclNum);
            }
#endif // DEBUG
        }
    }

#endif // FEATURE_IMPLICIT_BYREFS

    return madeChanges ? PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_EVERYTHING : PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_NOTHING;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMarkDemotedImplicitByRefArgs: Clear annotations for any implicit byrefs that struct promotion
//                                 asked to promote.  Appearances of these have now been rewritten
//                                 (by fgMorphExpandImplicitByRefArg) using indirections from
//                                 the pointer parameter or references to the promotion temp, as
//                                 appropriate.
//
void Compiler::fgMarkDemotedImplicitByRefArgs()
{
    JITDUMP("\n*************** In fgMarkDemotedImplicitByRefArgs()\n");

#if FEATURE_IMPLICIT_BYREFS

    for (unsigned lclNum = 0; lclNum < info.compArgsCount; lclNum++)
    {
        LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);

        if (lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(lclNum))
        {
            JITDUMP("Clearing annotation for V%02d\n", lclNum);

            if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
            {
                // The parameter is simply a pointer now, so clear lvPromoted.  It was left set by
                // fgRetypeImplicitByRefArgs to communicate to fgMorphExpandImplicitByRefArg that
                // appearances of this arg needed to be rewritten to a new promoted struct local.
                varDsc->lvPromoted = false;

                // Clear the lvFieldLclStart value that was set by fgRetypeImplicitByRefArgs
                // to tell fgMorphExpandImplicitByRefArg which local is the new promoted struct one.
                varDsc->lvFieldLclStart = 0;
            }
            else if (varDsc->lvFieldLclStart != 0)
            {
                // We created new temps to represent a promoted struct corresponding to this
                // parameter, but decided not to go through with the promotion and have
                // rewritten all uses as indirections off the pointer parameter.
                // We stashed the pointer to the new struct temp in lvFieldLclStart; make
                // note of that and clear the annotation.
                unsigned structLclNum   = varDsc->lvFieldLclStart;
                varDsc->lvFieldLclStart = 0;

                // The temp struct is now unused; set flags appropriately so that we
                // won't allocate space for it on the stack.
                LclVarDsc* structVarDsc = lvaGetDesc(structLclNum);
                structVarDsc->CleanAddressExposed();
#ifdef DEBUG
                structVarDsc->lvUnusedStruct          = true;
                structVarDsc->lvUndoneStructPromotion = true;
#endif // DEBUG

                unsigned fieldLclStart = structVarDsc->lvFieldLclStart;
                unsigned fieldCount    = structVarDsc->lvFieldCnt;
                unsigned fieldLclStop  = fieldLclStart + fieldCount;

                for (unsigned fieldLclNum = fieldLclStart; fieldLclNum < fieldLclStop; ++fieldLclNum)
                {
                    JITDUMP("Fixing pointer for field V%02d from V%02d to V%02d\n", fieldLclNum, lclNum, structLclNum);

                    // Fix the pointer to the parent local.
                    LclVarDsc* fieldVarDsc = lvaGetDesc(fieldLclNum);
                    assert(fieldVarDsc->lvParentLcl == lclNum);
                    fieldVarDsc->lvParentLcl = structLclNum;

                    // The field local is now unused; set flags appropriately so that
                    // we won't allocate stack space for it.
                    fieldVarDsc->CleanAddressExposed();
                }
            }
        }
    }

#endif // FEATURE_IMPLICIT_BYREFS
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgCheckStmtAfterTailCall: check that statements after the tail call stmt
// candidate are in one of expected forms, that are desctibed below.
//
// Return Value:
//    'true' if stmts are in the expected form, else 'false'.
//
bool Compiler::fgCheckStmtAfterTailCall()
{

    // For void calls, we would have created a GT_CALL in the stmt list.
    // For non-void calls, we would have created a GT_RETURN(GT_CAST(GT_CALL)).
    // For calls returning structs, we would have a void call, followed by a void return.
    // For debuggable code, it would be an assignment of the call to a temp
    // We want to get rid of any of this extra trees, and just leave
    // the call.
    Statement* callStmt = fgMorphStmt;

    Statement* nextMorphStmt = callStmt->GetNextStmt();

    // Check that the rest stmts in the block are in one of the following pattern:
    //  1) ret(void)
    //  2) ret(cast*(callResultLclVar))
    //  3) lclVar = callResultLclVar, the actual ret(lclVar) in another block
    //  4) nop
    if (nextMorphStmt != nullptr)
    {
        GenTree* callExpr = callStmt->GetRootNode();
        if (callExpr->gtOper != GT_ASG)
        {
            // The next stmt can be GT_RETURN(TYP_VOID) or GT_RETURN(lclVar),
            // where lclVar was return buffer in the call for structs or simd.
            Statement* retStmt = nextMorphStmt;
            GenTree*   retExpr = retStmt->GetRootNode();
            noway_assert(retExpr->gtOper == GT_RETURN);

            nextMorphStmt = retStmt->GetNextStmt();
        }
        else
        {
            noway_assert(callExpr->gtGetOp1()->OperIsLocal());
            unsigned callResultLclNumber = callExpr->gtGetOp1()->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum();

#if FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT_SHARED_RETURN

            // We can have a chain of assignments from the call result to
            // various inline return spill temps. These are ok as long
            // as the last one ultimately provides the return value or is ignored.
            //
            // And if we're returning a small type we may see a cast
            // on the source side.
            while ((nextMorphStmt != nullptr) && (nextMorphStmt->GetRootNode()->OperIs(GT_ASG, GT_NOP)))
            {
                if (nextMorphStmt->GetRootNode()->OperIs(GT_NOP))
                {
                    nextMorphStmt = nextMorphStmt->GetNextStmt();
                    continue;
                }
                Statement* moveStmt = nextMorphStmt;
                GenTree*   moveExpr = nextMorphStmt->GetRootNode();
                GenTree*   moveDest = moveExpr->gtGetOp1();
                noway_assert(moveDest->OperIsLocal());

                // Tunnel through any casts on the source side.
                GenTree* moveSource = moveExpr->gtGetOp2();
                while (moveSource->OperIs(GT_CAST))
                {
                    noway_assert(!moveSource->gtOverflow());
                    moveSource = moveSource->gtGetOp1();
                }
                noway_assert(moveSource->OperIsLocal());

                // Verify we're just passing the value from one local to another
                // along the chain.
                const unsigned srcLclNum = moveSource->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum();
                noway_assert(srcLclNum == callResultLclNumber);
                const unsigned dstLclNum = moveDest->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum();
                callResultLclNumber      = dstLclNum;

                nextMorphStmt = moveStmt->GetNextStmt();
            }
            if (nextMorphStmt != nullptr)
#endif
            {
                Statement* retStmt = nextMorphStmt;
                GenTree*   retExpr = nextMorphStmt->GetRootNode();
                noway_assert(retExpr->gtOper == GT_RETURN);

                GenTree* treeWithLcl = retExpr->gtGetOp1();
                while (treeWithLcl->gtOper == GT_CAST)
                {
                    noway_assert(!treeWithLcl->gtOverflow());
                    treeWithLcl = treeWithLcl->gtGetOp1();
                }

                noway_assert(callResultLclNumber == treeWithLcl->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum());

                nextMorphStmt = retStmt->GetNextStmt();
            }
        }
    }
    return nextMorphStmt == nullptr;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgCanTailCallViaJitHelper: check whether we can use the faster tailcall
// JIT helper on x86.
//
// Arguments:
//   call - the tailcall
//
// Return Value:
//    'true' if we can; or 'false' if we should use the generic tailcall mechanism.
//
bool Compiler::fgCanTailCallViaJitHelper(GenTreeCall* call)
{
#if !defined(TARGET_X86) || defined(UNIX_X86_ABI)
    // On anything except windows X86 we have no faster mechanism available.
    return false;
#else
    // For R2R make sure we go through portable mechanism that the 'EE' side
    // will properly turn into a runtime JIT.
    if (opts.IsReadyToRun())
    {
        return false;
    }

    // The JIT helper does not properly handle the case where localloc was used.
    if (compLocallocUsed)
    {
        return false;
    }

    // Delegate calls may go through VSD stub in rare cases. Those look at the
    // call site so we cannot use the JIT helper.
    if (call->IsDelegateInvoke())
    {
        return false;
    }

    return true;
#endif
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphReduceAddOps: reduce successive variable adds into a single multiply,
// e.g., i + i + i + i => i * 4.
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - tree for reduction
//
// Return Value:
//    reduced tree if pattern matches, original tree otherwise
//
GenTree* Compiler::fgMorphReduceAddOps(GenTree* tree)
{
    // ADD(_, V0) starts the pattern match.
    if (!tree->OperIs(GT_ADD) || tree->gtOverflow())
    {
        return tree;
    }

#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
    // Transforming 64-bit ADD to 64-bit MUL on 32-bit system results in replacing
    // ADD ops with a helper function call. Don't apply optimization in that case.
    if (tree->TypeGet() == TYP_LONG)
    {
        return tree;
    }
#endif

    GenTree* lclVarTree = tree->AsOp()->gtOp2;
    GenTree* consTree   = tree->AsOp()->gtOp1;

    GenTree* op1 = consTree;
    GenTree* op2 = lclVarTree;

    if (!op2->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) || !varTypeIsIntegral(op2))
    {
        return tree;
    }

    int      foldCount = 0;
    unsigned lclNum    = op2->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum();

    // Search for pattern of shape ADD(ADD(ADD(lclNum, lclNum), lclNum), lclNum).
    while (true)
    {
        // ADD(lclNum, lclNum), end of tree
        if (op1->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && op1->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum() == lclNum && op2->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) &&
            op2->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum() == lclNum)
        {
            foldCount += 2;
            break;
        }
        // ADD(ADD(X, Y), lclNum), keep descending
        else if (op1->OperIs(GT_ADD) && !op1->gtOverflow() && op2->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) &&
                 op2->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum() == lclNum)
        {
            foldCount++;
            op2 = op1->AsOp()->gtOp2;
            op1 = op1->AsOp()->gtOp1;
        }
        // Any other case is a pattern we won't attempt to fold for now.
        else
        {
            return tree;
        }
    }

    // V0 + V0 ... + V0 becomes V0 * foldCount, where postorder transform will optimize
    // accordingly
    consTree->BashToConst(foldCount, tree->TypeGet());

    GenTree* morphed = gtNewOperNode(GT_MUL, tree->TypeGet(), lclVarTree, consTree);
    DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(tree);

    return morphed;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compiler::MorphMDArrayTempCache::TempList::GetTemp: return a local variable number to use as a temporary variable
// in multi-dimensional array operation expansion.
//
// A temp is either re-used from the cache, or allocated and added to the cache.
//
// Returns:
//      A local variable temp number.
//
unsigned Compiler::MorphMDArrayTempCache::TempList::GetTemp()
{
    if (m_nextAvail != nullptr)
    {
        unsigned tmp = m_nextAvail->tmp;
        JITDUMP("Reusing temp V%02u\n", tmp);
        m_nextAvail = m_nextAvail->next;
        return tmp;
    }
    else
    {
        unsigned newTmp  = m_compiler->lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("MD array shared temp"));
        Node*    newNode = new (m_compiler, CMK_Unknown) Node(newTmp);
        assert(m_insertPtr != nullptr);
        assert(*m_insertPtr == nullptr);
        *m_insertPtr = newNode;
        m_insertPtr  = &newNode->next;
        return newTmp;
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compiler::MorphMDArrayTempCache::GrabTemp: return a local variable number to use as a temporary variable
// in multi-dimensional array operation expansion.
//
// Arguments:
//      type - type of temp to get
//
// Returns:
//      A local variable temp number.
//
unsigned Compiler::MorphMDArrayTempCache::GrabTemp(var_types type)
{
    switch (genActualType(type))
    {
        case TYP_INT:
            return intTemps.GetTemp();
        case TYP_REF:
            return refTemps.GetTemp();
        default:
            unreached();
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphArrayOpsStmt: Tree walk a statement to morph GT_ARR_ELEM.
//
// The nested `MorphMDArrayVisitor::PostOrderVisit()` does the morphing.
//
// See the comment for `fgMorphArrayOps()` for more details of the transformation.
//
// Arguments:
//      pTempCache - pointer to the temp locals cache
//      block - BasicBlock where the statement lives
//      stmt - statement to walk
//
// Returns:
//      True if anything changed, false if the IR was unchanged.
//
bool Compiler::fgMorphArrayOpsStmt(MorphMDArrayTempCache* pTempCache, BasicBlock* block, Statement* stmt)
{
    class MorphMDArrayVisitor final : public GenTreeVisitor<MorphMDArrayVisitor>
    {
    public:
        enum
        {
            DoPostOrder = true
        };

        MorphMDArrayVisitor(Compiler* compiler, BasicBlock* block, MorphMDArrayTempCache* pTempCache)
            : GenTreeVisitor<MorphMDArrayVisitor>(compiler), m_changed(false), m_block(block), m_pTempCache(pTempCache)
        {
        }

        bool Changed() const
        {
            return m_changed;
        }

        fgWalkResult PostOrderVisit(GenTree** use, GenTree* user)
        {
            GenTree* const node = *use;

            if (!node->OperIs(GT_ARR_ELEM))
            {
                return Compiler::WALK_CONTINUE;
            }

            GenTreeArrElem* const arrElem = node->AsArrElem();

            JITDUMP("Morphing GT_ARR_ELEM [%06u] in " FMT_BB " of '%s'\n", dspTreeID(arrElem), m_block->bbNum,
                    m_compiler->info.compFullName);
            DISPTREE(arrElem);

            // impArrayAccessIntrinsic() ensures the following.
            assert((2 <= arrElem->gtArrRank) && (arrElem->gtArrRank <= GT_ARR_MAX_RANK));
            assert(arrElem->gtArrObj->TypeIs(TYP_REF));
            assert(arrElem->TypeIs(TYP_BYREF));

            for (unsigned i = 0; i < arrElem->gtArrRank; i++)
            {
                assert(arrElem->gtArrInds[i] != nullptr);

                // We cast the index operands to TYP_INT in the importer.
                // Note that the offset calculation needs to be TYP_I_IMPL, as multiplying the linearized index
                // by the array element scale might overflow (although does .NET support array objects larger than
                // 2GB in size?).
                assert(genActualType(arrElem->gtArrInds[i]->TypeGet()) == TYP_INT);
            }

            // The order of evaluation of a[i,j,k] is: a, i, j, k. That is, if any of the i, j, k throw an
            // exception, it needs to happen before accessing `a`. For example, `a` could be null, but `i`
            // could be an expression throwing an exception, and that exception needs to be thrown before
            // indirecting using `a` (such as reading a dimension length or lower bound).
            //
            // First, we need to make temp copies of the index expressions that have side-effects. We
            // always make a copy of the array object (below) so we can multi-use it.
            //
            GenTree* idxToUse[GT_ARR_MAX_RANK];
            unsigned idxToCopy[GT_ARR_MAX_RANK];
            bool     anyIdxWithSideEffects = false;
            for (unsigned i = 0; i < arrElem->gtArrRank; i++)
            {
                GenTree* idx = arrElem->gtArrInds[i];
                if ((idx->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT) == 0)
                {
                    // No side-effect; just use it.
                    idxToUse[i]  = idx;
                    idxToCopy[i] = BAD_VAR_NUM;
                }
                else
                {
                    // Side-effect; create a temp.
                    // unsigned newIdxLcl    = m_compiler->lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("MD array index copy"));
                    unsigned newIdxLcl    = m_pTempCache->GrabTemp(idx->TypeGet());
                    GenTree* newIdx       = m_compiler->gtNewLclvNode(newIdxLcl, genActualType(idx));
                    idxToUse[i]           = newIdx;
                    idxToCopy[i]          = newIdxLcl;
                    anyIdxWithSideEffects = true;
                }
            }

            // `newArrLcl` is set to the lclvar with a copy of the array object, if needed. The creation/copy of the
            // array object to this lcl is done as a top-level comma if needed.
            unsigned arrLcl    = BAD_VAR_NUM;
            unsigned newArrLcl = BAD_VAR_NUM;
            GenTree* arrObj    = arrElem->gtArrObj;
            unsigned rank      = arrElem->gtArrRank;

            // We are going to multiply reference the array object; create a new local var if necessary.
            if (arrObj->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
            {
                arrLcl = arrObj->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum();
            }
            else
            {
                // arrLcl = newArrLcl = m_compiler->lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("MD array copy"));
                arrLcl = newArrLcl = m_pTempCache->GrabTemp(TYP_REF);
            }

            GenTree* fullTree = nullptr;

            // Work from outer-to-inner rank (i.e., slowest-changing to fastest-changing index), building up the offset
            // tree.
            for (unsigned i = 0; i < arrElem->gtArrRank; i++)
            {
                GenTree* idx = idxToUse[i];
                assert((idx->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT) == 0); // We should have taken care of side effects earlier.

                GenTreeMDArr* const mdArrLowerBound =
                    m_compiler->gtNewMDArrLowerBound(m_compiler->gtNewLclvNode(arrLcl, TYP_REF), i, rank, m_block);
                // unsigned       effIdxLcl = m_compiler->lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("MD array effective index"));
                unsigned            effIdxLcl = m_pTempCache->GrabTemp(TYP_INT);
                GenTree* const      effIndex  = m_compiler->gtNewOperNode(GT_SUB, TYP_INT, idx, mdArrLowerBound);
                GenTree* const      asgNode   = m_compiler->gtNewTempAssign(effIdxLcl, effIndex);
                GenTreeMDArr* const mdArrLength =
                    m_compiler->gtNewMDArrLen(m_compiler->gtNewLclvNode(arrLcl, TYP_REF), i, rank, m_block);
                GenTreeBoundsChk* const arrBndsChk = new (m_compiler, GT_BOUNDS_CHECK)
                    GenTreeBoundsChk(m_compiler->gtNewLclvNode(effIdxLcl, TYP_INT), mdArrLength, SCK_RNGCHK_FAIL);
                GenTree* const boundsCheckComma =
                    m_compiler->gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_INT, arrBndsChk,
                                              m_compiler->gtNewLclvNode(effIdxLcl, TYP_INT));
                GenTree* const idxComma = m_compiler->gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_INT, asgNode, boundsCheckComma);

                // If it's not the first index, accumulate with the previously created calculation.
                if (i > 0)
                {
                    assert(fullTree != nullptr);

                    GenTreeMDArr* const mdArrLengthScale =
                        m_compiler->gtNewMDArrLen(m_compiler->gtNewLclvNode(arrLcl, TYP_REF), i, rank, m_block);
                    GenTree* const scale    = m_compiler->gtNewOperNode(GT_MUL, TYP_INT, fullTree, mdArrLengthScale);
                    GenTree* const effIndex = m_compiler->gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_INT, scale, idxComma);

                    fullTree = effIndex;
                }
                else
                {
                    fullTree = idxComma;
                }
            }

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
            // Widen the linearized index on 64-bit targets; subsequent math will be done in TYP_I_IMPL.
            assert(fullTree->TypeIs(TYP_INT));
            fullTree = m_compiler->gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, fullTree, true, TYP_I_IMPL);
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

            // Now scale by element size and add offset from array object to array data base.

            unsigned       elemScale  = arrElem->gtArrElemSize;
            unsigned       dataOffset = m_compiler->eeGetMDArrayDataOffset(arrElem->gtArrRank);
            GenTree* const scale =
                m_compiler->gtNewOperNode(GT_MUL, TYP_I_IMPL, fullTree,
                                          m_compiler->gtNewIconNode(static_cast<ssize_t>(elemScale), TYP_I_IMPL));
            GenTree* const scalePlusOffset =
                m_compiler->gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, scale,
                                          m_compiler->gtNewIconNode(static_cast<ssize_t>(dataOffset), TYP_I_IMPL));
            GenTree* fullExpansion = m_compiler->gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, scalePlusOffset,
                                                               m_compiler->gtNewLclvNode(arrLcl, TYP_REF));

            // Add copies of the index expressions with side effects. Add them in reverse order, so the first index
            // ends up at the top of the tree (so, first in execution order).
            if (anyIdxWithSideEffects)
            {
                for (unsigned i = arrElem->gtArrRank; i > 0; i--)
                {
                    if (idxToCopy[i - 1] != BAD_VAR_NUM)
                    {
                        GenTree* const idxLclAsg =
                            m_compiler->gtNewTempAssign(idxToCopy[i - 1], arrElem->gtArrInds[i - 1]);
                        fullExpansion =
                            m_compiler->gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, fullExpansion->TypeGet(), idxLclAsg, fullExpansion);
                    }
                }
            }

            // If we needed to create a new local for the array object, copy that before everything.
            if (newArrLcl != BAD_VAR_NUM)
            {
                GenTree* const arrLclAsg = m_compiler->gtNewTempAssign(newArrLcl, arrObj);
                fullExpansion = m_compiler->gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, fullExpansion->TypeGet(), arrLclAsg, fullExpansion);
            }

            JITDUMP("fgMorphArrayOpsStmt (before remorph):\n");
            DISPTREE(fullExpansion);

            *use      = fullExpansion;
            m_changed = true;

            // The GT_ARR_ELEM node is no longer needed.
            DEBUG_DESTROY_NODE(node);

            return fgWalkResult::WALK_CONTINUE;
        }

    private:
        bool                   m_changed;
        BasicBlock*            m_block;
        MorphMDArrayTempCache* m_pTempCache;
    };

    MorphMDArrayVisitor morphMDArrayVisitor(this, block, pTempCache);
    morphMDArrayVisitor.WalkTree(stmt->GetRootNodePointer(), nullptr);
    return morphMDArrayVisitor.Changed();
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fgMorphArrayOps: Morph multi-dimensional (MD) array operations in this method.
//
// GT_ARR_ELEM nodes are morphed to appropriate trees. Note that MD array `Get`, `Set`, or `Address`
// is imported as a call, and, if all required conditions are satisfied, is treated as an intrinsic
// and replaced by IR nodes, especially GT_ARR_ELEM nodes, in impArrayAccessIntrinsic().
//
// For example, a simple 2-dimensional array access like `a[i,j]` looks like:
//
// \--*  ARR_ELEM[,] byref
//    +--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V00 arg0
//    +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V01 arg1
//    \--*  LCL_VAR   int    V02 arg2
//
// This is replaced by:
//
// &a + offset + elemSize * ((i - a.GetLowerBound(0)) * a.GetLength(1) + (j - a.GetLowerBound(1)))
//
// plus the appropriate `i` and `j` bounds checks.
//
// In IR, this is:
//
// *  ADD       byref
// +--*  ADD       long
// |  +--*  MUL       long
// |  |  +--*  CAST      long <- uint
// |  |  |  \--*  ADD       int
// |  |  |     +--*  MUL       int
// |  |  |     |  +--*  COMMA     int
// |  |  |     |  |  +--*  ASG       int
// |  |  |     |  |  |  +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V04 tmp1
// |  |  |     |  |  |  \--*  SUB       int
// |  |  |     |  |  |     +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V01 arg1
// |  |  |     |  |  |     \--*  MDARR_LOWER_BOUND int    (0)
// |  |  |     |  |  |        \--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V00 arg0
// |  |  |     |  |  \--*  COMMA     int
// |  |  |     |  |     +--*  BOUNDS_CHECK_Rng void
// |  |  |     |  |     |  +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V04 tmp1
// |  |  |     |  |     |  \--*  MDARR_LENGTH int    (0)
// |  |  |     |  |     |     \--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V00 arg0
// |  |  |     |  |     \--*  LCL_VAR   int    V04 tmp1
// |  |  |     |  \--*  MDARR_LENGTH int    (1)
// |  |  |     |     \--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V00 arg0
// |  |  |     \--*  COMMA     int
// |  |  |        +--*  ASG       int
// |  |  |        |  +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V05 tmp2
// |  |  |        |  \--*  SUB       int
// |  |  |        |     +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V02 arg2
// |  |  |        |     \--*  MDARR_LOWER_BOUND int    (1)
// |  |  |        |        \--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V00 arg0
// |  |  |        \--*  COMMA     int
// |  |  |           +--*  BOUNDS_CHECK_Rng void
// |  |  |           |  +--*  LCL_VAR   int    V05 tmp2
// |  |  |           |  \--*  MDARR_LENGTH int    (1)
// |  |  |           |     \--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V00 arg0
// |  |  |           \--*  LCL_VAR   int    V05 tmp2
// |  |  \--*  CNS_INT   long   4
// |  \--*  CNS_INT   long   32
// \--*  LCL_VAR   ref    V00 arg0
//
// before being morphed by the usual morph transformations.
//
// Some things to consider:
// 1. MD have both a lower bound and length for each dimension (even if very few MD arrays actually have a
//    lower bound)
// 2. GT_MDARR_LOWER_BOUND(dim) represents the lower-bound value for a particular array dimension. The "effective
//    index" for a dimension is the index minus the lower bound.
// 3. GT_MDARR_LENGTH(dim) represents the length value (number of elements in a dimension) for a particular
//    array dimension.
// 4. The effective index is bounds checked against the dimension length.
// 5. The lower bound and length values are 32-bit signed integers (TYP_INT).
// 6. After constructing a "linearized index", the index is scaled by the array element size, and the offset from
//    the array object to the beginning of the array data is added.
// 7. Much of the complexity above is simply to assign temps to the various values that are used subsequently.
// 8. The index expressions are used exactly once. However, if have side effects, they need to be copied, early,
//    to preserve exception ordering.
// 9. Only the top-level operation adds the array object to the scaled, linearized index, to create the final
//    address `byref`. As usual, we need to be careful to not create an illegal byref by adding any partial index.
//    calculation.
// 10. To avoid doing unnecessary work, the importer sets the global `OMF_HAS_MDARRAYREF` flag if there are any
//    MD array expressions to expand. Also, the block flag `BBF_HAS_MDARRAYREF` is set to blocks where these exist,
//    so only those blocks are processed.
//
// Returns:
//   suitable phase status
//
PhaseStatus Compiler::fgMorphArrayOps()
{
    if (!opts.compJitEarlyExpandMDArrays)
    {
        JITDUMP("Early expansion of MD arrays disabled\n");
        return PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_NOTHING;
    }

    if ((optMethodFlags & OMF_HAS_MDARRAYREF) == 0)
    {
        JITDUMP("No multi-dimensional array references in the function\n");
        return PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_NOTHING;
    }

    // Maintain a cache of temp locals to use when we need a temp for this transformation. After each statement,
    // reset the cache, meaning we can re-use any of the temps previously allocated. The idea here is to avoid
    // creating too many temporaries, since the JIT has a limit on the number of tracked locals. A temp created
    // here in one statement will have a distinct lifetime from a temp created in another statement, so register
    // allocation is not constrained.

    bool                  changed = false;
    MorphMDArrayTempCache mdArrayTempCache(this);

    for (BasicBlock* const block : Blocks())
    {
        if ((block->bbFlags & BBF_HAS_MDARRAYREF) == 0)
        {
            // No MD array references in this block
            continue;
        }

        // Publish current block (needed for various morphing functions).
        compCurBB = block;

        for (Statement* const stmt : block->Statements())
        {
            if (fgMorphArrayOpsStmt(&mdArrayTempCache, block, stmt))
            {
                changed = true;

                // Morph the statement if there have been changes.

                GenTree* tree        = stmt->GetRootNode();
                GenTree* morphedTree = fgMorphTree(tree);

                JITDUMP("fgMorphArrayOps (after remorph):\n");
                DISPTREE(morphedTree);

                stmt->SetRootNode(morphedTree);
            }
        }

        mdArrayTempCache.Reset();
    }

    return changed ? PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_EVERYTHING : PhaseStatus::MODIFIED_NOTHING;
}